HomeMy WebLinkAboutBUSINESS PLAN 1/3/1992
\
\
iIi/eq
,. ....: """""'"U"" c.... 1
'\
,
(i Art Porter
~' -istrict Manager
( U\ Bakersfield: 805/837·2396
4404 Wible Rd, Woodland: 916/666-5432
Bakersfield. CA 93313 Fax: 805/837·0911
\ r -- -
I
I -5v~P(C.- \),e~ - -
2.<;0 :t?í O-z..
3ßõ Ç\ ~\'6u.~
~~ \)w.. ?)VJ )O¡l- ?ß
.-- - - ------- --------- ~-~ ------~ ------ --
" . ,.. -.
.
I
e-
HMMP PLAN MAP
BU!3.lne!3.S Name: Dalley Petroleum 5ervlees Cor p, (DPSC J
3ITE DIAGRAM [:>-</ FACILITY DIAGRAM I I
N ar ea map 2 of 2
/ Ì'
Name 0 f AI' 9ð: Dðiley "ðrehouøe H"y SS ~ Hible Rd,
W
IT -I
CJ) W m
I- -I c:c :z
l- LL 1--1 0
0 LL -I W m 0
u :::J W :::J m I-
0 CJ) L IT -I 1--1 :::J
a:: m IT cr:
W
-I DRIUEWAY
m
1--1
:3:
>-
cr:
::3:
W
::::>
w aÖ 1--1
...J W a:
CD L:J L:I 0 >-
a: :z: a: W
>-< 1--1 cr: -.J
-.J 0 1--1
::::>
W 0 f- a:
IT ~ lJ) 0
HIGH POWER TRANSFORMER LINE
'"
::.-.:;
e
e
HMMP
PLAN
MAP
Bus i ness Name:
Dai ley Petroleum Services Corp,
SITE DIAGRAM
N
~ Name of Area
éH eo map
DP5C Warehouse
1
of
2
t-
:z
~ [ô]
>-
:x:
~
ll.t
.nm.
electrIc ill
a..
-"^^- w
ðtn
t-
Z
a:
I:l..
. 0
o
tl:!
(f)
~
~o::
0-
ua:
. en
w
u ~
GAS MAIN u
LL a:
LL a:
(l
--
tIJ
w
--
v
FLAMMABLE
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
. IGNITABLE
o COMPRESSED GAS
~ . ,o!'" ~
.'
HM\¡P
P~
MAP
~' .' 4
SITE DIAGRAM
FACILITY DIAGRAM ¡xxx
Business Name: Dailev Petroleum Services Corp.
4404 Wible Road
Business Address: Bakersfield. Ca. 9.111~
For Office Use Only
First In Station:
Inspection Station:
Area Map # of
NORTH {}
..
\,.,
~
-.
~--_.__..__.~~------_.~
e
HMMP
PLAN- MAP
SITE DIAGRAM [xxx 1
FACILITY DIAGRAM
Bus I n e ss Nom e : ,________-º a i :L~Y.....E.tl.~_º__l ~~B1 S e r vie e s Cor p .
4404 Wible Road
Business Address: Bakersfield, Ca. 93313
For Ottlce Use Only
--_._-.~-_._~~
_._--~----.
First In Stotlon: __
.~, Area Map /I or _h__, .
NORTH 0
Inspecllon Station:
J
\.
HAZARDOU
CTION
- Bakersfield Fire Dept.
_FlCE OF ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES
. 1715 Chester Ave.
Bakersfield, CA 93301
Date Completed
Business Name: Þ \ l"J q e{-, 0 \ -e. v '{'I"'\. ~ ~ ",,- /2, S ~,~
Location: .:) '-t1 01 W \ b \e, ~& ?3~7·-~~ ~
Business Identification No. 215-000 öo o3~ ') (Top of Business Plan) ~~<tt- ì~6L\
Ñ\~~~~ 1'\.\ ~
Station No. ~ Shift C Inspector 1-10 I 0 ~ \ \\ ~~ ~\).VI- '<..0 . ~6W',,'
Arrival Time: Departure Time: Inspection Time: ~ * ~ ''x,-G.... \¡
'\. d-' \
\
Adequate Inadequate Adequate Inadequate
Address Visable 0 0 Emergency Procedures Posted 0 0
Correct Occupancy 0 0 Containers Properly Labled 0 0
Verification of Inventory Materials 0 0 Comments:
Verification of Quantities 0 0
Verification of Location 0 0 Verification of Facility Diagram 0 0
Proper Segregation of Material 0 0 Housekeeping 0 01
Fire Protection 0 0
Comments: Electrical 0 0
Comments:
Verification of MSDS Availablity 0 0
Number of Employees: UST Monitoring Program 0 0
Comments:
Verification of Haz Mat Training 0 0
pennits 0 0
Comments: Spill Control 0 0
Hold Open Device 0 0
Verification of Hazardous Waste EPA No.
Abbatement Supplies and Procedures 0 0
Proper Waste Disposal 0 0
Comments: Secondary Containment 0 0
Security 0 0
Special Hazards Associated with this Facility:
Violations:
Lñ
e.!
~
~
Business OwnerlManager PRINT NAME
SIGNATURE
All Items O.K
Correction Needed
o
o
::>
Q)
e:.-
N
I{')
CD
\
White-Haz Mat Div.
Yellow-Station Copy
Pink-Business Copy
a
u.
~ ... :-i
.
.:
7
Bakersfield Fire Dept.
Hazardous Materials Division
2130 "G" Street
Bakersfield, CA. 93301
.........'......,... '-"""---
~~~~Û~~~¡
rL JUN 3 1992 ~
'gv I
Q~
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT PLAN
INSTRUCTIONS:
rø Gi cr
l.
2.
3.
4.
To avoid further action, return this form within 30 days of receipt.
TYPE/PRINT ANSWERS IN ENGLISH.
Answer the questions below for the business as a whole. ('>
Be brief and concise as possible. \~ '--
\~~- l ~
1- '----
SECTION 1: BUSINESS IDENTIFICATION DATA
BUSINESS NAME:
DAILEY PETROLEUM SERVICES CORP.
LOCATION:
4404 Wible Road Bakersfield, Ca. 93313
MAILING ADDRESS:
Same
CITY:.- Bakersfield·
STATE: Ca. -ZIP: .9331~ .pHONE:805-83~-2).96
DUN & BRADSTREET NUMBER:
11-916-1578
SIC CODE: 1389
I
PRIMARY ACTIVITY:
~e~tal of Oil ~ield Equipment
OWNER:
pailey Petroleum Se~vices Corp.
MAILING ADDRESS: (
P.O. Box 1863 Conroe, Tx. 77305
..
SECTION 2: EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION:
CONTACT
TITLE
BUS. PHONE
24 HR. PHONE
1. Art Porter District Manager 805-837-2396 805-837-2396
2. Howard Gastelum Inside Sales 805-837-2396 805-837-2396
3. Sharon Small Corp. Mgr. EHS 713-350-3399 713-350-3399
1 .
JIL_ Bakersfield Fire Dept. e
~azardous Materials Division . ~
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT PLAN
.
SECTION 3: TRAINING:
NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES: 3
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS ON FILE: Yes
~
BRIEF SUMMARY OF TRAINING PROGRAM:
eft 0
\)i e'V '\~\ N~ gepor-\<.è·
l\t\L<fò/ì 1~ 11:> 1l\ow'Vf
-1b W '~ ;--\ \j.)Q <) 00(¡-l\KJ\61 ¿
f) r .t\; IV'; !'(At~· ~ w: u.......-
~~ '[f\V .tV\-\1>~ t>tck\A'-f'1'tOU
i ".t W 1\0\; iptrJ
~;(Y\;rú\J¿ '~1? ~ ~ ~ ,,~v
See Attachment
SECTION 4: EXEMPTION REQUEST:
I CERTIFY UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY THAT MY BUSINESS IS EXEMPT FROM THE
REPORTING REQUIREMENTS OF CHAPTER 6.95 OF THE "CALlFORNIA HEALTH &
SAFETY CODE" FOR THE FOLLOWING REASONS:
WE DO NOT HANDLE HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.
WE DO HANDLE HAZARDOUS MATERIALS, BUT THE QUANTITIES AT NO
TlMEEXCEED THE MINIMUM REPORTING QUANTITIES.
OTHER (SPECIFY REASON)
SECTION 5: CERTIFICATION:
I, Sharon Small CERTIFY THAT THE ABOVE INFOR-
MATION IS ACCURATE. I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS INFORMATION WILL BE USED TO
FULFILL MY FIRM'S OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE "CALlFORNIA HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE"
ON HAZARDOUS MATERIALS (DIV. 20 CHAPTER 6.95 SEC. 25500 ET AL.) AND THAT
INACCURATE INFORMATION CONSTITUTES PERJURY.
~~
SIGNATURE
'ftJ AJI cf II .f
TITLE
ð~h¿lfz
, ,
DATE
2.
FD1590 '
¿i
.
.'
1
SECTION 3: TRAINING
Brief summary of training program
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3
CHAPTER 4
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
A.
B.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
Rights and Responsibilities
2 hrs.
Development of hazardous waste control standards
Definition of hazardous waste according to RCRA
OSHA Act and the role of OSHA
OSHA safety standards
Provisions of 29 CFR 1920.1200
Provisions of 29 CFR 1920.120
Rights and responsibilities of employers and employees
MSDS review
. . ~ .
Emergency Evacuation Plan
1 hr.
Review of Dailey Petroleum Services Corp.'s Emergency Evacuation Plan
Notification Procedures
Toxicology
Ihr
Toxic substances are poisons
Factors effecting toxicity
LD50 concept
Exposure
Route of entry
IDLH, PEL, and TL V
Acute vs Chronic Exposure
Personal Protective Equipment and Field Equipment Use
4 hrs
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
Respiratory protective requirements
Classification of respiratory protection equipment
Selection of respiratory protection equipment
Respirator fit
Classification of protection levels
Chemical protective clothing
Prevention, minimization and clean up procedures
Safe handing procedures
, ------;T
~ ~ .~
"
.
Bakersfield Fire DeAl
I
Hazardous Materials Division
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT PLAN
Facility Unit Name: Dailey Petroleum Services Corp. Bakersfield, Ca. Div.
SECTION 6: NOTIFICATION AND EVACUATION PROCEDURES:
A. AGENCY NOTIFICATION PROCEDURES: In the event of any threa t to heal th
or the environment outside of the facility the emergency coordinator shall report to
the following agencies. 1) Local Authority... .Bakersfield Fire Dept.. ..911 2) Na-
tional Responce Center.. .800/424-8802 3) Ambulance.. ..911 with the following infor-
mation: [ His/her own name L\)CI\~S \-IðO?-eSd,-75E':Ð
[ Telephone Number
[ Name and address of the facility
[ Time and type of incident
[ Name and quantity of material(s) involved
[ Extent of i~juries, and possible hazards outside of the facility
~
B. EMPLOYEE NOTIFICATION AND EVACUATION:
Employees will be notified of the incident by use of the paglng system. Evacuation
plan is included. (See map Figure 2).
C. PUBLIC EVACUATION:
The emergency coordinator will contact the local agency and will be advised as to
the evacuation procedures of the Local Emergency Planning Committee.
In the Event of an Immediate Need for Public Evacuation the Fire Department will
be-notIIIed-by-DIalIng-9ïï-and-advIsIng-oI-the-threat-Òl-the-ImmedIate-danger-to
the-PublIc~---------------------------------------------------------------------
----------
D. EMERGENCY MEDICAL PLAN:
Emergency procedures will be accomplished by on-site personnel if applicable.
The local Industrial clinic and the local hospital will be provided ~ith the MSDS
for the facilities hazardous material. The local hospital and ambulance service
will be advisèd of the contamination and injury. Decontamination of the victim
will be accomplished if at all possible.
3.
FDl
-~
¡
1ÞÐak.ersfield Fire Dept.
'1
Hazardous Materials Division
.
<'"" ~. :..,.-
':i
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS MANAGEMENT PLAN
SECTION 7: MITIGATION, PREVENTION AND ABATEMENT PLAN:
A. RELEASE PREVENTION STEPS:
Air cylinder gauges are periodically checked (monthly safety audit by
site personnel & periodic audit by corporate personnel. Cylinders
are segregated to avoid exposure to excess heat (25 feet away from
o pen flame). P . d· I .. d· f· f b·
alnt an mlnera splrlts are store In lre proo ca lnet
B. RELEASE CONTAINMENT AND/OR MINIMIZATION:
Careful handling of compressed air cylinders while operational
Paint and mineral spirits are used only on concrete warehouse area.
C. CLEAN-UP PROCEDURES:
Compressed air........ Immediate shut off of valve
Paint and mineral spirits... All spills are immediately isolat~d with
PIG"S and absorbant materials.
SECTION 8: UTILITY SHUT-OFFS (LOCATION OF SHUT-OFFSAT YOUR FACILITY):
See Facili ty Map We.C)'t S:~j¡ ,~ 'ß\~t.
NATURAL GAS/PROPANE:
ELECTRICAL:
See Facili ty Map NOf'+WQs-t: (orNer ~ Ö\~
See Facility Map
WATER:
SPECIAL:
LOCK BOX: YES/@
IF YES, LOCATION:
SECTION 9: PRIVATE FIRE PROTECTION/WATER AVAilABILITY:
A. PRIVATE FIRE PROTECTION:
B.
WATER AVAILABILITY (FIRE HYDRANT):
See Facility Map
4.
FD1590
I,
..
CITY OF BAKERSFIELD
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INVEN'l'ORY
o Farm and Agriculture g: Standard Business
.'~¡
NON - TRADE SECRET
Dailey Petroleum
OWNER NAME: S e r vi c e s Cor p . ,
ADDRESS: P.O. Box 1 í:j 6 .1 '
CITY, ZIP: ljonroe, Ix. //JU,)
PHONE ,#:' 713-350-3399
NAME OF THIS";PACILITY: D. P . S . C .
STANDARD IND. CLASS CODE: IJðy
DUN AND BRADSTREET NUMBER/FEDERAL ID #
C L - !) _1f! - L 5. .1 J3
Dailey Petyoleum
BUSINESS NAME: Services Corp. (D. P. S. C. )
LOCATION: 4.4.0J Wi b 1 e Rd.
CITY, ZIP: Bak§rsfi elg (;;:¡. 93313
PHONE #: í:j05- 37-239 r
. ,
INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER' CODES '
Physical and Health Hazard C.A.S. Number 7782-44-7
(Check all that apply)
[Xl Fire Hazard !] Sudden Release 0 Reactivity D ImmediateD Delayed
of Pressure Health' Health
Component II 1 Name '& C.A.S. Number
Component # 2 Nama & C.A.S. NUmber
Component II 3 Nama & C.A.S. Number
C.A.S. Number
74-86-2
Component # 1 Nama & C.A.S. Number
Physical and Health Hazard
(Check all that apply)
rn Fire Hazard \XJ. Sudden ReleaseD Reactivity 0 Immediate 0 Delayed
of Pressure " Health Health
"Component # 2 Nama & C.A.S. Number
Component II 3 Nama & C.A.S. Number
N
C.A.S. Number
Component /I 1 Nama & C.A.S. Number
Physical and Health Hazard
(Check all that apply)
1X1 Fire Hazard 0 Sudden Release 0 Reactivity' 0 Immediate fXJ Delayed
of Pressure Health Health
Component # 2 Name & C.A.S. Number
Component # 3 Name & C.A.S. Number
N
, '--...
,
f'
'.
Page 1 of 1--
----::f -
13
'by
wt
000
14
Namas of Mixture/Components
See Instructions
OOoAcetylene,E;LllJue 74-86
1.
i
Aliphatic Petroleum
8052-41-3
Physical and Health Hazard C.A.S. Number
(Check all that apply)
IJJ Fire Hazard 0 Sudden Release 0 Reactivity 0 Immediate D Delayed
of Pressure Health Health
North Wall
Component # 1 Name & C.A.S. Number 0.4 Toluene 108-88-3
componentI12Name&C.A.s.Number 0.8 Xylene 1330-20-7
Component It 3 Nama & C.A.S. Number Et'hytbenzene 100-41--4
0.2
EMERGENCY CONTACTS
#lSh;:¡ron Sm;:¡ll
Nama
711-1£)0-
24 Hr. Phone
3399
#2 Art
Name
Portf'r
~01"f Mgr
Tit! EHS
ni~t-
Title
8
Mgr
Certitication (READ AND SIGN AFTER COMPLETING ALL SECTIONS)
r certify under peanlty,of law that r haver, personally examined and am familiar with the infonoation submitted in this and all attached documents and that based on my inquiry of those
'. '''''v1d~'. n._,"'. ,~ Dbto1ninØ tho '",_"-=, ,b.11_ <bat tb. ..bmittoO lnto"",tion '" t~~"'~ .
SIGNATURE
'~'¡'
ð:j IJ z.J 't 2-
D SIGNED
-
June 2, 1992
Barbara Brenner
Hazardous Material Division
Bakersfield Fire Department
2130 "G" Street
Bakersfield, Ca. 93301
!L¿b~l ~ Nord"
-':J ~I //\\ I,!, ~"¡ t.r) =.-!i lul
., =-c j w" c:;:',,' ~) 2J U
--._~~-~._,-.,.t·-···~'''~11_·
Ms. Brenner,
Enclosed fmd the completed Hazardous Materials Management Plan (HMMP) for Dailey
Petroleum Services Corp. Bakersfield, warehouse facility.
I would like to take this opportunity to thank you for your consideration in extending our
deadline for compliance to June 5, 1992, as per our phone conversation May 20, 1992. Dailey
Petroleum Services Corp is diligently working toward compliance at all of the facilities that our
operated by the corporation.
I have enclosed the teaching material that will be presented to the employees at the Bakersfield
facility. The completion of the classes will be accomplished by July 13, 1992. I will personally
conduct the classes at the facility.
My qualifications are as follows;
Masters degree .............. Biology ¡Environmental option
48 hr HAZWOPER certified.... Training completed 1991. with annual refresher June, 1992.
If I can be of any further assistance in this matter please feel free to contact me at (713) 350-
3399.
Sincerely,
,~~
Sharon Small
Manager EHS
cc:
Charles Curtis
Frank Edrington
\
ONE LAWRENCE CENTRE · P.O. BOX 1863 · CONROE, TEXAS 77305 · (713) 350-3399 · (409) 760-3399
e
.
D A I LEY
PET R 0 LEU M
S E R V ICE S COR P.
4404 WIBLE ROAD
BAKERSFIELD, CA. 93313
e
CONTACT: SHARON SMALL
MANAGER-ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH & SAFETY
713-350-3399
¡i
!
'.
"
I
ONE LAWRENCE CENTRE. P.O. BOX 1863 . CONROE, TEXAS 77305 · (713) 350-3399 · (409) 760-3399
e
e
:::0---
t<:!~
enH
"1::1~
o;:¡;:
2>-3
en en
H
b::I Ro ,
H
t-<
H
>-3
~
, -'.
'.
.
''--
.'. c,~ I
e e
RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBiliTIES OF WORKERS
"it'::
i£"-,":
.. ""
OVERVIEW IINTRODUCTI ON:
.
>1
.....
A~
.,:;g
According to federal iaw, the American worker has certain rights and
responsibilities. Under the Occupational Safety and Health Act
(OSH Act) of 1970, workers involved in any given work activity are
c:avered by a general set of rights and responsibilities. Also, workers
engaged in certain work activiti es are covered by speci fi c regul atory
standards created by the Occupational Safety and Health
Administrali on (OSHA). Many of these standards are applicable to
clean-up activities on hazardous wastes sites. In addition, an OSHA
standard (29 CFR 1910.120)soecifically.aoolicable to hazardous
waste clean-up operations has been developed.
,'.;'.t.
,'.'
.
This module is intended to inform the trainee of the rIghts and
responsibilities of workers, with special emphasis on those rights and
responsibi1 iti es specifically app I icab I e to work on hazardous waste
sites.
(i)~JECTIVES :
1. Understand the development of hazardous waste control, clean-up,
and worker protection. as represented by RCRA, CERCLA. and SARA.
2. Know and understand what constitutes hazardous waste according
to the RCRA defini tion.
3. Understand the role of OSHA in protecting the health and safety of
workers.
4. Be aware of OSHA safety standards applicable to work on hazardous
waste s1 tes.
5. Know the specific provi sions of 29 CFR 1910.120.
6. Know and understand the rights and responsi bi1i ties of employers
and emp loyees involved in clean-up operati ons on hazardous waste
sites.
R Be. R Page 1
·e
.e
.
e
.
RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILlTES OF WORKERS
PART 1 :
HIstory of Federal Involvement in Hazardous Waste Control.
Clean-up, and Worker Protection.
.
I, The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA,)
A. General Provisions 'of RCRA
B, Definition of Hazardous Waste Under RCRA
II. ! The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA)
III. The Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act of 1986
(SARA)
R & R Page 3
e·
combustible liauids (eefuel oil). which are
ignitable liQuids having a flashpoint of 1000
F, or greater,
·
·
flammable gases le.g, acetylene and
hydrogen), which are easiiy ignited,
.
· flammable solids (e.g, white phosphorous).
· oxidizers, (e.g. hydrogen perioxide ).which can
yield large amounts of oxygen to assist the
combustion of ignitable substances.
2, Corrosives include acids and bases which are
capable of damaging human tissue. This category
includes;
· acids having a pH value of ý2 or less (e.g.
sulfuric aCId).
· bases having a pH value of 12.5 or greater
(e.g. sodium hydroxide or caustic soda),
·
·
any waste liQuids capable of corroding steel
at a rate in excess of 1/4 inch per year.
3. Reaelives are unstable wastes which may react
violently. This category includes wastes (such as
sodium or potassium) which react violently with
water or air to produce;
· an explosion hazard,
· toxic gases or vapors.
This category also includes potential1y
shock-sensitive substances (e.g. picric acid).
4. Toxies are poisonous wastes which are not easily
broken down in the environment and may tend to
bioaccumulate in living things. This category
includes;
·
R & R Page 5
PART 1: HISTORY _F FEDERAL INVOLVEMEN,eIN HAZARDOUS
WASTE CONTROL, CLEAN-UP, AND WORKER PROTECTION.
·
I. The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA)
was the first comprehensive federal effort to address the
problem of hazardous waste disposal.
A, General provisions of RCRA are as follows:
1 . RCRA regulates facilities involved in the
treatment. storage. and disposal (TSD) of
hazardous waste.
2. RCRA requires ·cradle Lo grave· management of
hazardous waste as follows:
· All hazardous wastes must be identified and
labeled by the generator.
·
A hazardous waste manifest document is used
to track all hazardous wastes from generator
to ,ultimate disposal.
·
3.
RCR~ reQuires that all workers handling hazardous
waste be adeQuately trained.
\~
4. RCRA defines or categorizes hazardous
wastes (as discussed in part 1.8,).
8. UAder RCRA, hazardous wastes are defined or
categorized as foHows:
1 . Ignitable wastes include all liQuids with
fiashpoints of 1ess than 1400 F. This category
includes;
· flammable liauids (e.g. gaso1ine), which are
ignitable 1iQuids having a flashpoint of less
than 1000 F,
·
R 8c. R Page -4
"",
\
....
.
.
.
.
e·
combustible liQuids (eefuel oil), which are
ignitable liquids having a flashpoint of 1000
F. or greater.
·
flammable gases te.g, acetylene and
hydrogen), which are easiiy ignited,
· flammable solids (e.g. white phosphorous),
·
oxidizers, (e.g. hydrogen perioxide ),which can
yield large amounts of oxygen to assist the
combustion of ignitable substances.
o
2, Corrosives include acids and bases which are
capable of damaging human tissue. This cateqory
Includes;
· acids having a pH value of 2 or less (e.g.
sulfuric aCId),
· bases having a pH value of 12.5 or greater
(e.g. sodium hydroxide or caustic soda),
·
any waste liquids capable of corroding steel
at a rate in excess of 1/4 inch per year.
3. Reaclives are unstable wastes which may react
violently. This category includes wastes (such as
sodium or potassium) which react violently with
water or air to produce;
· an explosion hazard,
· toxic gases or vapors.
This category also includes potenlial1y
shock -sensitive substances (e.g. picric acid).
4. Taxies are poisonous wastes which are not easily
broken down in the environment and may tend to
bioaccumulate in living things. This category
includes;
R & R Page 5
.
E.P, (Extraction ProcedurWetalS. such as
As~ Cd. Cr. Pb, Hg. Ag, "
·
oesticides such as Endrin. Lindane. Chlordane.
etc.,
.
· extremely poisonous wastes.
5. Any substance listed as a hazardous waste
by EPA, including;
· all electroplating and metal heat-treating
wastes,
· Dickie liauors from the steel industry,
· ~ludge from wood preservation processes.
!
· any of several hundred specific chemicals
listed.
II. The ComDrehensive Environmental ResDonse. ComDensation. and
Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA), was designed to address the need
for clean-up of pre-RCRA hazardous wastes sites. Commonly
known as -Superfund- . this act was intended to;
.
'.
A. create a mechanism of response to mitigate chronic
environmental damage associated with abandoned
hazardous waste disposal sites, ,
B. provide for the emergency removal of hazardous waste
released through accidental spills.
C. provide federal funding as needed for hazardous waste
clean-up activities.
III ,
The SUDerfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act of 1986
(SARA), addressed the need to protect the safety and health of
workers involved in hazardous waste activities carried out
under RCRA and CERCLA. SARA mandated the following
measures:
.
R ex R Page 6
'-
A,
.mum levels of safety and heae training for all
waste site clean-up workers. including:
..
1.
40 hours of offsite training. plus :3 days of
supervised on-the-Job training, for al1 personnel.
.,..
":¡ 8 additional hours of training for all supervIsory
personnel,
3, 8 hours of annual refresher training for al ¡
employees,
B. The promulgation of an OSHA standard specifically
designed to protect the health and safety of workers
involved in hazardous waste sit.e clean-ups (i.e, 29 CFR
1910,120. which IS described in part 4 of this module),
C. The development of a program of federal grants for
training and education of worKers. to De administered
through the National Institute of Environmental Health
Sciences (NIEHS).
.
.
R & R Page 7
RIGHTS.NO RESPONSIBILITIES OF "RKERS
PART 2:
1970
.
THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT OF
.
OUTLINE:
I . Background
II. Intent of the OSH Act
III. Organizations Created by the OSH Act
IV. OSHA Standards
V. ' Rights and ResDonsibi1ities of EmDloyees Under the OSH Act
.
\........ .
.
R & R Pt.'Ige 8
IF'"
.
.
.-
-_
PART 2: THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT OF 1970 (OSH
ACT)
I.
BACKGROUND
,A., The OSH Act went into effect on April 28. 1971,
B. Prior to that time ;
1.
no uniform federal safety and health regulations
existed,
2,
state regulations varied widely.
-:z:
'- ,
enforcement proceedings against violators were
almost non-existent.
II, INTENT OF THE OSH ACT
A.
The OSH Act requires that employers take steps to
protect employees from recognized workplace hazards
that are 1ikely to cause death or injury.
1. If practical. recognized hazards should be
completely eliminated from the workplace. such as
through the use of engineering controls.
2. If elimination of a hazard is not practical. the
employer must provide other measures, such as
personal protective equipment, to protect
emp I oyees .
B, The OSH Act requires that employees comply with all
rules. regulations. and standards pertaining to
occupational safety and health.
III. ORGANIZATIONS CREA TED BY THE OSH ACT
A. The Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA );
1.
develops and implements safety and health
standards.
R & R Page 9
2. e ensures compliance with stan!ds by conducting
inspections, issuing citations. and levying fines
.
8
The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
(NIOSH );
, ,
1 . conducts research on occupational hazards,
2. makes recommendations to OSHA regarding the
creation or revision of OSHA standards,
3. evaluates personal protective equipment and hazard
measuring instruments,
4, provides education and training In occupational
safety and health,
IV. OSHA STANDARQS
A.
OSHA Standards are legally enforceable sets of
industry-specific regulations intended to address
concerns for the safety of workers.
.
B.
OSHA Standards are developed and revised on a constant
basis.
\..
1 . The opportunity to comment on proposed new
standards or revisions is extended to employers,
. employees, and all other interested parties.
V. RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF EMPLOYEES UNDER THE OSH
ACT
A. As an employee. you have the right to:
1 . review copies of appropriate OSHA standards,
rules. regulations and requirements that the
employer should have available at the workplace,
.
R 8< R Pcg~ 10
"
.
.~
.
.
A
-
Rights (cont'd)
e
~,
request information from your employer on safet\~'
and health hazards in the area, on precautions that
maybe taken. and on procedures to be followed if
an employee is involved in an accident or IS
exposed to toxic substances,
3. request the OSHA area director to conduct an
inspection if you believe hazardous conditions or
violations of standards' exist in your workplace,
4. have your name withheld from your employer. upon
request to OSHA. if you file a written and signed
complaint.
5, be advised of OSHA actions rega¡!'ding your
complaint and have an ínformai review, if
requested. of any decision not to inspect or not to
issue a citation,
6.
have your authorized employee representative
accompany the OSHA compliance officer during the
inspection tour,
7. respond to Questions from the OSHA compliance
officer, particularly if there is no authorized
employee representative accompanying the
compliance officer.
8. observe any monitoring or measuring of hazardous
malerials and examine resulting records, as
specified under the act.
9. have your authorized representative. or yourself.
review the Log and Summary of Occupational
Injuries (OSHA No. 200) at a reasonable lime and in
a reasonable manner.
10, request a closing discussion with the compliance
officer following an inspection.
R & R Page 1 1
¡--
I
A
Ri. (cont'd)
e
11.
submit a wriUen request to NIOSH for information
on whether any substance in your workplace has
potentially toxic effects in the concentration being
used, and have your name withheld fl~om your
employer if you so request,
·
12.
object to the abatement period set in the citalion
issued to your employer by writing to the OSHA
area director within 15 working days of the
issuance of the citation, .
be notified by your employer if he or she applies
for a variance from an OSHA standard, and testify
at a variance hearing and apoeal th!~ final decision.
,I
I
13.
14. submit information or comment to OSHA on the
issuance. modification. or revocation of OHgA
standards and request a public hearing.
15. exercise the rights listed above without being
punished or discriminated against by the employer
for doing so.
·
c.
B.
As an employee. you have the responsibHiLy Lo:
1.
read the OSHA poster at the jobsite.
2. comp'ly with all applicable OSHA s~andards.
3. follow all employer safety and health rules and
regulations. and wear or use prescl'ibed protective
equipment while engaged in work.
4. report hazardous conditions to the supervisor,
I
5. report any job-related injur'y or illness to the
employer, and seek treatment promptly.
6.
cooperate with the OSHA compliance officer
conducting an inspection if he or she inquires about
safety and health conditions in your workplace,
exercise your rights under the Act in a responsible
manner.
·
7.
R & R Pðge 1 2
·
·
·
PART 3: 05HA SAF~ STANDARDS APP~IÇAßLE TQ tRK QN HAZARDOUS
WASTE SITES
Numerous safety standards developed by OSHA to protect the safety and
health .of workers Involved in construction activities and general labor
are also applIcable to work on hazardous waste sites. Specific safety
topics and applicable standards are shown in the table below.
TABLE 1
APPll CABLE STANDARDS
SAFETY TOPICS lABOR
CONSTRUCTION
(29CFR 1910) (29 CFR 1926)
,
YENTllATION -1'- 1910.94 - t- 1926.57
NOISE SUBP ART G 1910.95 SUBPART D 1926.52
IONIZING RADIATION -~- 1910.96 -~- 1926,53
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SUBPART H
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
GENERAL 1910.132
-1-
EVE/F ACE 1910.133 -1'- 1926.102
- -
HEAR ING 1910.,,95 1926. 1 0 1
- - SUBPART E
RESPIRATORV SUBP ART I 1910. 134 -t- 1926. 1 03
- -
HEAD -1- 1910.135 1926.100
FOOT 1910.136
FIRE PROTECTION SUBP ART l SUBP ART F
MATERIALS HANDLING AND STORAGE SUBP ART N SUBP ART H
ELECTRICAL SUBP ART 5 SUBP ART K
TOXIC/HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES SUBPART Z
NOTE: From the standpoint of hazardous waste work. the most
significant OSHA standard is 29 CFR 1910.120. This standard
will be described at length in part four of this module.
R & R Page 13
PART 4:
OUTLlN~: 0 Introduction
.
o General Requirements
.. Safety and Health Program
.. Site-Specific Safety and Health Plan
· Si te Characterization and Analysis
· Site Control
· Training
· Medical Surveillance
,
· Engineering Controls. Work Practices, and PPE
· Sit.e Monitoring
· Informational Programs
· Decontamination
.
C
· Handling Drums and Containers
· Emergency Response
· Site Illumination
· Sanitation at Temporary Work.places
· New Technology Programs
TitlE~ 29 CFR 1910.120 is an OSHA standard promulgated to address
critical concerns for the health and safety of personnel involved in
hazardous waste clean-up activities. The standard is a comprehensive
document, relating virtually all aspects of hazardous waste site
remediation. Thus, it is important that all personnel involved in
remedial actions on these sites have an understanding of the specific
provisions of this standard. These provisions are presented in
abbr'eviated form within this module, and cover topics shl:)wn in the .
outline above.
R &. R Pesge 1-4
·
·
·
OSH.ttsT ANDARD 29 CFR 1 91 ~O
NOTE: The information presented here was taken from the orooosed
final .standar,~ 29 CFR 1910,120, The oermanent final standard had not
been publisnea prior to the preparation of this module, It is anticipated
that the provisions of the final standard will be essentially as presented
here.
I. INTRODUCTION
A. OSHA regulations contained in 29 CFR 1910.120 were created
to protect the safety and health of workers Involved in
hazardous wastes site operations and emergency response
activities.
B. The standard is applicable to;
1 .
')
... .
CERCLA site operations,
major corrective actions on RCRA sites.
sites designated for clean-up by state or local
government,
emergency response operations,
normal treatment, storage, and disposal operations
conducted under RCRA.
3.
4.
5.
II. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The standard reQuires that the employer develop and
implement a safety and health program for employees involved
in hazardous waste operations.
1 . The safety and health program is intended to;
. identify, evaluate, and control site hazards.
. provide for appropriate response to emergency
situations that may arise onsile.
R & R Page 15
, I ' TABLE 2 . . . l
OrQanizati and Comconenls of Emcloyer'~afety and Health
I ProQram Under 29 CFR 1 9 10,120 !
EMPlOYER"S SAFETY AND HEALTH PROGRAM
I
.
1
I
I
<:",:...
* ORGANIZATIONAL
STRIJCTbJRE
CH¡~PTER
COMPREHENS I VE
WORKPLAN
CHAPTER
* SITE SAFETY AND
~IEAL TH PLAN
. CHAPTER
CHAI~ OF COMMAND
OVERALL RESPONS I B I L IT I ES
OBJECTIVES
LOGISTICS
RESOURCES
, :" SAFETV &. HEALTH
I
I PERSONNEL
, Genera 1 Supervl sor
I
HAZARD
ASSESSMENT
Safety &. Health
Superv1sor
TRAINING
I P. P. E.
I
A11 Other Personne1
MEDICAL
: SURVEILLANCE
MONITORING (AIR,
I PERSONNEL, ETC'>
.
(-
I
i
--. SITE CONTROL
DECON
EMERGENCV
RESPONSE
CONF I NED SPACE
ENTRV
SPILL
CONTAINMENT
· N«ule Aval1able to All Affected Employees
TRENCHING AND
EXCAVATION .
R & R Pr.sge 16
") .ponents of the safety and heatt program (see table
2. p. 16) include the following:
'.
·
·
·
Organizational structure chapter
Comprehensive workplan chapter
Site-specific safety and health plan chapter
B, Site-Specific Safety and Health Plan.
1 , The Site-Specific Safety and Health Plan is probably the
most important component of the employer's safety and
health program. This plan must be a written document
which;
· is site-specific.
· composes a separate section of employer's safety
and health program,
· address the specific safety and health hazards of
the site.
· states worker-protection provisions required for
safe work on the site.
.
")
.. .
All potentially affected employees shall be informed of
the specific provisions of the site safety and health plan.
· At a minimum, employee briefings shall be
conducted;
.. prior to initial site entry
.. at other times as often as needed to ensure
compliance with the plan.
· The plan must be available onsite for inspection by
all parties involved. including:
.. employees and their authorized
representatives.
.. contractors and subcontractors,
.. OSHA representatives,
.
R & R Page 17
I
3, Und_~29 CFR 1910.120 the safety. health supervisor
is responsible for;
·
·
·
·
developing the safety and health plein,
implementing the plan on the site.·
verifying compliance with the plan,
conducting inspections to evaluate the
effectiveness of the plan,
modifying' the plan as work progres~3es and site
conditions change or additional information
becomes· available.
.'1
·
III, SITE CHARACTERIZATION AND ANALYSIS
A. A thorough site characterization and analysis '5 required
before clean-up operations may begin on a haz21rdous waste
site. This allows the identification of specific hazards !
present so that appropriate protective measures can be taken.
8, Site Characterization should be carried out in three major
stages:
1.
A Preliminary evaluation should be Performed before the
initial entry to aid in the selection of pri'·otective
measures for entry;
.
,"--,
· The preliminary evaluation should ge designed to
determine to the fullest extent pos~5ible before site
entry;
.. hazards involved (esoecial1y IIDLH conditions),
.. locations. size, accessibi1ity. and topography
of site,
.. potential pathways of disper~iion.
.. emergency response capabil i toy ,
.. description and expected duration of work
activities on the site.
2. The initial entry must be wel1 planned and carefully
executed, Fol1owed immediately by a detailed evaluation,
R & R Page 18
.
--
.
.u
.e P ,P.E. must be used during t~nitial entry,
.. to keep employee eXPosure below PEL's fa;
substances known or expected to be onsite
based on the preliminary evaluation,
.. A five minute escape air supply will be
Immediately available to all employees
unless SCBA is used,
3, A detailed evaluation must be conducted immediately
after the Intial entry to further identify site hazards and
allow selection of appropriate engineering controls. PPE.
etc.
If site hazards are not positively identified by the
preliminary evaluation, personnel making the initial
entry wilì;
· use at least level B, PPE;
· check for IDLH or otherwise hazardous conditions
with direct-reading instruments during the entry;
C. Employees shall be fully informed of all risks associated with
hazardous substances on the site as soon as the presence and
concentrations of those substances have been established.
0, An ongoing air monitoring program sha1J be implemented after
the site is determined to be safe for the beginning of clean-up
operations.
IV. SITE CONTROL
A, OSHA requires that a site control program be developed for
each site.
1 , This program should be designed to;
·
control the exposure of employees to hazardous
substances onsite.
prevent the migration of contaminants to "clean"
areas of the site,
·
R & R Page 19
2.
I
Theete control program must be d_OPt~d during the
p anñing stages and implemented before ~ elm-up work
begins onsite.
3,
·
The plan must be modified as often as required by
changing site conditions,
B, The standard requires that the site control program include or
address, at a minimum, the following items orilopics:
1. A site map
2. Site work zones
3. Use of the Buddy system onsite
4, Site communications
5. Safe work practices
6. Identification of the nearest medical ass! stance
V. TRAINING
A. General training Requirements
1.
The standard includes training requirements applicable
to a11 employees who may be exposed to site hazards.
·
2.
"--
Workers are required to complete;
· 40 hours of classroom instruction I
· 3 days of site-specific on the job t~aining under
the direct supervision of a trained, øxperienced
supervisor,
· any additional training required by unique task
hazards,
· 8 hours of annual refresher training.
3. Supervisors must complete
· 40 hours of classroom instruction,
· 8 additional hours of specialized classroom
training
· 8 hours of annual refresher training
R & R Pt:lge 20
·
. ;~.
e
e
e-
e
B, Scope of Training
.
The scope of traIning should be such that al1 emoìoyees
are well versed In the fo¡lowlng topics:
· names of all site safety and health personnel,
· site hazards,
· use of PPE.
· safe work practices.
· safe use of engineering controls and site
equipment,
· medical surveillance requirements.
· symptoms which may indicate overexposure to site
hazards.
· site controi measures,
· decontamination procedures,
· provisions of the emergency response plan.
· Safe confined space entry proceaures.
2. The Supervisor's additional training should cover topics
such as:
·
·
·
·
·
employer's safety and health programs.
employee training programs,
PPE programs,
health hazard monitoring techniques.
spi11 containment programs.
VI, MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE
A. OSHA standard 29 CFR 1910.120 requires that each employer
institute a program of medical surveillance. This program
should be designed to;
. 1. determine a prospective employee's fitness for work
before employment.
2, monitor a worker's health and fitness during
employment,
3,
provide accurate medical records,
R & R Page 21
4,
prote data for evaluating the effetveness of
protective measures used on site,
8,
The requirement for medical surveillance cover~i all employees
who are;
·
.
I
1 , exposed to hazards at or above established levels for 30
I
days or more per year,
I
2, required to wear a respirator for 30 days !or more per
year,
3. injured due to overexposure during an em~rgency
incident.
C. The standard includes the following specific requirements for
Medical! Examination:
1. Medical examinations must be conducted;
·
before employment. I,
at least annua11y during employment,
at the time of reassignment to an area or job which
doesn't require medical survei11ance.
after overexposure or the appearancl~ or related
symptoms,
whenever deemed necessary by the physician,
at the time of termination .
·
·
·
·
\...
·
·
~: No termination or reassignment examinalion is required if an
employee has received a complete examination within six months
prior to the time of terminalion or job reassignment and has had no
significant exposures or potentially exposure-related symptoms
since the exam. I
I
,
2. These examinations shall be performed; I
· at no cost or loss of pay to thE~ employee,
· at a reasonable time and place,
· by, or under the direct supervision of, a
Ii censed phys i c i an.
·
R & R Pr:lge 22
\..
3.
!ntent or focus of the medical lamination should meet
the following requirements:
.
·
Specific content of the exam shall be determined
by the examining physician,
Exams shall include a complete or updated medica1
and work history.
Exams will focus on symptoms which may be
exposure-related.
Fitness for duty under site conditions (such as use
of required PPE under expected temperature
extremes) should be emphasized.
·
·
·
4, The employee is entitled to receive a written
physician's opinion stating;
·
the results of specific exarr,s and tests. (if
requested in writing by the employee),
any medical conditions which may require
treatment or place the worker at greater risk
due to site hazards,
any recommended work-assignment
limitations.
·
·
.
NOTE: Any resulting reassignment should
entail no loss of payor seniority.
C
-...J ,
The standard mandates confidentiality of Examination
Results, in that specific findings unrelated to
occupational exposure shall not be revealed by the
physician to the employer.
VII. ENGINEERING CONTROLS. WORK PRACTICES. AND PPE
A. General Provisions For Employee Protection
1.
Engineering controls. wor,k practices. and PPE will be
used as required to maintain employee exposure at or
below PELs.
.'
R & R Page 23
2.
3.
.
PPE . be used only when engineeri.co~trols and
I
work practices are not a feasible option. I
i
I
Employee rotation shall n2!.. be used to comply with
exposure limits, except when there is no Qt.her feasible
mean~ for complying with dose limits for ~ionizing
radiation. :
·
B. Selection and use of PPE
1. Selection of PPE 'must be based on site-sp'E~cific
conditions.
I
2. Selection must be updated as site conditions change or
additional information is generated.
A written PPE program is reQuired. This pr'ogram must
incorporate the following lopics:
· Selection
· Use
· Work Mission Duration
· Maintenance
· Storage
· Decontamination
· Proper Filling
· Donning
· Doffing
C. Sped fi c ReQuirements for PPE
·
\,
I
1. For work in IDLH conditions, employees must use one of
the foHowing methods of respiratory prot~!clion:
· osilive ~essure self contained bre¡~thing
appara us CSC8A)
I
· ~silive .Q.ressur~ air-1ine respirato~ with an
escape air supply
·
R & R Pr.sge 24
'--
,,,"4
")
¿,..,
e ,_
For work in areas of skin-absorplion hazards which may
result in an IDLH situation. totally encapsulating
chemica! protective (TECP) suits must be used.
.
· TECP suits must be;
-
.. able to maintain positive pressure
.. capable of preventing inward gas leakage In
excess of O.5fo
VIII. SITE MONITORING
A. The standard requires that atmospheric conditions be
monitored onsite 50 as to;
1 , ensure adequate protection of site personnel,
2, allow proper utilization of engineerng controls, work
practices, and PPE.
.
8. Monitoring procedures required are as follows:
1. Initial Air Monitoring shall be conducted during initial
entry to identify;
· IDLH conditions,
· atmospheres -containing contaminants In excess of
PEL's,
· radiation above dose levels,
· flammable atmospheres,
· oxygen-deficient atmospheres,
2. Periodic Air Monitoring shaH be conducted during
operations onsite whenever;
· an IDLH condition or flammable atmosphere may
have developed,
· there is any indication that exposure levels have
increased since prior moni toring.
.,
R & R Page 25
I
I
3. Per_al Monitoring shall be conducte fr:HQuenlly during
clean-up operations to characterized the exposure or .
those employees most I ikely to be overexposed
·
.
IX. INFORMATIONAL PROGRAMS
A. An information program shaH be developed and I :implemented by
the employer to inform employees, contractorsi and
subcontractors of potential exposure risks associated with
site operations. ¡
I
8. Personnel working outside of the operations pari!. of a site are
not covered by this requirement. I
X. HANDLING DRUMS AND CONi AINERS
A, General Rules
1 .
Drums and containers used must meet miniimum DOT,
I
OSHA, and EPA regulations for the wastes~ they contain,
·
I
i
2. If practical. drums and containers wilt be' inspected to
insure their integrity prior to being move~.
. I
. If drums or contamers are stored or¡ stacked so
that inspection is impossible, they should be moved
to 'an accessible location for inspect.ion prior to
further handling.
3. Unlabeled drums and containers wi1l be assumed to
contain hazardous substances and treated accordingly
I
Untit contents are positively characterizec/.
4. Site operations shalt be organized so as tq minimize the
amount of drum or container movement required,
I
5,
All employees exposed to a transfer operation shall be
warned of potential hazards associated wi lh contents of
any drums or containers involved.
R ex R Page 26
·
.
6, . specified salvage drums or aainers and suitable
sorbent materials shan be available in areas where,
spills may occur.
7,
Where major spins are possible, a spill containment
program shall be implemented as part of the employer's
safety and health plan.
.
· The spill containment program shall allow for the
containment and isolation of the entire volume
being transferred.,
8. Drums and containers that can't be moved without
rupture or leakage will be emptied into a sound
container.
9, Some type of detection system (such as
ground-penetrating radar) shal1 be used to estimate the
location and depth of buried drums or con tamers
10. Buried drums shall be excavated carefully to prevent
rupture.
.
11 , Suitable fire extinguishing equipment will be kept on
hand and ready for use.
B. Ooening 'Drums and Containers
1 . Procedures to be foHowed in areas where drums or
containers are being opened are as follows:
· If airline respirators are used. air cylinder
connections must be protected from contamination
and the entire system shall be protected from
physical damage.
· Employees who must work near drums or containers
being opened must be provided protective shielding
in case of explosion.
· Employees not directly involved in the opening
procedures will be kept at a safe distance.
.
R & R Page 27
~
~/
~",'
J/
~
i
I
· .ontrols for opening eQUipmen~or¡jtoring
equipment. and fire suppression equipment shall be
I
located behind the shield, I
I
· Non-sparking tools and equipment w1i11 be used .
I
when flammable atmospheres are a ~reasonable
I
possibility.
·
Drums and containers shall be ope neb so as to
safely relieve excess pressure. Eith ~r;
!
(.
~-
.. relieve pressure from a remol,~ location
.. place appropriate shielding be!t,ween the
employee and the drums or containers
Employees shall nol sland on. or wJk from drums ')
or containers. ¡I
C, Material Handling Eauioment
~D.
1 , This equipment shaH be selected, located,! and operated
so as to prevent ignition of vapors release'd during
opening procedures.
.
I
Radioactive Waste I
I
I
1. Drums and containers containing radioacÜve waste, shall
not be handled until their hazard to emplo:yees has been
properly assessed.
Shock-sensitive waste
1. When handling drums or containers conta(ning or
suspected of containing shock sensitive wastes, the
following special precautions should be (ol1owed:
·
All non-essential employees shaH be removed
from the area of transfer.
·
Material handling equipment shall bE~ fitted with
explosion containment devices or protective
shields to protect operators.
R & R P!2ge 28
.
,I .~.
·
e
.
An alarm system will be used to signal the
beginning and end of the procedure,
·
·
Continuous communication will be maintained
between the employee in charge of the handling
operation and the site safety and health supervisor
or command post during the operation.
.. Communications equipment which might pose
an ignition hazard will not be used.
· Pressurized drums shall not be moved until the
cause of the excessive pressure is determined and
appropriate measures are implemented.
· All drums and containers containing packaged
laboratory wastes lab packs shaD be considered
Shock -sensitive unti I pr,oven otherwise.
F. Lab Packs
·
/{
( G.
')
l
·
1.
Lab packs shall be opened only by a person who is
sufficiently knowledgeable to inspect. classify, and
segregate the containers within the pack according to
the hazards involved.
2. I f crystalline material is noted on any container, the
contents shall be treated as shock-sensitive until
positively identified.
SamolinQ Procedures
1 . Sampling will be performed in accordance with a written
sampling procedure. which is part of the site safety and
health plan.
H.
ShiooinQ And Transoort
<2.
t
Drums and containers shall be identified and classified
prior to packaging for shipment.
Staging areas shall be kept to the minimum number
necessary.
R & R Page 29
, .
3.
_ . e:
Staging areas shall be provided adequate entrance and
exi t routes.
4,
Bulking of hazardous wðstes shan be perm Ued only
after a thorough characterization has been completed.
·
I. Tank/vault entry Drocedures
1 ' Tanks and vaults will be handled in a mann~r similar to
that for drums and containers, taking the s;ize of the tank
or vault into consideration. !
I
2. Provisions for safe confined space entry, a:3 included in
the site safety and health plan, must be foJlowed for
entering tanks and vaul ts,
XI.
DECONTAMINATION
A.
I
I
I
I
Under 29 CFR 1910.120, the following provisions are required
for decontamination during site clean-up operatjons:
1.
I
A11 personnel. clothing, and equipment will: be
decontaminated before leaving the contami'nated area of
the site.
\..
·
2. Standard operating procedures shall be developed to
minimize employee exposure.
i
3. Decon procedures shall be communicated tb all
employees before entry.
I
~. All P.P.E. will be properly decontaminated .or else
disposed of.
5. All decontamination equipment and solvents wi1l be
decontaminated, or else disposed of.
6, Decontamination areas will be located so as to minimize
contaminant migration and minimize contad between
contaminated and uncontaminated employeE!s and
equipment.
·
R & R Pt:lge 30
\.
.
.
.
7,
e
Any worker
will ;
e
splashed while wearing impereable clothing
·
remove clothing immediately,
· shower thoroughly.
e, . Commercial laundries and cleaning services shall be
warned of hazards posed by the contaminants involved.
9, I f required by decon procedures, regular showers and
change rooms must be provided.
10. The effectiveness of decon procedures wi 11 be monitored
by the si te safety and health officer.
XII, EMERGENCY RESPONSE
A, The Site Emergency Response Plan
1.
The standard requires the employer to develop an
emergency response plan which is;
· a separate section of the site safety and health
plan.
· designed to handle anticipated emergencies on the
site,
· developed and implemented by the employer before
clean-up operations begin,
· available in writing to all employees. employee
representatives, and OSHA personnel.
R & R Page 3 1
2. The
the
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
!
e~ -
sit,e emergency response plan should address each of
foil lowing topics:
Pre-emergency planning
Personnel roles. lines of authority, training and
c-ommunications ,on site
Emergency recognition and prevention
S'afe distances and places of refuge
Site security and control
SHe topography. layout, and prevailing weather
conditions
Procedures for reportin9 emergency incidents to
local, state, and federa1 agencies
Evacuation routes and procedures
Emergency decontamination procedures
Emergency medical treatment and first aid
Emergency alerting and response procedures
Critique of response and follow-up
P,eriodic review and amendment of plan
P.P.E. and emergency equipment for emergency
r;esponse
Oompatibi1ity wIth the disaster, fire. and
I
emergency response plans of local, state, and
n~deral agencies
.
.
B. Emergency response training should be provided as fol1ows:
¡
\
1 . Training must be adequate to a110w employees to respond
effecti,i{ely and safely to any anticipated emergencies to
I
whichlhe employer expects the employees to respond.
2. Some E~mployees may be exempted from training
requirE'~ments based on previous training and work
. I
experlE~nce .
3. The ov;era1J site training proÇlram shaH include regulår
I
rehearsals of the emergency response plan.
I
D. Emergency Respor¡)se Procedures' must be carried out in accordance
with the emergen1cy response plan.
An ala'rm system shail1 be available to notify employees
of an E:!mergency onsi te.
R &. R Page ::i2
1 .
.
.
.
.
e
-~
--- '
-~=- ~.¿
·
·
e
Visible or audible alarms may be used.
Alarms must be clearly perceptible above
background levels of noise, ligr,~. or other activity
"
on the site.
.
') All systems will be used in the event of an emergency to
notify employees to;
· cease work. if necessary,
· lower background noise levels to enhance
communication,
· begin emergency response plan procedures.
3. Based on information available at the time of the
emergency, the employer will;
· evaluate the incident.
,. evaluate onsite response capabilities,
· take appropriate steps to implement the site
emergency response plan.
XIII. SITE IllUMINATION
A. AI1 areas accessible to employees must have adeQuate lighting.
as specified in table 3:
R & R P~ge 33
-þ
TABLE 3
~
e-,
SITE IllUMINATION
·
FOOT
CANDLES
AREA OR OPERAJIONS
5
Generel site crecs
3
Exccvfltion cnd waste arees, acces:sways, active storage areas, loadinf
plctforms, refueling fields, end mflintenance areas
5
Inc1pOr!ì: warehouse, conidors, hcHweys, end exitwcys
5
Tunnel~), shðfts; end generel underground work crees. (Exception:
Minimum of 10 foot ccndles is reQulred ct tunnel and shaft heðdmg
during dri1Hng, mucking; cnd seeling. Mine Safety end Health
Administretton cpproyed ccp 1ights shcH be ccceptcble for use in
the tunnel heading).
·
10
Genercl¡ shops (e.g., meehðniccl cnd electricel equipment rooms,
cctive :store rooms, bcrreeks or Hying Quarters, locker or dressing
rooms, 'dining crees; end tndoor toilets and wor1crooms). '
30
,
First eid stelions, infirmeries, end offices
·
R &. R Pt2ge 3·4
" ,
.
.
.
e '_
XIV. SANIT A TION AT TEMPORARY WORKPLACES
A, Minlmlum standards for sani tation at hazardous waste
clean-up sites are mrmdt:lted by 29 CFR 1910.120.
1. Site Water Supplies
· An adequate supply of potable water must be
provided for employees, and kept free from
contamination.
· Non-potable water outlets must be clearly marked.
.. No potential cross connections between
potable and non-potable water systems are
allowed.
2. Toilet Facilities
· Adequate toilet facilities, as specified in the table
below, must be provided for employees. (Table 4)
TABLE 4
TOILET FACILITIES
NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES MINIMUM NUMBER OF FACILITIES
20 or less One
more than 20 J 1 ess than 200 One toilet seat and 1 urinal per
40 employees
more than 200 ; One tonet seat zmd 1 urina1 per
50 employees
i I
R & R Page 35
~t'
B. Toilet Facilities (conl)
e
NOTE: Toilet facility requirements are not appiicabJe to .
mobj l~ crews havtngtransportatlon readily available to .
nearby toilet facilities.
C. If provided. temporary sleeping Quarters must be heated.
ventilated. and lighted.
D. Washing Facilities
! 1. The employer shall provide adequate washing facilities
for all employees involved in operations where hazardous
subst(lnces may be harmful to the employee.
2. These facilities shall be;
· close to work site.
· in areas where exposures are below PEL·s.
· equipped so as to allow employees to remove
hazardous substances from the'mselves.
E. Showersanlj Change Rooms are required for sites of six
months or çlreater clean-up duratil)n.
.
NOTE: These should consist of two change rooms. one for
doffin!~ work clothes and one for donning street clothes.
which,are separated by a shower room.
(
'.
XV. NEW TECHNOLOGY PROGRAMS
A. The employt~r shall develop and implement procedures for,
introducing new technologies and equipment developed to
enhance wOf'ker protection as part of the site safety and health
program.
NOTE: WORKERS ARE ALSO AFFORDED CERTAIN RIGHTS
UNDER THE HAZARD COHMUNICA TION STANDARD (29
CFR1910.1200). PROVISIONS OF THE HAZARD
COMMUNICA TION 5T ANDARD WIILL BE COVERED IN THE
TOXICOLOGY MODULE.
.
R & R Page ~36
\,
.
"
.
.
e
APPEND I X 1
e
OVERVIEW OF RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF
HAZARDOUS WASTE WORKERS
RIGHTS
As an employee involved in hazardous waste site clean-up operations,
you are afforded certain legal rights by 29 CFR 1910.120. These rights
entitle you to;
· Information conlained in the organzalional slructure chapter
of your employer's safety and health program,
· Information contained in the current safety and health plan of
any site on which you work.
· Information regarding all risks associated wilh site
operations.
· Protection from site hazards through engineering controls,
work practices. and PPE, including;
.. Positive pressure SCBA. or air-line respirators with an
escape air supply. for IDLH conditions,
.. TECP suits for areas where skin contact may result in an
IDlH situation.
.. A five-minute escape air supply to be kept on hand during
initial site entry (unless SCBA IS used),
.. Protection equivalent Lo level B for initial site entry,
unless site hazards have been positively identified
beforehand.
· Direct-reading instruments used to check for IDlH conditions
during initial entry, unless hazards have been positively
identified beforehand.
·
Training in areas such as hazard recognition and safe work
practices, sufficient to enable you to work safely and
effectively,
R & R Page 37
t~
e
·
Coverage under a program of medical surveillance adequate to
monitor your health, your fitness for duty, and the
effectivene~is of protective met:lsur'es used, You t:lre enti tied
to:
·
.
.. Examinations performed at no cost to you, at a
reasonable time and place, and by (or under the direct
supervision of) a licenséd physician,
.. A written physician's opinion covering your general state
of health, any medical treatment needed, your fit::e=s for
work I:lnsite, and any recommended limitations on work
assigned to you,
.. Confidentiality of all finding~¡ which are not related to
occuozltional exoosure.
· Knowledge of site decontamination procedures,
· Full decontamination upon exiting contaminated areas on site,
·
Immedidate removal of wet clothing, foHowed by a shower, if
sp1ashed whi1e wearing non-impermeable protective clothing,
·
·
Information contained in the site emergency response plan,
\.....
· Specific training in emergency response, if you are expected to
respond during a site emergency,
· Work areas which have adequate lighting,
. i
·
An adequate supply of water suitable for drinking and washing.
·
Adequate facilities for washing.
·
Adequate tClilel facilities,
·
Showers and change rooms for jobs 1asting six months or
I anger.
.'
·
Relative comfort and sanitation of all facilities provided.
·
R 8.. R Pcge ;:í8
e
.
RESPONSIBILITIES
.
.A.S an employee involved in hazardous waste site clean-up
operations. you also have cert.ain responsibilit.ie5, These
r.esponsibilities reqUIre;
· Familiarity with the chain of command and your role in aJl
activities on site.
· Familiarity and compliance with all provIsions of the site
safety and health plan,
· Full cooperation with the site safety and health supervisor.
· ,Utilization of all engineering controls, work Dractices, and PPE
required for protection from site hazards,
· Utilization of safe work practIces.
· Utilization of direct-reading instruments. as instructed by
superiors. to monitor site conditions.
.
·
Full cooperation with all site monitoring procedures
(especially personal monitoring),
· Complete decontamination upon exiting a contaminated area,
· Familiarity with all aspects of the site emergency response
plan (including the emergency chain of command and your'
emergency response role),
· Full utilization of washing facilities prior to leaving work at
lhe end of your shift.
.-
R & R Page 39
.~
e
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
e
MED I CAL SURVEI LLANCE
OV ER\,¿ I EW II N TR ODUC TI ON
Workers involved in remedial activities on hazardous waste sites may be
exposed to a number of potentially injurous conditions. These conditions
may involve toxic chemicals biologic hazards, radiation, heavy work
loads. and heat or cold stress. Thus, it is vital that the physical
condition of hazardous waste workers be carefully assessed prior to
employm~nt and carefully monitored during employment. This requires a
comprehensive program of medical surveillance. This module is intended
as an introduction to the topic of medical surveillance.
OBJECTIVES:
After completion of this module. trainees should:
1.
understand the importance of medical surveillance in
safeguarding the heal th of hazardous waste workers.
2. realize the benefits to both employees and employers of full
cooperation in a program of medical surveillance,
3. know the legal requirements for medical surveillance under
OSHA standards.
~. be aware of the potential adverse effects of over-exposure to
chemicals commonly encountered on hazardous waste sites,
5. be aware of specific medical monitoring procedures and
testing protocols used in medical surveillance.
6. (for managerial personnel) be able to work effectively with
experts in occupational medicine to set up a comprehensive
program of medical surveillance designed to address site
speci fic needs.
R & R PAGE ~o
.~
e
MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE
·
OUTL INE:
I. I ntroducti on
II. General Characteristics of A Medical Surveillance Program
III. Pre-Employment Medical Examination
A. Medical and Occupational History
B. Physical Examination
C. Laboratory Tests
IV. Examination Follow-Up/Consultation
V. Periodic Medical Examination
VI. Termination Examination
·
VII. Medica1 Records
<--
VIII. Program ReviE!W
Appendix 1 OSHA Medical Reference Chart
Appendix 2 Tests Frequently Performed by Occupationa1 Physicians
Appendix 3 Signs arid Symptons of Chemica1 Exposure and Heat Stress
that indicate Potential Medical Emergencies
Appendix 4 Specific Blood and Urine Testing
·
R & R PAGE ·41
·
·
·
e
e
I, INTRODUCTION
A. Medical surveillance of workers involved in hazardous waste
site clean-up activities is required by Title 29 CFR Part
1910.120 (see the module on this standard).
B. !The primary purpose of medical surveillance is to assess and
monitor the health and fitness of workers, both Drior to, and
during, emDloyment,and to allow the early detection of any
occupational health problems so that harmful effects can be
minimized.
C. Medical surveillance also provides accurate information, in the
form of medical records, which may be used to:
· conduct epidemiological studies.
· adjudicate claims,
· serve as evidence in litigation.
· report the medical conditions of workers to appropriate
agencies as required by law.
· assess. the effectiveness of engineeri ng control s. work
practices, and personnel protective equipment in
safeguarding the health of hazardous waste site workers.
II. GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF A MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM
A. A specific medical surveillance program should be developed for
each site, since each site represents a unique set of potential
health hazards.
Appendix 1 relates chemicals(some of which may be
encountered on hazardous waste sites) to target organs,
potential health effects. and appropriate medical monitoring.
Hazards due to factors such as extreme climatic conditions and
the amount of personal protective equipment required on site
must also be considered.
R & R PAGE 42
e
e
;), lïealcal surveiiiance snouid oe conaucted Dy. or unaer tne OIreCL
supervision of, a qualified physician who has extensive
knowledge of occupational medicine or else uti! izes the .
services of an occupational medicine consultant.
1, Med ical personnel must have suffi cien t expertise to tai lor
lhe medical surveillance program to lhe specific hazards
and characteristics of a given sile. For example:
. specific medical examination and laboratory
testing may be needed to moni tor exposure to
~5pecific chemicals on a given site,
. ~5pecific medical condi lions may preclude an
applicant's use of personal protective
.~qui pment required for a given job on site (29
CFR 1910.134).
C. Medical surveillance of each' employee should consist of:
· a thorouÇlh medical examinations prior to employment,
· periodic medical examinations during employment,
.
· fo11ow up examinations and consultations, as needed,
'-
· an examination upon termination of employment,
· an examination immediately after any injury or accidental
over-exp1osure,
· an examination as soon as possible after the employer is
notified that an employee is experiencing symptoms
which melY be exposure - relaled.
D. Employers. ¡employees, and medical professionals must be
actively involved and communicate openly, and on a regular
basis, if the medical surveillance pr'ogram is to be effective.
E. The advantages, to bolh employers and employees, of an
effec live medical surveillance proÇlram are represented by the
following eX2lmples:
.
R & R PAGE ·~3
.'-.
·
·
·
e e
Emoloyees who choose to participate in the program may
Qenefi t. (rom advantages sucn as.
· early warning of impending health problems,
· ability to substantiate claims of occupation-related
illness (since occupational illness often mimics
non-occupational illness),
'. counseling from a physician,
· the establishment of baseline data with which
future data can be compared,
· appropriate employee task assignments (thus, safer
working conditions),
Emoloyers may benefit greatly, in the event of future
Ii ti ga ti on, from base line data and other i nformati on
genera ted through medical surveillance.
III. PRE-EMPLOYMENT MEDICAL EXAMINATION
Thi s exam ination is designed to determi ne an indivi dual's general
fitness for work and to provide baseline data for comparison with
future medical data. This examination consists of the following
parts:
A. Medical and Occupational History should be the major
focus of the examination procedure. The medical and
occupational history should be compiled prior to the physical
examination of a prospective employee and should include
the following:
8aseli ne Information
· name
· address
· social security number
· next of kin
· etc.
R & R PAGE 44
_I e
Past Medical Histo,.y, as represented by: -
· ex isti ng medi cal records
· the subject's input during Questioning.
.',
.. The Questioner should begin at the present
and work back through time.
.. Questions shoul d foclJs on a II body' sys tems,
from head to toe, of the subject, so that a
c10mplete systems review is conducted prior to
physical examination.
.. Special attention should be given to atopic
d'isease (e.g., eczema), asthma, lung disease,
and cardiovascular disease.
¡
Family H:istory
This may indicate a genetic predisposition to certain
medical problems.
Personal and Social Data
Thi s shoul d focus on factors such as;
.
(
· dietary habits,
· exerC'ise habits,
· alcohol consumption,
· use of tobacco
OccupatilDnal History
This should be compi1ed from present to past and cover;
· a11 pr'9vious employers,
· all previous job duties,
· all previous work locati ons,
· military service,
· any previous occupationally related Injuries,
i1lnes~5es, and/or symptoms Cincl uding heat injuri es),
· any previous exposure to I or reactions lo, hazardous
subst¡:!nces. {
.
R & R PAGE 4~3
\..
·
·
·
B.
-...--...-"'-"-'-
PhYSiCa~Xaminalion
.
-"..' ...... ." ......"- ..~~. ~ . ~. -.-'.-'- -
;:ílySI~ãl :xarÎliíI3LlOí.=- 3íìOuiù in'·./ûìV6 Q ael.âlieJ è/\amlíìal.ìúíl û:
all body systems, with special attention to the pulmonary,
cardiovascular, and skeletomuscular systems. The examination
should cover the following i tmes:
General Appearance
· provi des c lues to persona I it y, mental state. genera I
fitness, etc. of subject.
Vital Signs
· blood pressure
· hear t rate
· respiration rate
· temperature
· weight
· height
Skin
Head
Ears
. audiometric testing (required by 29 CFR 1910.95)
. perforated eardrums may preclude respirator use
Eyes
· Tests should measure:
.. refraction,
.. depth perception,
.. color vision,
· Contact lenses should not be worn in contaminated
atmospheres (29 CFR 1910.134. e. 5 .ii J.
R & R PAGE 46
. e
NecK
Chesl and lungs e.
-'
Breasls
Heart all1d Blood vessels
Abdomen
Rectum
Geni ta) ia
Muscula1r Skeletal
Neurolo'gic
l ymphalLic
Men ta 11 slale of the applicant should be
examined to determine ability to deal with job - related e
psycholo'gical stresses.
C. laboratory Tests ~~,
Information from the physical examination should be
supp lemented wi th the fo Howing tes ts. see speci fi c
details in Appendix 4:
· blood tests
· urinalysi~
· EKG
· che~jt x-ray
· puln"lonary function
· othE~r tests. as needed
Examp1 es of the app 1ication of speci fi c tes ts are given in
Appendi x 2.
e
R & R PAGE ¿¡7
\
,
.,_.
.
.
.
e .
Analyses based on whole batteries of specific tests offer
aavamages 5J(;'ì as tnt:: fûllowlng,
· excellent base line da ta,
· possible early warnings of the tendency toward
development 0 f speci fic illnesses.
The use of comprehensive analysis techniques (SUCh as
SMA 24) is recommended. with specific tests (see
Appendix 2) to include:
· alkaline phosphates.
· BUN.
· SGOT,
· bilirubin,
· SGPT,
· etc.
· Allergy testing is sometimes desirable, although not
required by OSHA.
· Laboratory faci lities used in analyzing sampl es must meet
applicable federal standards.
IV. EXAMINATION FOllOW - UP/CONSULTATION
Based on medical examination results, health care professionals
should be abl e to:
· disqualify prospective employees who are physically
unsuited for the demands of work on a hazardous waste
site. or may pose a safety risk to feHow workers,
..
· recognize employees with a history of vulnerability to
specific substances,
· recommend job assignments. or reassignments. based on
the emp loyee's state of fi tness and the job demands or
hazards.
· assess an employee's capacity to perform while wearing a
respirator, as required by 29 CFR Part 1910.134.
R & R PAGE 48
e e
· counser employees on personal habits which may affect
suscept.ibiiity to site nazaros, For example:
.. syner"gi sli c effects may occur between speei fie .
chemicals encountered on a site and alcohol
consumed off the site.
· Provide employees with early warnings of impending
medical problems, so that pr"ecautionary steps can be
taken to avoid illness and disability.
v. PERIODIC MEDICAL EXAMINATION
A medical monitoring program should be developed for each
employee based on factors such as:
· medica I and occupational hi story,
· current state of health,
· current and potential exposures on site,
· routine job tasks of the emploY1ee.
.
Examinations should be conducted at least annual1y during the
employment of a worker,
{
Workers should be examined as soon as possible after an
accidental overexposure or the appearance of symploms of over-
exposure, heal stress, or olher polEmlial problems.
· Workers should be trained to recognize signs and
symploms of chemical exposure and heat injury (as shown
in Appellldix 3), ·
The periodic medical examination should basically follow the
pre-emp I oyrnent examinati on format appropri a tel y modi fi ed
according to changes in factors such as;
· worker's symptoms,
· site hazards,
· exposures.
.
R & R PAGE 49
(
.
.
.'
e
.
Periodic examinations should include. at minimum:
A medical history update, focusing on changes in;
· health status
· illnesses
· symptoms which are possibly work related
A physical examination
Specific medical tests. as required based on the
worker's potential for exposure, medical history. and
examination results. These tests should include;
·
pulmonary function tests for workers
respirators, exposed to irritating or
substances, or exhibiting breathing difficulties,
using
toxic
· audi ometri c tests for workers subj ected to hi gh
noise levels.
· vision.
· blood and urine tests as needed.
A comparison of periodi c examination results wi th baseline data
may provide early indications of adverse health trends and
facili tate the uti lization of appropriate protective measures.
VI. TERMINATION EXAMINATION
At the end of employment at a hazardous waste site. a11
personnel should receive a medical examination (as described in
part IV).
This requirement may be fulfilled by merely obtaining a medical
history update, provided ill o~ the following conditions are met:
. Less than 6 months has elapsed since the employee's last
full medical examination was given.
R & R PAGE 50
,.
e
· I ¡Ie trn¡Jluyet: nas nor. oeen exposec c:' nJurea since tne
previ ous examination.
.
The ernp I oy ee ha s expe ri enced no exposure -re I a led
symptoms since the previous examination.
.
.
VII. MEDICAL RECORDS
Hazardous waste si te workers may work at a large number of
!di fferent si t19S. and be exposed to a large number of hazardous
substances, in the course of their careers. Thus, accurate
records of previous potenti a I exposures can be i nva luab Ie,
should the ne'ed for medical treatment arise.
OSHA rp,gulat.ions require th,at employers
· keep medi cal, records on potentially exposed workers' for a
period of 30 years after their employment is terminated
(29 CFR Part 1910.120),
· make medical records available to workers, their
representatives, and authori ,~ed OSHA offi ci a Is (29 CFR
Part 1910. 120),
.
\......-
· post a yearly, summary report of occupational illness and
injuries 1,:29 CFR Part 1904).
Other specific requirements regarding medical records are
1isted in 29 CFR Part 1910.120.
V III. PROGRAM REV IEW
The medical surveillance program should be evaluated and
updated at least annually to ensure its effectiveness.
Reviews of medical records and test results should be conducted
regularly a~j part of the safety and health plan evaluation
procedure.
.
R & R PAGE ~51
.
.
.
I
APPEND I X J
liP ~"'AED."
........ E........... "..._.. IlIe 'HfPI
. 101 ø.".. I /o I"'1. P..~ Aodge Il 60068
f:alll ...1121
OSHA MEDICAL REFERENCE CHART
Occupatlona' Safety and Health Administration Regulations - Status As 01 January 1987
MOUll' !tEAlTH
TEStlNQ
NA IIONW'DE
WORKER
EXPOSURE
.... "'.... 1UOSH11-'t5 Ya AnnulI ----
AøJIImIdt PrvpoMd IIOSH 71· 112 'a -- - . .----
..,....rtle AIIopIM 1110.1045 'a AnnulI S N - - --
... Plopoud IIOSH"· f51 ,. AnnulI --
I'- MwI QIk t ide PlopoMd .OSH71-204 ,. AnnulI .... s .- -
\, \, ..... PI.... MOSH 74·1. 'a AnnulI -- .. .
i i') AnIIIItIIIcGnes PII..... IIOSH 11· 140 'a AnnIII - - ..--
Wmonr PrapGIId IIOSH 7HII 'a AnnIII --- s --- - =
. \ ...... Mø,W 1t10.1001 - 'a AnnulI ..
AepIIIIhmn Plopoud 1IOSH71·1oe 'a AnnulI -- - ._r -
''\: ....... ConlJlllDII ~es P11I9OIId 1IOSH1S-105 'a AnnulI .... --
........, ...... p...... 1110.1028 'a ...... --- ... - --
....... ""ollde PI...... IIOSH 7f.11I 'a AnnulI - -- -
1nyI00101lde P"'" IIOSH 71-112 'a AnnulI - -- - S .. - -
I ' IeIyhn PI~ tIOSH n·I02II 'a AnnulI .. -
~
..... ''''uOIlde P~ tIOSH '7-122 'a AnnulI - s ----
CeMtItIn rra,o.r.t ...14-11. - ra AnnulI - -- -
\ ....... ~ ...n·fDJ 'a -- - -
c.MIt ... PI...... ...11-2114 'a ...... s - -
Cdon IIIoIIIdI PI...... MOSff 71- ft4 'a AnnulI .-
ìl ~0IAIIdI PI...... tIOSHn·l51 'a ...... N -
c.Nn ....... P~ MOSffJS.tllIOO Y. AnnulI ' -
cnan JIIr1chIolId. ,.,.... tIOSH 11-133 'a ......
CIrdnooens ~ 1110.1002. 1011 . 'a AtItuII .. -
", D*ImI PnIpoMd IIOSH 71- f 10 'a AnnulI '
CNnIDmt PI...... -'1$-114 'a -.. S
\ DtIorattn ~ -.n·210 'a ......
\. " CIII1IInIcAdd ~ -.JS.llD21 ,. ...... .
annn (VI) PI..... -.7..f21 'a ...... , .. s
ColI GIIIbtIon P,opoød IIOSH 7f. 111 'a AnnulI - .. II. 7
ColI lJQulflallon PIO IOIIII IIOSHlO-t22 'a ...... 11ft
eoe.tI PI1J IOIId 11051112·107 ra ...... s
CollI Owen (missions AdopIÑ "'0 1029 'a AnnulI .. 7 5 ..
ConwnIrdIl DlvtnO Adopted 1110 4ft ,. AnnulI - - ." .. ..
~.1Ied Air Atmosphere Adopted 1121 103(81 '" AnnulI -
COIDIMI Adopted 1110,1043 ". AnnulI
CIysIIIInt Silica PID ÞCIIICI NlOSH 15-1~ ". AnnulI
Cpnlde PID ÞCIIICI NI05H 77·101 ,. AnnulI ---- .. ..
DDI P,..... NIOSH 71 700 ,. AnnulI .. -
'11111 '1" '"chlo. oprnpJIlt. r.opo~ed NIOSII78 115 Yes Annual .. .. .. ... .. .. -- -- --
LEGAL
TIMING
RECOMMENDED TESTS
HARMFUL EHECIS
mAlNING
WORKER
EXPOSURE
Dlnllo-OI1IIo-Cresol Ptoposed iIosHlI·l31 v. AnnulI
DtnIIIolDfuenes P'oposed 1IOSHII-101 . v. E laa!! 1== IJ=.IEI I 17
DIoIn Ploposed tnOSH f1-221 v.
fplcNøfohydrln Propotllt IIOSH 71-201 v.
f IItrIø Dlbromlde Proposed fIOSH 12-105 v. Annual
E....... DIcND'1dI PIO IOIIII ... 71-139 v. AnnulI
E..,... 0JddI AdøpeN 1110. 1047 v. AnnulI
"'- TbIout.. PnIpoIIf ...f..l44 v. = 1..=1= ,'I.. I I., I I I I 5 I 1-1_-1-1 1_-1 I-I 1-
fIIt...Glass PIO IOIIII ...n·15f v.
Flrlll'_ Adopted 1110,115 ,. Annual
II... PIIrmen. Ptopoød v. Annual
~Ion By Ploducts 01 IIOSHn·113
F~ Ptoposed 1IOSH77-18 ,. AnnulI
fltffuryl NcafIo propllMll 1IOSft,..IU ,. := 1-:1.1. . I.. I II I I I I :, N'
GIwddwI E"'-. p,opoØd IIOSH 71-111 V. ----...-- '..1-1-
Hot ElMnlnl1llnt. f'rDIIoIIII 1IOS1t.. 132 ,. II/InIwII
Ifr*Unn PIO IOIIII JIOSHll·112 ,. = ....-n-. '''' ... I ,-, 1-' I I I I__-'¡ 1___-,
tfr*IIennlld NItrous O.lde PIO IOIIII IIOSH n-m V.
Hydrotlft fluollcla PI....... 1IOSH7I·I43 V. ......
Hydrotlft Sulfld. Plopoød IIOSH 77· 151 ,. Annual ."'IIIIII!I'" I'" ... I"'~ I I I I S I 1"'.__-' 1_.1.....1 1-
~.... PI1I IOSIII IIIOSH 11·155 V. AnnulI
11IOfp* Alsenlc AdopIed 1110. lOll ,. AnnUlI III ~~. j~n r
IlIOIpnIc Iluoride PrO lOtld "MlSlIlI- 103 VII Annual .. ':N~=
lnor....lad Adopted ItlD.lIm ,. Annual .
l/IOfganlc ""cuty Proposed NIOSH 13-11024 V. Annual -
ISCI IIopyl Alcohol Proposed IIIOSH 71-142 V. AnnulI I_- I I I"
ICtponI Ploposed NIOSIIIiEMO 1-7 V. AnnulI
WøneI Ptoposed IIOStIl..173 v. AnnulI -
MaIaIIItn Pro lOHd IOOS1t 17-111 ,. AnnulI
MtthylAkohol prCl lOMd IIOSH 11·141 ,. Annual
MtthylPall1hlon Proposed IIIOSH 17,101 ,. AItnuIf
MtIhyIene CI1IcIfIdl PlopoSId IIOSHf.·131 V. Annual
Moaohalomelhanes Proposed IlIOSH 14-111 - V. Annual ;;;~;;~ ~jæl I I~I ..
NIeMI Plopo.1d NlOSH 11·164 ,. AnnulI
Nlcllel Carllnnyl Proposed HIOSH 11·114 ,. Allnual
NllllcAcld Proposed NIOSH 11-141 'It AnnulI I-I : 1 I--I!=I=I=I!=I 1=1=1 I.. 1-
Nlttlles p,O IOtId ICIOSH 11· m v. Annual
NIIrflOll'lO.ldns PrO lOtld NIOSH 11- 1 4' VII Annual
HIIH'II'" " h,e PIO /OMd 111051111,167 VII AnllUll
Hili,,;" Adnpted '91095 Yes Annnal
, . , --. . ".
I
MOBil E BEAl n
TESTINC
NA TlONWIDf
II~ ""'......D.'
...."" E._ ""'-'- me, IHE'I
. 1101 Buss. I....'.,..." RIdge .. 8OIJ6II
(,tit ....12.
APPEND I X 1 (('011' t , )
'''0-'''1;0 BY
'\
"A
"7.
,r
\ioio",,'!':'PM",MICI"~WJ./':'j}.'~
OrglllÞOtlfI '·nmf1:/llnrl,
. O·lo»dillr'
Ph.~
l'tto-v"'"
PoIyddorlrUled eløh.ouls
Prk:t$l Cor1Cul$ PrOOllå!
PrlotIA.hd (;I)a U,,? Plod ucls
Rendorio; fÌ1)(1)~''
Rn(>/r1I(1( US<tf
Sodium Hydro .I,f,
Suftll( OlOdJr Ves
Sulfuric Jdd Yas
ICOO-OIc-.in VIS
I', l,l,1.,Ttlnd,:oro'lh,"~ Yts
I tll Khlol f\~lh~I~.\\f Yn
I~ Yn AnrttstJ
, 1 utuoi,.., Yn BI~
I ok..." ()I ~,¥\l1' Yo. AtiIIUIII
t.I.I"IrI&.Io<ù<lh>lIe Yea Annu.
1,lctIIof()(U 1)-\0'" Yes Annual
, ""i11'" 1, C..I.oI< t Yor AM....
In,,·,,~t IIJfthtlnll Yn Allnual
\I W\.Þ.JUttl y., Annual
VIrI}1 ",-.UI. Yes Annuli
VIrI}1 CMor Id. Yes Anouol
VIorrIlloIl6Is Yes "'nnu~
flood Pr_,YJtI", Chwdc.l,
1 PootIåo!ulophenol P,opo..4 Yn
2 c,....ot. P,Opoud Yn
] ....uolc.11 Po oposo<l Yn
XyI,.,. P, opo.... UIOS!! C-'S- t54 hs
line OtJds P,opos..s NIGSH 15·1~ Yn
Nudaef Rf:~u :lIO )' COlnntl\~JOI1 Adnpltd M,SVAAS Yes
(IIRq 3,~·1~3
U,S D,p>llnltnloIIJllIsPUII>liulI Adopled 4i~fR Yes
(001) m.41
leu IX 1
(((I! I' I . )
..
MOBILE I~:::"L 111
T L> lItlQ
s
S
III~'
0
"tit l1li...
S
9 Ii.:'<
S
5 "¡-,:':,
~"¡,:;'
5
9
S
S
s
8
..
S
....
Uoilofln t>r..ü... 01 pori<XI'c h..llh ~I" h/>';oO cOilse",.lio/l P100"'/lS plovided by OUI
rnoI>k ~I ".¡Io<nr ¡ f
n.tØalor C¥1 11ca1lon - minimum r~_'1S at. WORK HISTOAY. BlOOO PRESSURE, lUNG FUNCTION WId X,RAY.
, .
W~$U.' .,~.-.
r
, 19Ø1 HEAlIl EVALUAIIOti P'HX~"^MS, INC.
~~~;[;g
"
"
.,'
.
.
.-
e
e
APPEND!X 4
':':'" f
I' :
SPECIFIC BLOOD AND URINE TESTING
The most i mpor tant cl ues to the presence of illness come from the
medical an'â' occupational history. Results of laboratory test and· -oC",
physical examinations often help to confim the presence of occupational
illness or help to raise suspicion that the illness is work-related, The
initial measurements of the co.ntents of the blood and urine are
performed through a battery of automated screening tests, for example
SMA 24! for blood (Sequential Multiple Analyzer) offers 2'4 blood
screening tests. The lest results are compared wi th known standard
average values.
I.
Blood Tests
A. Some of the substances tested for in the blood sample are
calcium, phosphorus, total cholesterol, triglycérides, uric acid,
creatinine, BUN (blood Urea Nitrogen), total Bilirubin. alkaline
phosphatase. SGOT (Serum Glutamic Oxaloacelic Transaminase),
SGPT (Serum GlutamicPyr~vic Transaminase), LDH (Lactic
Dehydrogenase) 5-nucleotidase, Total Protein, Albumin.
Poyassium, Chloride, Total CÛ2' Glucose, etc.
.,.....,... "-
Additional test may be included depending on actual or pete ntta I
workplace exposure, e.g., blood lead, ZPP (Zinc Protophorin),
copper, iron, Antimony Ammonia, Blood Cholinesterase, PCB. etc.
Routine blood screening also' includes a CBC (Complete Blood
Count) of red blood cells, platelets, hemoglobin, hematocrit.
or packed cell volume. The CBC testing helps for clues in the
diagnosis of anemias. leukemias, other blood diseases and
mal ignancies. Particularly useful where there is expected
exposure to aromatic hydrocarbons. heavy metals.
organochlorine insecticides, ionizing radiation etc.
R & R PAGE 52
Interpretlton of the significance of .Od testing
· Calcium normal "value (9-10.5 mg/dl) low serum
calcium levels are found in patients with hypothyroidism .
and dietary deficiencies, incrleased calcium levels may be
· associated with bone tumors and tumors of the
parathyroid hormone where calaium has been immobilized
from bone.
· Phoschor'us - normal value (2.5 - 4.5 mg/d1) phosphorus
and calcium have an inverse relationship. Increases
phosphorus levels are found in Vitamin D intoxication and
kidney failure.
Decrease phosphorus levels occur in thyroid disease and
during the menstrual cycle.
I
· Total Cholesterol and Tri¡glycerides - normal value
cholesterol is (150 - 250 mç /dD and triglycerides 40 -
150 mg/d. Increased levels of each help to determine
existance of increased risk for coronary heart disease
· Uric Acid - normal level (men: 2.5 - 8.5 mg/dl women 2
-6.6 mg/d) elevated levels usual1y indicate presence of
gout - (;1 painful disease of certain joints. Multiphasic
screenin~~ tests have resulted in the - early discovery of
gout whkh can be successful1y treated. ' Low levels of uric
acid may be associated with kidney failure.
.
\.
· BUN (Blopd Urea Nitrogen) - Normal (5 - 20 mg/dD. BUN is
. one of the most commonly used tests to assess kidney
function together with creatinine and creatinine
clearance. Urea is formed in t.he level as an end product of
protein breakdown and is e)(creted entirely by kidney.
Blood concentration of urea is therefore directly related
to the excretory function of ttw kidney.
Protein is digested in the gastrointestinal track into
amino' acids, which are absorbe!d into the blood stream,
broken down into free ammonial in the liver.
The ammonia molecule forms urea in the liver and then
transported to the kidney for excretion.
.
R & R PAGE 53
. ~...
·
. : tit
Nearly all major kidney diseases cause inadequate
excreat.ion of urea ana tne Dlooa concentration (BUN) rIses
above normal. Kidney diseases. kidney stones, and
obs tructions, exposure to many of toxic waste site
subs tances, e.g., aromali c hydrocarbons. ha logenated
aliphatic hydrocarbons, heavy metals, organochlorine
insecticides. etc.
Certain medications may decrease BUN as gentamycin and
tobramylin, dehydration. malnutrition combined liver and
kidney disease decreases BUN.
. Creatinine - normal (0.7 ~ 1.5 mg/dD Excreated entirely
by kidneys and therefore proportional to kidney excretory
function. Is a breakdown product of creatine which is used
for skeletal muscular contraction. I t is affected little by
dehydration, malnutrition or liver functiorj'. Only
kidney disorders wi tI cause abnormal elevation of
creatinine. Normal BUN/creatinine ratio is about 20: 1.
·
. Serum Bilirubin - normal (0.1 - 0.3 mg/dD. Bilirubin is
the endproduct of hemoglobin breakdown. It normally
exists in the red blood cell for about 120 days. The red
blood cell is then destroyed by the sp leen. The free
hemoglobin is broken down, by the liver to bilirubin.
Bilirubin is excreted by the liver as a component of bile
which is excreted into the: intestines. Bilirubin elevation
in the blood causes skin and other tissue to become yellow
(Jaundice) over 100 causes of Jaundice. including
obstruction of bile ducts by stones, tumors, or
inf1amation, I iver infections, (hepati tus cirrhosis) liver
I
tumors, pancreatic tumors, exposure to certain toxic
chemical (aliphatic and aro.matic hydrocarbons).
,
live r Enzyme Test
· SGOT (Serum Glutamic Oxalaocetic Transaminase)
5-401 v/L
· SGPT ( Serum Glutamic, Pyruvic Transaminase)
5-351 v/L
·
,
· LDH (Lactic Dehydrogenase) 90-200 mU/ml
R & R PA.GE 54
I.
e
. AJkaiine Phosphatase 30- 55 mU/mi
. 5+ Nucloetidase 1.6 - 17.5 U/L
.
The !rver houses many enzymes which speed up chemical organic reations
that occur within a cell. These five enzymes are stored and used within
a liver cell. Wi th cell1ular death, there is a release of these
intrace lIul ar enzymes into the blood stream with tremendous elevati ons
of the enzymes. Some of these enzymes ar'e also produced in cells of
other organs too (such as heart, lung, kidney, etc.). Injury or disease to
these ol')gans wi11 cause a buildup of these enzymes in the blood.
Therefore, although elevation of these enzymes is found in liver disease,
it is not specific for liver disease.
SGOT, SGPT and LDH diseases affecting thl~ liver cell(hepatilis) will
cause very high serum levels. Alkaline phosphatase and 5+ Nuclfotidase
levels only minimally elevated.
LDH and SGOT also increase with disease of the heart. lungs, and kidneys.
SGPT, however, is made only in the liver. Unlike SGOT then, SGPT when
elevated strongly incriminates the liver as the disease site LDH and
SGOT are much less specific. .
Alkaline Phosohatase and 5' Nucleotidase
With obstruction of bile ducts (by tumors. gallstones. innammation).
The alkaline phosph~ltase and 5' nucleotidase levels increases more than
10 fold. The other t.hree liver enzymes, increase slightly. Other diseases
(Dead Bowel, Bone Fractures, or Bone Tumors) as well as normal bone
development in children can cause elevation of alka1ine phosphatase.
Like SGPT, however', 5' nucleotidase is located only in 1iver cells. Its
elevation incriminates only the liver. If only bone disease is involved
only alkaline phosphatase is elevated. It is also possible to fractionate
or separate parts or' components of alkaline phosphate (and also parts of
LDH). These differ'ent components are isoenzymes. Each isoenzyme
comes from a specific organ. Therefore fractionation of isoenzymes can
differentiate liver disease from other organ diseases.
.
R &.R PAGE 55
e
9. Serum Electrolytes
e
.
(a) Sodium (Na+): 136-145 m Eq/L
(b) Potassium (K+): 3.5-5 m Eq/L
(c) Chloride (CI-): 90-110 m Eq/L
(d) Carbon Dioxide (C02): 23-30 m Eq/L
(c-,:;!:;
::.:;~;-:..
.
Sodium - Sodium content of blood is the result of a balance between
sal t (sodium) intake and kidney excretion. Many factors assist in the
sodium balance aldosterone, an adrenal hormone causes sodium
retention by decreasing kidney losses. Water and dosium are closely
interrelated. As free body water is increased. Sodium is diluted in
the blood and the concentration may decrease. The kidney
compensates by removing (excreti,ng) the water and conserving the
sodium. I f free body water decreases serum sodium rises. The
kidney responds by conserving free water concentration.
"
,".-","
Some causes of increased sodium levels in blood: Excessive dietary-
intake, excessive sodium in IV fluids, Cushings syndrome
(hyperactive adrenal gland, excessive sweating, extensive burns.
diuretic medications.
. Some causes of low level concentrations· of sodium. Deficient
dietary sodium intake. deficient sodium in intravenous solutions.
\¿:;, ""'diarrhea, vomiting, and kidney diseases (including exposure to a
variety of hazardous waste substances.. such as halogenated
aliphatic hydrocarbons),
Potassium (K+) - is a major intracellular ion. Since its
concentration wi thin the cell is low, slight concentration changes
re significant.
Blood potassium depends on:
"
.~
· Aldosterone which tends to increase kidney losses of
potassium.
· Sodium absorption (as sodium is reabsorbed, potassium is
lost.
· Aci d-base balance - Acidotic states (vomiting etc,) tend
to raise blood potassium levels and basic states tend to
lower potassium levels by causing a shift of potassium
out of into cells.
R & R PAGE 56
, ___u ------ 1
Some causes o.ncreased potassi~'m Iblood'Jelsa~'e: -:excessive
dietary intake, kidney failure, infection. This condition can be
detected on an EKG reading.
":"
Some causes of low potassium blood lev1els are: decreased dietary
intake, diarrhea, drugs, and insulin, glucose or ca1cium administra-
tion.
.
,,'..
.......A·~
~=:~:~: ;::
Chloride (C1-) -, The major function of chloride is to maintain
electrkal neutrality mostly in combination with sodium to follow
sodium losses and accompany sodium e:~cesses. It also serves as a
buffer to assist the acid-base balance.
I
Carbon Dioxide (:kQ2.1 - C02 content is a measure of bicarbonate
(HCO-3) that e:l(isls in the blood. This anion is of secondary
importancein electrical neutrality of cellular fluid. Its major role
is 'in the acid-base balance. Increases occur with alkalosis and
decreases occur wi lh 8cidosi s.
Serum Glucose: 60-120 mg/dl
Most useful use is in helping to screen for diabetes
mel1itus where true glucose eh~valions occur. - .
Causes of hypoglycemia:. Insulin overdose, tumors of the \....
pancreatk islet ce11s, low func:lioning thyroid, severe
1iver dislease.
Other calJses of hyperglycemia inc1ude: Acute stress
response, over functioning of adrenal glands. tumors of
pancreas, tumor of adrenal medu11a, pancreatitis, diuretic
medkalÎiDns, hyperthyroidism ~~tc.
II. Urine Tests - Urinalysis
Urinalysis is a very informative. inexpensive test for kidney
disease. Routine analysis includes:
~
. I2.ti - nomal range 4.6 - 8.0 (6.0 avel"age) - in a freehly voided
urine specimen is an indication of t,he acid-base balance. Some
diseases cawse kidney to secrete telo much or too 1ilUe acid.
Certain types of kidney stones are formed in acid urine; others
in alkaline ur-ine.
.
R & RPAGE 57
\-
....
e
e
.
Color - Ranges from pale yeJlow to amber. Color varies with
specific gravity. Abnormally colored urine can result from
disease conditions or ingestion of certain medications and
. foods. Dark yellow may indicate bilirubin. Beets can cause
red urine. Phenazopyridine (pyridium) and phenytoin
(di1antin) produce pink or red to reddish brown specimens.
Soecific Gravity - is a measure of concentration of particles
(water & electrolytes) and indirectly is measure of hydration:
hfigh specific gravity indicates a concentrated urine and a low
sg a dilute urine. Normal 1 .005 to 1 .030 (usual1 y 1.010 to
1.025).
Protein (Albumin) - Normally protein not present. but if the
kidney filtering is injured. the spaces in the kidney filter
become larger and allows protein to seep out into the urine. If
the rate is high. patient can loose much protein. Because
protein keeps the "water' within blood cells, loss of protein will
cause severe swelling (edema) in the skin.
.
Glucose - Normally no glucose is detected in urine in diabetics
who are not well controled by insu1in. Blood glucose levels
become high. In most. when blood gl~cose I evel exceeds 180
mg/d1/rena1 threshold/glucose spills over into the urine. As
glucose level increases so does the urine level. The amount of
glucose is measured as trace to 4+.
Ketones - In poorly controlled diabetics (often young diabetics)
massive fatty acid breakdown. Purpose of breakdown is to
maintain an energy source at a time when glucose can't be used
by the cel1s because of a lack .of insulin which transports
glucose into cells. Ketones are the end product of fatty acid
breakdown. When ketones become increased in the blood. they
spill over into the urine. Ketones in the urine can also be seen
in non di abetic persons with dehydration. starvation, excessive
aspirin ingestion.
.,
R & R PAGE 58
1
tþ tit
Blood - In a number of kidney diseases and kidney traumas(such
as kidney tumors, and stones), blood cells wil¡ enter the urine.
Normally only 1-2 red blood cells or white blood cells are
microscopically found in the urine. Under microscopic
examination. Presence of more than 5 WBC's indicates kidney
. infection. More than 5 RBC's indicates hematuria, (blood in
urine).
.
, '
'.,".'
Casts - Are clumps of materials or cells. They are in the shape
kidney collecting tubules. Microscopi c examination of urinary
sediment may indicate white or red blood cell casts and may
indicate kidnE!y infection. Hyaline casts are conglomurations of
protein and indicate the presence of protein in the urine. Fresh
specimens will show casts which can break up rapidl y.
Bacteria - Under micropic exam, indicates kidney infection.
,
Crystals - On microscopic examination. usually indicates kidney
stones are forming or have formed.
Routine Examination - The pH, pres1ence of protein, glucose,
ketones or blood can be detected by using mul tistix reagent
strips for ur¡lnaJysis. MuJlistix is a plastic stick to which .
several reagent strips are fixed for' testing various substances. '
· 5Deci fic Gravity - Is measured by using a weighted
instrument (urinometer) which is suspended or floated in a
cylinder of urine. Concentration of urine determines the
depth ulrinometer wi11 float.. Depth is measured by
calibrated scale on the urinome!ter and ca11ed the SPG.
c_
· Microscclcic Examination - A small amount of urine is
placed in a test tube and spun around for several minutes.
A drop of the sediment is then placed on a glass slide and
examined under a microscope. Another drop of sediment is
placed on a slide for staining. Cell casts, crystals and
bacteria are then identified.
· Heavy Metal Screeni ng - The ul"ine should a Iso be screened
for speci fic heavy metals when indicated. Examples:
arsenic, mercury, chromica, and cadmium.
.
R & R PAGE 59
.
(
.
i
¡
'...
.~
l
e
.
5everai foiiowup cilnlcai proceaures are avallaOle ror
diagnosis of kidney disease. Such as creating clearance,
kidney bi opsy, renal ve in assay for reni n, sp I it renal
funcli on tests. C ys toscopy the I ast affords di r ec t
visualization of the prostate. bladder, and urethra to
determine presence of tumors structure and function
urethra, bladder, prostates and. urethra.
.
R & R PAGE 60
~atlonal.£lectLkaJ Code, Vol. 70, -National Fire Preventíon'Assòclatl.ori, 470.'
,Atlan~,lc Avenue.,Boston, MA 02210 (1977)," ,:',<:~>. ."
. '~':,: , , '.,,' ", .,;'·';<:;:~':??>:;<~;;:@f·f~'{;f:~J~~~Æ~~~~fi:%~t:/::· ",
Clayton, George D. (edJ, The Industrial Envlronment~ Its'Evaluatfonand .
tontroL 3rd e~d" PubllcHealth Services Publlcatl()n n 973>' ":"':'< .
'.'
:~W~
REFERENCES
.
1.
'" .....
. '.~
.....
L.
,.~ .
. ".
3. . Cl~yt9n, G. D.,and?E. Clayton (edJ,påt't?s~nd~s~rJ~~ Hyglen~å~~";'<
:,T~~~~~Jpgy 3r~ rëvlseded., Vol. 1 :G~~~t:alPrlnCIP~JO~n.j\'~I~y and Sons,
. New York NY (1978)·:' " . ,', .,:>//:,,;:,';':,;':<::,': ,e,!:,,':' ,,:":".<:,.
'" ',:Y~i\i;?;'~'!':;" .':', ..'.',,):~ " -:' '.;' ·.,·:·-'::::{;~t:\;'¡~,,',·:,:;t,¡~:~c:~r-0i\\~<?;':' :,.' , ,'::"" ...',
4. ." ;'lSllh~~y:0osePh(edJ Manua1 of Recommendêø PractlcefofCombustlble Gas
. 'indicåtors and 'Portab 1e Direct Readlno HydróèärbohDeteCtors:'1 sted.~'
:~øt.~¢.an Industrla1 Hygiene AssociatIon, Akron OH (1980). ,
'. .~ .",.
..' ;','.,,:"
,"' ,'.":"'
.... ;,\: .....
,:.'
..
." .' - '.:
'.'--'
.. ,
, .'
(:>
-..... .
, "
..
'"
. . . .
, ,
f,
-ç- ---r
e
-
:;6-
tr1
(')
o
Q::I:
z>
HN
>-3>
H:;cJ
Ot:::!
Z
'.
.
.
e _
HAZARD RECOGNITION
INTRÒOUCTION
Hazardous waste sites are dangerous places. Because of the hazardous
nature of the materials found there, the constraints of clothing and ,
equipment which must be used to deal with these materials, and the
difficulties encountered in this disorderly environment. a number of
health and safety hazards may be anticipated.
Three of the four phases of a Superfund site cleanup (preliminary
investigation, remedial investigation, and construction) present a
number of potential hazards. Chemicals encountered may be reactive,
nammable or toxic; other substances which are radioactive or
biologically active may be present on the site. Heavy equipment, heavy
loads, and steep or s1ippery surfaces are only a few of the potential
safety hazards there.
Methods have been developed to deal with all the potential hazards on
Superfund sites once they have been identified; however, some
difficulties in recognizing and identifying hazards maybe encountered.
OBJECTIVES:
..
After training, participants wil1;
1. Have a basic understanding öf chemistry and chemicals in the
workplace.
2. Be aware of the need for advance planning regarding hazard
I
avoidance and correction.
I
3. Know specific hazards and hpw to identify them.
4. Understand the chemical and, physiological basis for certain
hazards.
5. Consider both engineering and personal hazard controls.
6. Know symptoms of human illness resulting from hazards.
19az:Roc Pago 1
.
.
.
~
I. Risk Assessment
11., Chemistry 13asics
III. Fire, Explosion, and Chemical Reactions
IV. Oxygen DefIciency
V. ' Radialion
VI. Noise
VII. Eleclricity
VIII. Heal and COlld
IX. Biological Hazards
.
\, .
.
HazRec Page 2
.
.
.
----1---
.
e
I.
Risk Assessment
The risks undertaken in performing each task on a hazard0':1s
waste si te may be estimated in the same way as they are for
any kind of work, where
Risk = ProbabiJity of accident X Danger
Probability of an accident on a task is difficult to quantify in
many cases, as it depends upon knowledge of the number of
times an accident has occurred previously with the same
equipment or materials under the same circumstances. Relative
probability or "educated guess" may have to be used. Quantifying
the danger presented by a particular accident is easier to do:
for exarr.'Ple, a spi11 of chlorine trif1uoride, a gas above 530F
with an Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health level of 20
parts per mil1ion. would be much more dangerous than a spi11 of
chlorobenzene, which does not vaporize below 270°F and has an
IDLH level of 2400 ppm.
In many cases economic factors enter into determination of
acceptable risk. The Environmental Protection Agency al10ws a
contractor to choose a cancer risk. from materials remaining
onsite after a cleanup, of between 1 in 10,000 people and 1 in
10 mi11ion people. The figure of 1 in 1 mi11ion is commonly used
when deciding on cleanup methods; however. at a Superfund site
in Rhode Island a cancer risk of 1 in 100,000 was selected and
the decision was described as a "compromise to reduce cleanup
costs" by the Office of Technoilogy Assessment of the United
Slates Congress, who ca11ed t~e remedial plan "an excel1ent
interpretation of cost-effectiveness for making technology
choices." Cost in money is a consideration which is often
balanced with cost to health.
Chapters 2 through 12 of this manual were written to enable
workers to recognize, evaluate, and control hazards in waste
cleanup operations.
1=t~z:R~t: P~9~ 3
.
.
·
....4
Parade MagazIne, In January, 1989, reported a lIst of occupatIons ranKed In order or r1SK or deatf'l (but
not In Jury), Not Ice tnat many of tl'1ese JobS are performed as part of a hazardous waste InvestigatIon
anc1cleanup,
A LISTING OF OCCUPATIONS RANKED IN ORDER OF RISK
BLUE -COLLAR JOBS
Rank.
Job
1. TImber-cutters and
loggers
2. ASbestos ana InsulatIon
workers
3. Structural metal workers
4. Electr1c power-line ana
cable lnstal1ers <Ina
repairers
S. Flrerrgnters
6. Garoage collectors
7. TruCk drivers
8. Bulldozer operators
9. Earth drillers
10. Crart apprentlce~¡
I I. MIners
12. Boilermakers
13. TaxIcab drIVers ana
cnaurreurs
14. Construct1on WCirkers,
carpenters' nelpE!rS
IS, M111ers
16. surveyors' nelpE!rS
17. SherltrsandballHrs
18. Roofers and slatE!rS
19. Metal molders
20. Flight attendants
21. Oilers and greasers
22 Excavating, grading ana
road macnlne operators
23. Crane operators
Deaths per
100,000
,
129.0
78.7
72.0
50.7
48.8
40.0
39.6
39.3
38.8
37.5
37.5
35.0
34.0
33.5
33.3
33.3
324
31.9
26.6
23.0
22.5
20,9
19.3
WHITE-COLLAR JOBS
Rank
Job
1. AIrplane pl10ts
2 ornce helpers ana
messengers
3. Reta11 sales managers
and department neads
4. Geologists
5. Agricultural SCIentists
6. Vehicle dlspatCt1ers
and starters
7. PhYSIcIsts ana astronomers
8. Construction Inspectors
(puDltc admtnlstrat1on)
9. Meter readers, oHlce
macnlne operators
10. Engineers
I I. PuDllcadm1nlstrators
ana oHlclals
1:2. welgners
13. Science teChnICIanS
I 4. Coacnes ana pnys 1 ca 1-
education teaCf'lers
I ~5. Prtvate administrators
and managers
llÕ. Real-estate agents
17. Pharmacists
18. Atnletes, Kindred workers
1 9. Surveyors
20. BuildIng superIntendents
21. VeterInarIans
22. Assessors
HazRec Page 4
Oeatns per
100,000
97.0
14.5
12.3
9.5
9.0
8.3
7.6
·
7.6
1
\.
7.4
7.3
,
,
7.2
7,1
6.7
6.6
6,6
6.6
6.5
6.5
6.1
5.8
5.2
5.2
·
.
.
.-
.
e
HAZARD RECOGNITION
CHEMICAL HAZARDS (BASIC CHEMISTRY)
.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES - BASIC CHEMISTRY
Participants should understand:
1. what chemistry is
2. physical/chemical methods of combination & separation
3. types of chemical reactions
4. atomic theory
5. the periodic table
6. atomic bonds - bonding
7. factors affecting chemical reaction rates
8. the role of synthetic organic chemicals
9. how organic compounds are classified. and why
10. factors which control the properties of organic compounds
11. common chemica1 toxicants found at hazardous waste sites
12. nomenc1ature
J::ja~R~c Pa9~ 8
..
e
.
This part of the study guide is not intended for practicing industrial
chemists, nor is it even intended to be more than a refresher for those .
with a limited background in chemistry. The intent is to introduce some
of the- phys ical, chern ical and bio logi cal proper ties 0 f chem ical s,
parti cularly hazardous ones. The main purpose is to make the worker
aware of the potential harm of some chemicals. So, to the chemist, bear
wilh us, and add to lhe educational process with your experience. To the
individual with a I imited chemistry background, we will increase your
awareness and will show you how to survive in a chemical1y
contaminated environment. Let's start wit.h the basics.
MATTER
Chemistry is the branch of science dealing with the composition and
behavior of matter. It is also the study of what happens to atoms at lhe
electron level. Matte'r is anything which has mass and occupies space.
When people began to investigate the composi tion of matter a
classification scheml~ evolved:
.
MA TTEE
/'"
CHEMICALL~ SUBSTANCES ~XTURES
COMBINED """ì"^L4'-'^:~ ~
COMPOUNDS ELEMENTS
(
PHYSICALL Y
COMBINED
Elements are the bui Iding blocks of a 11 matter. If we break down a 11 the
substances and mixtures in nature, thei r elementa I distribu lion ì ooks
like this:
ALUMINUM
7.3%
I RON 4.1'1
CALCIUM 3.2%
SODIUM 2.3%
POT A~iSIUM 2~
MAGNESIUM 2.''''
ALL OTHER ELEMENTS 2.8'3&
.
DIS11UBU"nON OF ELEMENTS
l=iaz:Rt:"':: Pago 6
.
. .
Hazardous chemicals are usually compounds and mixtures, like most
forms of matter. Mixtures are combined by physical, as opposed to
chemical means. Physical methods of combination are those in which:
. the ingredients retain their own, individual properties,
each ingredient can vary in proportion to the others in the
mixture. ,
the ingredients can be separated from the mixture by physical
means.
Methods of separation by physical means include:
filtering.
sorting.
magnetic separation.
distilling (separating by bringing the mh~ture to its boiling
point).
extraction (using a solvent),
gravitation.
. Chemical changes. in contrast. cause a thorough transformation of one
substance into another. The new substance has its own set of physical
properties. so that a physical change actually accompanies a chemical
change. Some examples of chemical changes include burning and rusting.
CHEMICAL REACTIONS
There are five basic types of chemical reactions to investigate:
A. Combination Reactions
B. Displacement Reactions
C. Decomposition Reactions
D. Metathesis Reactions
E. Oxidation - Reduction Reactions
.
Mi11ions of chemical reactions are known. so some type of classification
is necessary to deal with such massive amounts of information. Realize
that some reactions fit into more than one category. and that some
reactions do not fit readily into any category J but some ordering (and
necessary generalization) allows for the prediction of similar reactions.
These five basic chemical reactions will be examined in more detail a
1i:.t1e later.
l=Iaz=Roc PdgO 7
. > "',' ::-""':>'."~'.~, "" '.~"~. .'.... . 'C<' -... ,..
-.... . "'" ~P.=- #''"'-'-I''''-_''_~ ..._.~~. '-~~~_ .~~_. ~r
-' ~,..-.....~..~...,_.._---~...- .-.--.-.-----.-.--
.
e
STRUCTURE OF MATTER
.,
To learn about chemistry at the electron level, lets back up 2000 years.
In about 400 B.C., the Greek philosopher, Democritus, expounded upon a
theory which stated that all matter was made up of tiny, discrete,
particles which were indivisible: "Atom" is the Greek work for
indivisible. His theory was generaUy ignored until 1803 when John
Dal ton, an Englishman, devised the atomic t.heory which is the basis of
today's uJ1derstanding of the atom. The key points are:
· Matter is made up of smal1 indivisible particles - caned atoms.
· A11 atoms of a substance have identical properties.
· Atoms cannelt be created, destroyed or transformed into atoms
of another element (true for chemical reactions but not for
nuc lear reac:ti ons.)
·
Compounds are formed when different elements combine with
each other in simple numerical ratios.
.
·
The relative numbers-and kinds of atoms are constant in a given
co mpo und .
'---
, Positive
nucleus
N ega tive
electrons
The a tom.
Particle
Symbol
Charge
Mass
.
Eìectron
Proton
Ni;l.1L:on
( -)
" e
( p+ )
.
j-
1...
,
o
1
¡ 1'"'\
P""V i
... I: j
.;
!::joz:Rt:\: Po,;'~ 9
.
.
.
An atom is made up of these three basic particles. (Subdivisions within
these three particles are topics for a course that goes much deeper into
nuclear mechanics than this one intends to,) Protons and neutrons
occupy· the nucleus of an atom and the electrons are in orbits (or
"shells") around it. Think of the nucleus of an atom as a ball of popcorn
. and peanuts; the protons are popcorn kernels. the neutrons are peanuts in
the popcorn ball, and the electrons are particles of dust orbiting around
the popcorn ball. There are the same number of kernels (positive
protons) as specks of dust (negative electrons) so that the overall charge
on the atom is neutral. Visualizing this model gives a good idea of the
difference in size and mass between protons and electrons. A hydrogen
atom would consist of one kernel of popcorn with one speck of dust; a
radon atom would have 86 kernels and 113 peanuts. with 86 dust specks
spinning around it. Notice that there aren't necessarily the same number
of neutrons as protbns or electrons. Atoms of an element with varying
numbers of neutrons (and therefore different atomic weight) than normal
are cal1ed ¡sotooes of that element. Hydrogen. for example. has three
isotopes:
. illJ lliJ ill]
ON· 1N· 2N·
NUCLEUS NUCLEUS NÚCLEUS
Atomic Wt. · 1 Atomic Wt. · 2 Atomic Wt. · 3
.
Almost all elements have isotopes. so that the atomic weight of an
element is the average of the atomic weights of the isotopes
(considering each isotopes frequency of occurence). As you probably
noticed. the atomic weight of an element is (approximately) equal to the
sum of the weights (or number) of protons and neutrons in the nucleus.
THE PERIODIC TABLE
In the periodic table, the elements are represented by a set of symbols.
for speed and space requirements. They are either a capital letter or a
capital and lower case letter. The symbols come from Latin. German, or
other origins. For example, Pb is the symbol for lead. which is plumbus
in Latin. W stands for tungsten. which is Wolfran in German. Refer to
your periodic table for symbols and names.
t=faz=Rec Page 9
.
e
In 1869 lhe Russian chemisl Dimitri Mendeleev and Lolhar Meyer, a
German, independenlJly published arrangements of elements closely
resembling lhe periodic table used loday. Bolh tables emphasized .
"periodicity", or the regular periodic repetitions of properties with
increasing atomic wE~ight. The periodic lable has become the single most
important tool or concept used to describe the properties of an element.
Based on the position of an element in the table, periodic properties such
as the electron configuration, atomic weight, conductivity, ionization
potentiaL electron affinity, metal1ic/non metal1ic character, and the
acid/base properties of an elements' oxides and hydroxides can be
determirled.
The vertical columns in the periodic table are cal1ed grouDs. or families.
AI1 of the elements iln a group have the same number of electrons in their
outer shel1. For example, al1 of the elements in Group I (the alkalai
I
metals) have one outermost orbiting 'electron. AI1 of the elements in
Group VII (the HalogE~ns) have seven outermost electrons. Since the
bonding which 'occurs between atoms to form compounds involves only
the outermost electrons, we can expect the members of a group to show
similar chemical behavior.
The horizontal rows in the periodic table are cal1ed periods. or series.
AI1 of the members elf a period have the same number of electron shells.
For example, the elements in Period 1 have one sheH of electrons. Those
in Period 2 have two shel1s of electrons, and so on. The last element in
each period belongs to the group (vertical column) known as the Noble (or
rare) Gases. They have completely filled outer shel1s (eight electrons)
and so are chemical1y very stable, or inert.
.
c
In 1913, Nei1s Bohr developed our current model of atomic structure
based on a positively charged nucleus surrounded by electrons in orbit
around the nucleus, much like the earth in orbit around the sun. By using
the electron structur'e of the element, let's look at what properties are
associated within each region of the periodic table.
- Elements in Gro!ups I and II like to b.2ru1 with elements in groups VI
and VII by donatin.9- their outer electrons. This transfer of
electrons achieves the stabi1ity of filled outer sheHs (eight
electrons), simi11iar to the stability of the Noble Gases. Transfer of
electrons is cal1ed ionic bonding. (See figure on next page.) .
HazRec Page 10
e
.
VIII
2 -
.¡ uJ.
"" H
U'J)
01',81' e
1):
''':hullt
10 ;¿ù I:')
"-N
~4~~ e
o 1K)1'
l!o'~);p'
N~'CJn
.
PERIODIC TABLE OF' THE ELEMENTS
, .
Table of Selected Radioactive
.
htKNd ~w. bofUOft
Iuh.t..... ace"","" l~b.fI ~. ... o.-wrwleQ "" . ",n)
IIIUfIIIÞet In bk.-I~ 1oOffW....-u "',II""k"".-o1 le"..· '" "'.
die.... In JIoOIIIeI' ot WIOØwf IMII&OOe gt thtI urn. 1'1'1.... nurnoo.
............... IaIow en ".,enll'll~ ....." I. _, h O. .nO ., 1o..n<J .t'.
1iPK........ toI MCond.. """"'.t.. hOwl.. 0.,1. ancJ .,...10 ."" 1..1...·
1nC1r.ocM>. fftMItt "'- ~I"'''.Ø radtoaC""" .Io'MO~' tnltfl, ~'Ihr'~
tww ÞewI p¡......a.s IIOhNMI ..nown 10 be 'loØou....h..- buf ..11\
.......... ..ueø.ng '0" ., NI". n.JI bfton on.;lu<k'Q b,n.þ<l'!o 0..-
scribing "'- PfIftC~ fIWIM' 100 IhOCWI' ot oeu, "f' n 1".01;'"
«fie.. øroc......,. Jot,"','" "'(:~ or ~4l""''' ,~"""}
1))1.10',1"
11,..10"'1_
12...10' ,1.
1'0..100,,_
12~.IO·,I.
".',U",I'
111.10'111(,"-
VB
4 7 -":0067
~ J ~4 4:'
274~ 71n N
I~ a"
1.1) "n..
11'2,' 1,'2,~ U·2.·p· 1I12'4pl b'2.'pJ
I'hl"" Beryllium Boron C.rbon Nllrogen
- - -
112298977 12 24305 132Udls.< 142110855 1530,9737.
"so N' ,,., M2 2103 A'I 3$40 S· - ... '3p"
)710 a 922 g 113325 1685 131130
0.7 1.1. "'" fC 2.10 Z'» 1.12
S't:,~';' M.~~~;:um iliA IV A VA VIA VilA ¡--VIIIA----, IB liB A\~~:;.. I~~:~ PIo':~~'t,u.
19390983 20 4008 21 44.9559 2~90 23-;;:Qm 24 51,996 25 54.9380 26 55,8U 27 588332 28 &870 2963!.O6 3065,3U 31 bU.72 32 72.59 33 749216
1 2 J ..3 1.432 61.2 '14.1.3 2.1 1.3 23 2.1 2' I . ".1,$
11m K "., C 31(" S 3..2 T- 3682 V...· C 2>3. M ,.,. F :1>0, C '''' N· 2836 CillO Z .... G 3'0' G .71,_, A
3363S 1112 a lell C ."'-' 12115 2130 r 1517 n ..... e 1708 0 "26 1'3576 U 61273 n 30210 a 12104 e ....,..-. S
0,16 1.15 3.0 4.50 5.' 7.11 7.431 '.16 '.10 1.10 .... '-'4 ,." ..32 $0.12
IAII"s- '''''I4~1 IAr)3d _.' ¡....13d'4.. IAlþcJ'4,' IAf)3d'U' I"'PcP"" IAlØd'",1 IA/Pd'...· IAt :kNI' .ArIJd....· .....I3d....' 1At'13d''',ap' IAlI3d·...·pI 1....13d'·u'p'
Potassium Calcium Scandium Tilanium Vanadium Chromium Manganese Iron Cobalt Nickel Copper ZinC G.-Ilium Germanlun, Ar~elUr.
3785'6'838 87,62 39 88,9059 40 91.22 41 92,-" 42 95,94 43 1981 44 101,0745'02.905546 1064147 107,8&8 48 112 4149 1148250 118 b9 51 1217"
1 2 J .. '.3 . !Io 43.'" ì11 :':U.6,1I 2',J,4 14, . I i 4.2 '3~
961 16~ 3tl1I 46!SZ ~17 4"2 4:.J8 ""23 3870 un 1436 lIMO 2'...., 2176 1860
~~.. Rb ;~' Sr;: ,y :~.' Zr :':- Nb:~ Mo ::~ œ::,: Ru:" Rh:: Pd:: Ag :'. Cd ~76 In ~06 Sn::. Sb
R~~i~~m s,;~ri~~~m ~ ~;rrf~~ i~~~j~::n ~i~~~~~ MJf;~:~~m T~~'I~~~i~m J~:h:~',~:n A~=';' p~:¡a'::m IK~:;;:I' t~:'7:~ Iki~:,;;:~" IK,t41:;,lpI 1~~;'::;;~
551329054 56 13733 57'38905572 178,49 73180,9479174 183,85 75 186,20776 190,2 77 192.22 78 195,09 79'96966580 200,5981 20403782 207,2 832089dO'
... C· 2'" B' .1'JO L'·"" H'f5731 T' we ·W··.....· RlO"".'"'' 0"..··701 2"1'" "00 PUt3l30 A"' .... H'\ "., T'.II2023 P'b2 '83' Bo;·
301 ~5 1002 1113 2!1OO 3287 J6&O 34!Þ3 1300 2116 2CMS 1337 $8 2:M 21 !io77 liDO.. !loa" ~
"' S I,' a t" a.., "" a 'u "0 e 224 S 'u r 21.4 ... U '>.$3 g "., II,' .. I
¿::~~ ¿~~~~ J.~~~~~~ IXH:;~~:S' IT~~~~~j IT~;~' ·I~:~:~~t iXÔ:;~;=' ').i~~:~~'" IXpl~:~=" X.I ~~i: -h' IXM:~;:S' Ix·r~r::~·p· IX....r;:~-&sIp2 I:r..~:~;:~~'p·
87 (223/882260254 89227.0278104 (261) 105 (2621106 (263)
~ F r:~ R a :.~, K è = (illru~:= OO[i{~J = OOrn~
IAn]'" IAnI7'~! (Rn)6d'''' IAn 5t~h' 1 IRnt5t~7J' t An)5I"6Ø"7.'t
Frantu,Im RadIum I Ac1inlum (Unnilquadium) ¡UnOllpenhum) IUnndheuum)
.
vila
9~lJ'¡
.." OF'
~J .It!
i 096·
'-.,'
1)"21/P' .
Iuoflnc
J'J :'Iu
Ar
.''''118
'C" 't' "JO
lUlU
1.7ö-1
:;,0:117
S ".,
11~ lei
3 ,
IS12':Ôóp'
o·,·tJC1
16
117 7~
388 36
20:
121,.10",1_
1))&1".1"
111,),1"
12...I~r ·
..h.IO'fl.
1'1a10'.1"
'11010' .1..
1'12"..
,7)/.ItI',I..
lit»)..
(111),1.
IIUatO',...
(I JoIOO,I..."
II..'O·,¡..
IUI,I"
tOOt!..
{·/J.t..
,10,'~"
111'II¡..
1201""..
1100)41..
IUtll..
IU_I..
1)(1-,..
Ii)¡,j.,
1.tO.,..
jO,.,..
1(
"
.~JJI
.)))
~
m
~
~
~Jh
W
m
~m
ø
m
w
w
~hl
W
~1'2
W
W
m
~h'
~~
rn
~m
m
~
~2S)
W
~JH
~2P
~m
*UI
m~J
*m
Isotopes
11.o..K
1')1l1li,/1'-
...,.It-
PaIO""'-
1I0il'"
,lt2.."" "
IIIJ,.IC
'"
'"
'"
,"
Of,
Of'
'"
."12. 111010..,,-
IU III ,Ii'"
..1. UI..,I)'!QII
12).11"'411'
Ul...'OtlQn
II' Ilt.IO'",.
1)1 "CWOIII;;-
Ie
., "I"~"
.I. til''''''''.
..0.. 61 IlIl.tt(
12 11"°11.,1"
"""'''4IfC
....1] IOJ. IC
" I""/- II
IU)~/f'
l22',I"-
IU).,IC
I..If:~ ,,"
1)0"'_11'
JHO.,/!'
11091_1.;
,
,
.
,
I
-,
~
...
<
.
"
via
I;) !J~J';
Ö
aløh.lpartc__-.un
c.a. 1WII't<.. letIM;þ"n) .,.........-.
="=::.ø¡ü;.
flQfftØC; ÞItft"oOtI "0Ift wppI 10 k:I_ Iwmft''''
lPOI'IIiIftIIIO\4l~
8
.,,,.
5035
'2.
.
.
[c
"
Sf
IUB IVB
5 WI116 '12'011
421ft B 4470' 'ë
..... 4100·
U. U,
I'. ,,"."-.I(
I" I)"'''''·
I" IJIS..,·
"'"' 201 I...~,.·
..11 ~ 1]11.1"·
.....2Of .:IoIO",)I.(
JOS 11010',11(
110 12J)'lp·...
... 20' IJIrtlC
201 l)h'D'tfIC
110 ISOI4l'·.-
)10..1"0',1_
"h 201 t)fO,I..
20f tlOJ ,I.
210 II".....
.... 20f fS''''C.
JIO :II..'C
211 ,n'totle._
.. Jll 1)1).....
"" 212 II'J-aIC._
U2 IIt-tr
UJ 1211...."'·
..a. 2lt. IUO.I"".
.Ac ". 12IU,I'"
...fto 1n 11'l)rI_
3J(¡ "'.10",1"
2J1 '1.'0--"..
....
....
...
~
,
,
--.13) UU'I/
II) "IOkl"·
..t.IJ.oI 120.,111
US ')"10',1,.
1111)011,111.
....laG 112'~' ·
..... 1)1 ...loo.IIC
..0 1.o1"I,!"
...c.... ,H44 "'.
.#old I'I..,,,·
.....1.1 till",,,'
.....Id III.IIC
1"lhJ,II"
.....1.. 1/.10·,1"
1)1 lUll';·
.A.I)J IIJ.li",'(
U.. 1t),I,'
...',1150 IJ."O",I"
..111 III.IO·,IIC
1.0 1111411 n·
.....1....'11010·,1/1·
.1.IPO II2S.."I·
111 1"2,11'·
..'_It' 11J1)~t(
ITS .. """f
.,k116 111,10" "Il"
..'.111 f'Utl4J'·
"
... 'SIIISI'I.'·
"tlI.IO',t"
... U IUh~IH
... II f1 hIO'·II(
U 1101J,I',·
.......1..,",:·
SI,...IO··,I""
..... tol"S,I';'
.r "¡llIihlllft',K
-I. 'JllioIO',I,.'
')1.,011/;"
.... .. 120.10' ",..
tl,)lII4I1/'·
...." ¡MOl..,.
..h ., 13.,100,11(
.. 1.1.100"f:-
"1)1).10',1""
....1011111411"·
....101 I1J ,Ite
..NIOJIIIO.!I'
10'1,·1(/',1"-
-'f10l IIU ,tiC
IIOIU).!/:·
1111")41/1'"
.uIQt ,d).11(
... 11.& 1.')141)1'
.UI I., /r
.....1111601,1"·1(
h ,UO'IIo,rI·
....21110'..1'1
.AI ). "',10' ,11" U.
.I. )) I.'..,/,.
.s U .'714f1Iï
..0 :u IJOhIO',I,c-
)11)"_)1'·
.. ¡IIUOJ".(
)'1,.',111'
.. _CII)..IO".lll
.J llJt.."·
..c.. dll.).I"·
.k U 11110.111"
..l.1 II 1)1'0'11(
..Moo U .2.10' ,lit
).,)IJO.,I[
S..JI1S~ I·
.h Jt µ,...¡¡I.
..c..S.I....'''·,.C
t7,J'0..1(
n 1'IJ.I/I· tc
60 (lJ", ".
JIo 1"kO"J'" ac
t.¡,.IO',It(
U [tl,I"-
.·ll2lOt.I I·./1
IIA
901218
B2e
GROUP
IA
1 1.0079
20 261 H'
'4025
0,08l1li'
.,'
Hydrogen
3~
.
1I"~ L.
"':17 I
OOJ
I~IJ$' J' 1t.k· 1~lp'
Sullur (,lilHtlnë AIII!)I
34180035 7""0' 36b"""
·246 '5
~ Se ;~;~ Br ::~';;; Kr
"',10 312 J14'
IAlI3Ø'·4I$'p· "'IJØ·~4~lro·· IAJ 3(J··..'·r'
SdcOIlJm 11101111110.' "'\'pl...'
52 '270"53'~""<I':'54 1JI:'<I
:.'4 to ""
"., T "." I ,., UJ X
1226~ ,e J8Ci 1 161 J6 e
..24 'IU ..\t.
t( "d'~s'''' 1 (I"'d'~I'P' Ikll4<1"~:O'11'"
't t.·II~.lIulH 1010,11(> ),cnon
84 120>, 85 I~"" 86 m1J
123' p'O' ..'u A''''t' '" R
!l2'1 :)'!I ~~. n
lot it1'
1...... 4.I'·~·"6:o..P" ¡Jl.t:141":.d''''6,'p' AI":
h..lvmlJm t..:.I.IIUle k.i'
1_,
h,_IM V"_,
.
The A , 8 subgroup de.ignaUon.. applicable 10 elemenll In
row. 4. 5, 6, and 7, are tho.e'recommended by the Inlerna·
Uonal Union 01 Pure and Applied Chemistry, 1/ should be nol·
ed tllatlOllle author. and organlzallons use Ihe opposíle con-
vention In dl.tlngulshlng the.. subgroups,
f fhe ....... and .yMboh .,.......... toe· '01 .. ...... ,............ .., JUIIAC
0& ."t........ ohemati..... to theM .......... .., 1M ,................ Waþ
ae, IUSA' MMOfC..... hove propoMd ~ If. .. ........ 104 eftd ~
niuM, .... .. .......... 10S. ~ IUSSlt ~ whit elM cWM .... ._.-
efT of ...... e&em.nb tMtve "... ......... ...... I_ .,.....1·
~
58 140,1259140,9077 60 144.2461 (145162 150,463 151,96 64 157,25651511,9254 66 162,50 67 167,2. 69 16UJ42 70 In oJ.¡ 71 '" ..7
36.. co' 37.' PO,' 33" N'd 37" mrn' 2064 S U 'S70 Eu .... G'd 34" T'b' 2131 D' .... E' '"20 T U "., Y"b' .... L'
1011 e .200 r 12851 '204 D '345 m '000 U 1515 1630 IMa Y 174:1 r '.,'. m 1091 1m U
6.7' .n 7.00 0.476 7,M '.26 7.0 '.17 .u I" 13:1 to" 1M
IXë':~'I~':·· p'a~::~:~ium N~~~~::~m flr~~::~m S':~~:n EI~:~-::n ¿~c:;~~::~ }~~:::. D~~;::~m ~:::III~ I~~~:~~' I~~::~~: ~~:¡;~~~S~ I·t~~~;~;~·'
~~232'O:81 ~1231,~~59 ~o~ 23,8~~2: ~3237~~~ ~4 II::~I ~5 (::~) ~6 1~47) ~7 (:471 ~8 (251) ~9 (~~)I~ 00 (~071 ~ 01 ~581 ~ 02 :~'''11 03 1~,Oil
202. Th - Pa "'" U .'0 f'fIlùì "3 1õ1m'208 ~.~.... (iùrm - lõ)l OOD r@n-If::(7,'-fS[TIJ-OOrr- ['~I(~I n 1"1
".1 11.4 11.10 204 VJt;, ft.. lrl!J II.' mtllJ 'J.5H l!!JWJ _ L~ljS.. l0U - l£~ ~r¡ uvuw }Jl!J I ~.I I
An 6d'7.' IRnISl'6d"1S' IAtor..lttd'h' IRnISf'6d'7.' Rn~"h' IAnI5l"" IRn!5l'Id'1.' IRnISt'7~4 IAn$''71' 1f4nISl"h' IRn~lllll/ Ifinl~"1s' RI¡ ~I"h'
Thonuln Prol¡acllnlUhI U,anlum heplunlum Plulonlum AmeriCiUm CU'lum Ðd'''dlnJm C"hlu,nlum £'lnfþlelntum Fe'lnlun. MClldL'l~vium 'llol'húnl
164'9:0416, 8
H ....
0;:
*
OXIDA TJON
STATES
(BcMd masl stable)
**
I
ATOMIC
~:,~:8E\R
POINT, .
MElTINÄ 30
POINT.'" "80
6i273
7.14
/'..13<1...'
Zinc
DENSITY .1 300K J
(gem))
SOIJu
--
-
_ SARGENT-WELCH SCIENTIFIC COMPANY
7300 NOmH LlN!JEH AVLNUE, SKOKIL:, ILlII\ lH~ 60077
~,18806
-
NSRD5
-,
Calolog Numb.
(21 Bas.oc1 upon C8rbOn·12. «) If'IdcalttS most
slable 01' best known IlOfopt:
3) Enute' "'-liked Wllh .:.;1.11....5 ,,,to, 10 lhe
g",iW('U:' "..I" .1 273 K .II<J 1 ..1m "lid .'t:
pr0p8fed
NOTES:
III BJ."" - sol""
RIKI - gas
Bluo - bquld
OuU,oe - tlyhlhellC8ll
\ ELECTRON
CONFIGURATION
NJ.ME
c.oø"aehl ,*~I.W*h &c"I~
rhc Com Mftr 1'7. All Righi. R.
.....
10 pomon of 'hI. waR tn., ~
"",00uc'" In MI, 'Of'" Of Þ, .n,
,.".an,a .!theN' .' :If'" pnOI _II
.~~. !'~ ~".~:~I"I... t~om '.'v.nl
I ACIP,81.5£
5''''0' POOPI0"E5 III
~ K;lv ElECTRO,:!£GAnVlTY
'" ¥ ("""I'ng II
-, -, *
COvALENT OADlUS, Å rz:ni¡1-; ,:-'1 IlfAT Of *
f' l~!L_±__~'i V.PORIZATION.
ATOMIC UDIU5, A 17~~,~, ".', .Y., ' ",01 141
_-:115) I
A10MIC VOlUME·__...:1: n:: ~HEAT OF FUSION,
cml,..(>tll!l ....1.., !...~ "J,mol(5)
...p" ..
1~~,1 IO"1I7Aflru,- '\ . UCTIV1TY,
" \ElECTRICAl COND
'! SPECIFIC HEAT IO'!! co. '161
CAPACITY, Jg 'k 't3) 1HfRAAAl CONDUCTIVITY,
W ("' K 131
'Copyrlght
fCopyrlght
'Copyright
'Copyright
'CoPYright
'Copyrlght
'Copyright
1962
1964
1965
1966
1968
1919
1960
SARGEIIT-WELCH SCIEIITlFIC COMPAII'
131
141
IS,
'Of' '.p'.t.fIIlal... o.id.. (higher 'Iolencel of group. O.kI. h oc¡die If color .. red, bode
cmcI amphoteric If botI'I color. or. Ihown. ~ty of color iftdica'" ...Jot,.. .....ngth.
~ ., ~
\eJCvbic. foce ~~"".d. -:~ eWit. body aMeNd, U cvbIc,
* ".oOOftCl'; [} rhcmbch:drol; m "'''000"01, LIJorthodtcmbi;s O~
A' 300 K (27'C (61 Gonooony o' 293 K (20'C) I') fromdontlty 01 300 K (27·ClI0< ;quid
At boll"" poi"' (71 Quonlum mechanical vol.,. and toIid ele"*'fI, vollle"or VOMOU. .~nt.
At .....Ing poinl 'Ot' ft.. atOftt ,..... to ~"td ,tat. 01 boiling pofn. Catalog Number
.~ I ISARGENFWELCH
NW~
SARGENT-WELCH SClENTIAC COMPANY
7300 LINDER AVENUE. SKOKIE ILLINOIS 50017
S-18806 Slot 2
Ce
,..
",.
,..'
IHe
I
~
ITh
...
,..
...
0,12
-
''',
~I'-'
t.n
,1.(1
"...
.,."
011.
£[
U
,,,.,,
1, '0
.".
tiS'')
NOTlS,
121
frM¿
1.1:1
"0'"
....
.....-
u
'u.
.--
oe1°
NdÐJ
1" 1"
,.. ")0
".t'
....-
1,"
.·'c·
....
.--
on,
cob
-
."
I,
bl...
,J
..
OJ
1.5'
,,,
If'
...
."
~H
...'
-
,0"
"k]
":...
1.21
n'I'!
11 tN~
.--
01("
,J
~ .~
HDlli
1.5. ')1
,e' ,,'{
IfI' ,,,.
II"" ..."'_
01' tHA'
~
-
..
,J
.'"
.Er@
1.51 U.
1'4' ,"Ir
,~. 'f '"
o 'f" ""'_
017 0 Ie)
[UIJ1l
-
.'
"
-
.11
Imtl!
'" I,"
'lCJ I" 0
'''I 1.._.(1
.. U. ...._
10 l' .,¡ I~'
IrdJ
,
,0
-
...
ThIB
1', I,'
1.0 ,'uo
:."' 166(\
.". ...,
01' 0'"
~@
1
..
-
~
1.5, ,,1
US H~t(I
,0" "VI
"J ....._
OlS 016'
.ill
-
..
-\
e
.~
~
'" 011'
1 ,. ~. :.
i':;
o ~. ,.,
~
-= 'õ'"j
,...
). '0
Rili1
Ih tltJ
inl ...
:"
In .
XEJ
,OJ 011
I"
." '"
'"
.ßhG]
. ,
'I
..'1l.
.'"
~
'" 0"
,,, t,'
';' I·.
,,..
~
- go
,
Ca
P.
'"
'"
Sf
,
.
..
.
IA IVA
~ ïlliJS
I" I JI' In 1~'
,Ot ' . 100 t' ,,,
,~...
. ., fI"', .. tW"'_
o. on
ill hIllS:
It¡ '" 10 I U
'.17 ..' '" \JI'"
t.·... "·t ,.no_
."
'"
'"
."
m
- II _ _
- -
'. -
-
*
VA
ffiIS
In ItJ
I tJ " ,,~
'. .-
It
j\"C'
I.'.:' ;:;'
01' .,'"
T a ~~~
I" U
JOt :'H'
. ~I .....
Ole '"
MIID[W
VIA
tt .' J."I ., ":" .. "ftl
't't..... ..._ 'J' '1,,_ ...'
'. ..
- - ""--..-...~_......_...-----
--------------
- - :''':.1_=::::.:=-'=:-=:,,:,:-,::,,:::
- - ...,.ø________...--
It)O.
Li
,
.
~
'oo
".
,',
."
~
..
"
·~t~
:¡:..
"
,'.
'"
,,-
IA
h
-
-
""", ..
- -
~ 1,,6'."'10"
......". __ _u I"C . 121 '.OOIMI
c..... tel 0
........,"'. ''''0''
... ......~ -""'- ".
~t>eM-'1 '" "N
. -Ie" . ,
". '" "J I
'."a IIN .001 _. 0 õ
.1'N ......-- ,.+'............................. .........
-"". ...... . .... ,..w. _c:.... ..... ... ctr-,. .... .......
... I + I. n.. ............ 1.1 ... "......... .... .. ...... ..
... ....... ...... .... lit .. ,.. .........1 h ........ ... .....
.... .. ... ~ ., ...........
All ........................ ....... .. .. .Me.... ... .......
.... If C...................... . .........-:........ .... ...
............-..-...". ...,.
tP...... .......... -.II ........... _........
IB IVB VB -
ïJm ~
0.11 teu 0," "$ on JOe 01J
1.11 .,,'" 0'1 H" OPS :",. us
)0 70 . .' i '~"t '.
t.'7
I.Sl
'nt
.,..
',"
I'."
,
!'S"
c.ns
II'" -
1.79 I J4 ''''0
'. : " 11 . ~.. l' J ' X' :. : 1 .... ~ ) '''('.
'U' ,on .__ tlOl .."_ 7,.. 'W' "fI' '_'_ .., ..... _ 11'11.'_
0.12' :':4IJ' 0_11 0.., 0,13 0 ,,, on ....~,. _ - OOt· tlcwY.''''''
Hlß
"
.
GROUP
IA
0& TA CONCUII'IIG 'H£ MOIl
Percent Ionic Character of a Single Chemical Bond
DU'.'e",e in .'.droft...ti..., ',2 '-' 1,4 U 1.6
~ 30 30 3. 43 47
"
STABU
ELEMENT.I'
-
IS"" 'OMICI 'A IncuS
¡¡:;;:;: to. ' ·1 _
VIII
~
. -
.
.
TABLE OF PERIODIC
. '-' -
PROPERTIES' OF THE ELEMENTS
I
'~'-'.. .- ,'.~.'
.
,.
" ..': -, '.': ~~ - ':'-:~:l.:~: ~~"'.:j::-~~ :~~~;~t:...;":;·;--=-":'.:':"~":":'-:-w'::.,.".-:'~
, "
"
. '. ...
. ....,.. """ -._---,-
. . ~.' . -. .. . ,~ ......
.
·
;: L E CTRON
DONA TOR
ELECTRON
ACCEPTOR
þ.
Sodium
Chlorine
Sodium chloride
- Elements in the central groups, Groups III. IV, V and VI like to bmld..
with other elements by sharing their outer she1l electrons to
achieve fi11ed outer she1Js (eight electrons-1ike the Noble Gases).
Sharing of electrons between atoms is called co¡..·a/enl bonding and
forms Molecules. Carbon Dioxide is a good example:
·
---...
f[ID~ [g ';:rID'l
~ ~ ~, .~,.
~ ,..'
_.",- '.. "ø '-._
--
- Carbon Dioxide
- The elements in Groups I and VII are very reactive because of their
unstable outer shell configuration. They may burst into fJames
when dropped in water or be very toxic to humans.
- Elements to the left of the periodic table are more metallic in
character and tend to form bases. Those to the right are more non-
meta11ic in character and tend to form acids.
- Elements towards the middle of the periodic table, particularly
those around Carbon, tend to form "amphoteric" compounds. This
means they are capable of behaving as acids or bases. They also
display intermediate metallic character.
·
- Ionic bonding (the transfer of outer shell electrons to form stable
compounds), and covalent bonding (the sharing of outer shell
electrons to form stable molecules), are extremes and no elements
combine completely in one way or another. Rather, all bonds
display at least some ionic or covalent character.
I=tCl~Rec PClge 1 1
. _u ._____.__.
.
.
.
PERIOIDIC TABLE OF THE ELEMENTS
0_
,..
~9-
,,~~ '"
tjr" -'>
A ~y. ~q-" ~~ >
~. c" oW
"~,,O~ 'Z~ IRA IVA
O~.,. "Q ~
C ^"~ < -
r ~
<~
THE PERIODIC TABLE OUTLINED
NOTE THE POSITION OF CARBON (FOUR OUTER SHELL ELECTRONS)
ELEMENTS ALONG THE METAL/NON-METAL LINE ARE CALLED
METALLOIDS AND ARE USED AS SEMI CONDUCTORS
GROUP I A .A~ND II A ELEMENTS ARE AIR AND WA TER REACTIVE
.
GROUP VII Å. ELEMENTS. THE HALOGENS. ARE REACTIVE AND TOXIC
TO HUMANS
HazRec Page 12
·
·
·
',,",' . ....,...
~.' ."~- .... -- ~",-.",~. .~. "-' .-.".
GROUP
SERIES
.2
o
.....
~
~
),."
.....
.....
~
~
ì~
~
..
~
CJ\
~
t(.,
~
~
'~""''''- '.-.....-....
. .0"'_""__' ...._.,..~ ,,_....., '-'._.'" _ ._"......_.,.
.
. - ~... ..,~ ._~.;. I
I
.
2
4
,5
1
6
3
)...
a~ ~ I a~
~ ~ ~ ~-,
t..;; i::: ..... I ". .-...
Ct) (;¡ ~ L____, CI) ~
/ ~ ~ ~ ~~
aa ~~ Qa
~. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~~ ~~ ~~
~--.. ~ ~ ~~
~~ ~~ ~~,
~ ;;t ~ ~
~ ~ ~
~
Gj
The periodic system outlined.
- HERE THE TRANSITION METALS AND NOBLE GASES HAVE BEEN
REARRANGED TO CLARIFY THE BONDING NATURE AND ACID-BASE
PROPERTIES ACROSS THE PERIODIC TABLE. ELECTROPOSITIVE MEANS
ELECTRON DONA TORS. ELECTRONEGATIVE MEANS ELECTRON
ACCEPTORS.
Ff<:lz:R~t::: P<:l9~ 1 3
".... '-. "-' -,".
----.-..-..- ' .
:.;._ '0:: ~. _".:' ~"."..,.-".:~; ".~.
, , '..
. .: '"-:- .'~";'""<,;::'-,~. ,-;--~' :'~:-'-~~"'-:- --' ~..:
". '-. '. . .'-' ,'..-,..- ',' .-~. '. ~ . -'.
----.... _. -- . . . - ..
_ _ " .'_'u~. ,
e
e
To now investigate our basic chemical reactions in detail:
A.
Combination Reactions
Defined as the combination of two or more substances to form a
compound. usually with ionic bonds. The reactions may involve:
1. The combination of two elements to form a compound
example: hydrogen reacts with halogens to form hydrogen
ha}ides:
H2(9) + F2(,g) ------) 2 HF (g) hydrogen fluoride
Note:al1 bin21ry compounds have "ide" endings.
example: oxygen reac'ts with group JA metals to form oxides.
per'oxi des. superoxi des:
2 Na (s) + 02 (g) ------) Na202 (s) sodium peroxide
2 C (s) + 02 (g) ------) 2 CO (g) [excess C & limited 02]
Oxide ion: 02-'; Peroxide ion: °22--; Superoxide ion: 02-
The dot formula for carbon monoxide:
XCXOOQO
x xoo 0
shows an unshared pelÏr of electrons on the C atom. Those unshared
electrons attach to the iron in your blood's hemoglobin so it can't carry
oxygen, resulting in asphyxiation. A 1.28n concentration of CO in your
blood is deadly in 3-·4 minutes.
,-
2. The combination of an element and compound to form a new
compound:
ex: 2 NO (g) + 02 ------) 2 N02 (g) (nitrogen dioxide]
ex: 2 CO (g) + 02 (g) ------) 2 CO2 (g) [carbon dioxide]
HazRec Page 14
, ,
--':-'.-:-:'.-_-:-'C;":-:.-:'
·
·
(
,
·
e
.
3. The combination of two compounds to form a single new compound:
. nonmetal oxides i.e. acid anhydrides + water'" ternary acids
e~: 503 (1) + H20 (1) ------) H2S04 [sulfuric acid]
ex: Na20(s) + H20 (I) ------) 2NaOH [sodium hydroxide]
ex: Polymerization of organics CH2 + CH2 + ------) (CH2)n
I
Another common combination reaction involves the combination of
metal oxides (basic anhydrides) with non-metal oxides (acid
anhydrides) to form salts:
ex: CO2 (g) + MgO (s) ------ > MgC03 (s)
[Carbon dioxide + Magnesium oxide ------) Magnesium carbonate]
Metal oxides i.e. basic anhydrides + water = metal hydroxides
. B. Displacement Reactions
~;. ".. "
I .
. ,
. .....
Defined by reactions in which one elemenl ,displaces another from a
compound. This frequently involves more active metals displacing
less active metals or hydrogen from their compounds in aqueous
solution, (aq), and in many solids.
ex: CuS04 (g) + Zn (s) ------) Cu (s) + ZnS04 (aq)
ex: Zn (s) + H2S04 (aq) ------) ZnS04 (aq) + H2 (g)
· Note that when active metals react wilh an acid, H2 gas is liberated
· Frequenlly a sail is formed.
· Halogens replace less active halogens (in soluble saIL solution)
releasing elemental halogen Ions:
ex: CI2 (g) + 2NaBr (aq) -------) 2NaCI (s) + Br2 (I)
.
chlorine + bromide ions ------) chloride ions + bromine
Ftaz:R"c Pag" 18
_ _ ~ '.. ~_..._.- .-----.-- -----
.
.
C. Decomposition Reactions
Defined as those in which a compound decomposes to produce:
1·. Two elements
2. One or more elements and one or more compounds
3. Two or more compounds
1. Decomposition of a compound into two elements:
(with electrolysis)
ex: electrolysis of water: 2H20 (1) ------------) 2H2 (g) + 02 (g)
(with heat)
ex: 2HgO (5) --.----------) 2Hg (I) + 02 (g)
2. Decomposition of a compound into an element and one or more
compounds:
(wi t.h heat)
ex: 3Pb O2 (s) -.-------------) Pb304 (s) + 02 (g)
3. Decomposition of a compound into two or more compounds:
(with heat)
ex: Ca CO} (s) --.-----------) CaO (s) + CO2 (g)
D. Metathesis RE,actions
Defined as when two compounds reacllo form lwo new compounds and
no changes in oxid2,Ition number occur - i.e. the ions of two compounds
"change partners".
. The oxidation number, or oxidation state of an element is the
number of electrl)ns gained or lost by an atom of that element when
it forms an ionic compound.
H2IzRec Page 16
.
,/.- -
.
C
.
\
·
·
·
--
.
. The most common metathesis reaction is that of an acid with a base
to form a salt and water. This reaction is cal1ed neutralization
because corrosive properties are el iminated.
.
ex: NaOH (aq) + HCI (aq) -----) NaCI (aq) + H20 (I)
sodium hydroxide + hydrochloric acid yields sodium chloride + water
ex: H2S04 (aq) + 2 LiOH (aq) -----) Li2S04 (aq) + 2H20 ( )
Sulfuric acid + lithium hydroxide yields lithium sulfate + water
Salt I: cation from base + anion from acid
E.Oxidation - Reduction (Redox) Reactions
Defined as a reaction in which the participating elements or
compounds undergo a simultaneous change (with each other) in their
oxidation state. The total increases and decreases in oxidation state
cancel out, i.e. the electrons that cause the reduction of one substance
come from the substance that is simultaneously oxidized. Lets look
at a simple combination reaction which is also a redox reaction:
H2 (g) + F2 (g) ~---> 2 HF (g)
e
I
HO ----) H + 1
e
I
FO ----) F-1
The smal1 arrows indicate the changes in oxidation state during the
reaction. Hydrogen is oxidized and nuorine is reduced.
. Reactions between hydrogen and other halogens are the same; in
fact. all combination reactions between 2 elements or 1 element and
a compound are also redox reactions. The oxidation states of the
members of a redox reaction allow for the balancing and prediction of
these reactions. although some get quite complex. Think of
oxidation-reduction reactions as those in which two compounds react
to form two new compounds (like Metathesis reactions), but because
of charge imbalances between the participants there isnl a one to one
exchange.
Mè2~R~c F'è29'=' 1 7
, - --~. -, ~. ..~
. '-.-' .!"..-.~-...._+~.
., ......,. .
, ..-....-...~.. '~'.'.-. '~..".-._.'""'"..-_.~..-.,....._..-
..... -,...."., - ..,. ~ ,.-~..,.-.'.',,,,"-,.,,
" .....~~ ~-~ --. ......
,e
e
FACTORS AFFECTING CHEMICAL REACTION RATES
In many cases, the rate, or speed of a chemical reaction is what
determines the potential for danger. As many accidents have proven,
sudden uncontrolled rE~actions can be deadly. The rate at which a
chemical reaction occurs depends on the following factors:
- Surface area of reactants available at the reaction
!site--for example, a large chunk of coal is combustible,
but coal dust is explosive.
- Physical stab9 of reactant - solid, liquid, or gas
..:. Concentration of reactants - how much of the hazardous
chemical is in the solution
- Temperature - the hotter the solution, the more likely or rapid1y
a reaction wjJJ occur
- Pressure - the higher the pressure, the faster a reaction wi1l
progress
- Presence of " cata1yst - many substances wi11 acce1erate or
alter reactions when mixed with others
- Age - peroxides and oxidizers can become unstable and reactive
over li me
- Exposure to Shock, Air or Water
HazRec Page 18
.
.'>
.:.
.
(~
.
,
\..~,
·
·
·
e
.
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
INTRODUCTION
"The element carbon stands out as the central luminary in the great
mystery of 1ife."
- H. E. ARMSTRONG
Organic Ghemistry deals with compounds containing carbon. Carbon
constitutes 0.027% of the earths crust. but this minute proportion is
deceptive. Carbon is unique. because. having four outer sheH electrons it
can bond to itself or with hydrogen. nitrogen. sulfur. oxygen. or halogens
to form mi11ions of compounds. The hazardous compounds of carbon are
more abundan!~ than those of any other element. In 1978. the United
States organic chemical industry generated 26 bi11ion Dounds of
hazardous waste. One source estimates that 300 new organic chemical
compounds are synthesized every day - that's about 100.000 every year!
It is probably easier to make a list of what organic chemistry is not
about than' of what it is about. However. here is a partial list of
products of organic chemical origin:
Antibiotics and drugs
Anesthetics
Vitamins. enzymes, and nucleic acids
Hormones and steroids
Proteins. fats, oils, and carbohydrates
Insecticides and herbicides
Solvents
Paints and varnishes
Dyes
Synthetic polymers such as
fibers.sheets. articles.
e1astics. and plastics
Perfumes and flavors
Wood preservatives
Industries based on technology derived from organic chemistry are many
and varied. We list a few:
Petrole4m refining
Coal tãr products
Sugar refining
Pulp and paper
Fermentation
Agriculture and agricultural
by-products
Pharmaceuticals
Po I ymers
Leather
Paints and varnishes
Haz:Rec Page 1 9
.
e
There are several sources from which organic chemicals are produced
directly, and synthe~¡ized:
·
coal tar
.
- plants
- petroleum
-, natura I gas
Coal tar is formed by cooking coal without oxygen. It is the main source
of arom~tic hydrocarbons such as benzine. toluene. and phenol. Plants
are our ;primary source of wood (methyl) alcohol, turpentine.
carbohydrates, and ni::ttural rubber. Petroleum and natural gas have
become the basis for our current proliferation of synthetic organic
chemicals. After WIN I , the development of almost unlimited supplies of
petrole'um and lhe tremend{Jus growth of knowledge in chemistry created
an explosion in the kinds and amounts of synthetic organic chemicals we
use.
SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL PRODUCTION - U.S.
Q
LU ·
u 400
::>
Q
0
a:: 300
Q.
.
en 200
co
...J
u.. 10
0
en
~
...J
...J YEAR
a)
Since none of these synthetic organic chemicals have ever existed before
on this planet they dt) not easily fit into the natural system. They do not
readily decompose and are frequently hazardous to people's health. More
over, many of lhese chemicals are very widespread. So what have we
created? Compounds which (like PCB's) are:
in great quantity
very widespread
frequently insoluble
durable - environmental1y persistent
bioaccumulative (fat soluble)
toxic or carcinogenic
nammable or potential1y reactive
HazRec Pt.lge 20
·
'.,
.
.
.
~alogenated hydrocarbons, such as solvents. chemical warfare agents.
and pesticides, are the worst offenders. Superfund sites frequently
contain these compounds. This is why understanding chemistry, and
particularly organic chemistry, is so important to anyone working in the
hazardous waste industry. Even the best experts are just beginning to
understand the biochemical mechanisms of many synthetic organics. If
you know enough to identify the hazards of a substance you are working
with. then you can exercise the caution necessary to stay alive and
healthy on the job.
R.&n.a&JIT.l.TIYK CII\?"I"U W.uF.AU AGarrs
Symbol Formula M.P. B.P. P~cipa1 (A)
PhrÂi0lotic Canc:aauaåoD
ccc far Iadicaœci
Ph io&oci
fl.. IC
Acü-ritT
·c. ·c.
tftr·/~· ..
. Hydrocyanic AC HCN -13.2 25.9 Nern 500
1= paral,.i. Lc.. (mice)
t-lO IIÚD.
PboqcDc CG coo. -1M 8.3 Luq 375
edema Lc.. (mice}
c-lO IIÛD.
CdaropicrÎD ~ c.c:NOa --6' 1113 Lacrima- 146.7
åaa ' InaMnble
t-Z IIÚD.
Mustard gu H (Cœ.œ.>.S 14.5 22f(d) VesicatiOD œ
BUa.
a t-l0 IIÚD.
LcwiIiœ Ll &..01 -2.' 190 Veaicaåo11 ItHO
Ah. BU...
t-lO min.
Cb1oro- CN <Jœ-œ.c H d ucrima- 11.5
aœmphaODc UOD InuMerable
t-Z miø..
Dipheøyi- DA ot;O U 333 Sten1UU- 10.9
ChIananiDc uoa Intolaah1c
t-Z miø..
.
HczRec Pcge 2 1
.
.
II. Classification Scheme
d
There are two main classes in Organic Compounds:
·
.
aliphatic (fatty) and aromatic (fragrant)
This original cJassification was based on the fact that many aliphatic
organic compounds came from paraffin wax and had "fat like"
chemical behavior. Aromatic organic compounds came from pressed
plant ,oi1s and sm,e))ed good. Today, these early cJassifications have
less importance than originally, but the difference is still significant
in describing their chemical structures. A1iphatics have a chain
structure, with a backbone of bonded carbon atoms (dashes represent
the covalent atomiic bonds):
-' G - ç - C - C . .
, ,
Aromatic compounds exhibit a ring structure of six bonded carbon
atoms:
c c.-c..
/ '\ 1/ ~
c c..
U , Or C C. ·
c.. c \ I
'C-~ c.=-c '-
Both types have attached hydrogen atoms in their simplest forms:
METHANE
It
I
..-C,.-t1
I
..
BENZENE
PROPANE
t1 ti
\. C. '::: C/
/ \
H-C c.-H
~ 1/
C-c
/ \
H H
ETHANE
t1 I.f
, I
tt-C - (..-H
I I
H If
t1 .. It
I I
..-C-C-C-H
I I I
H H H
·
ALlPHA TIC HYDROCARBONS
AROMA TIC HYDROCARBONS
HazRec Page 22
e
.'
.
These are called hydrocarbons. because they contain only hydrogen and
carbon. Notice that the benzene ring has one bond between half its
carbon atoms and two bonds between the others.
.
Single. double, and triple covalent bonds occur between a single pair
of atoms. particularly carbon atoms. In general, the more carbon to
carbon bonds, the more reactive the compound (lower boiling pt..
ignition temp.. etc), Our classification scheme progresses:
HYDROCARBONS
/~
ALIPHATIC AROMATIC
~Structure) (RIng s¡ructure)
/ I ~ Benzene or· Aromatic· Character
double triple connnected \ ,'L, ( L-t..
carbon carbon chains ( '.. ' '0 .
bonos bonos (CYCl I 0
(ALKENE5) (ALKYNES) (All PHA TICS
C=C C.=C C.
/ ,
C.-C
Uses· of Alkanes in the Petroleum and Petrochemical Industries
("
.
single
carbon
DondS
( ALKANES
C,- C
Petroleum Products
Petroch.emicals
/aromatlcs .L'Q\
., 'bl.:
~,.
'I .
'II}
gasolines -. lk cracking lk
(c H ) a enes ( a anes
7 II ~ ;.,0(\
. .~¡:
è::-'
c;
dienes ---. polymf
crackinl{ / (r~bbe
Þ alkenes -. alkynes ---+ aCIds
1 Hlo~glycols -. glycol
ethers
alcohols and estf
loxid..tion 1
aldehydes (alkanals) synthet
and fibers
ketones (alkanones)
.
lubricating
greases
paraffin
wax
( solid
alkanes)
mineral
oils used
. .
In cosmeucs
and hair
dressings
Haz:Rec . Page 23
dyes
)"
cycloalkanes ---.. aromatics
\.
acids
1.
cycloalkanes
lubricating oils
(C12-~)
resins
.
e
/
I The properties of carbon compounds are controlled by three factors:
1. The number of carbon atoms in the molecule.
2. The number of bonds (single. double, or triple) between C ðtom~.
3. The kinds of functional groups aUached to the molecule.
.
Functional groups are groups of bonded atoms which behave like a ünit
in entering or leaving an organic molecule. and give particular
properties to the molecules they are attached to. Some examples:
Organic Functional Groups
Nam~ F oT11t1tla Name I
F (JT'11t I
Methyl -cHI Alcohol, or -oH
Hydroxy -Cfln
Ethyl -CSH. Aldehyde
o \.-
Propyl -e.H, Ketone II
-c-
Butyl -C.H. Acid -C-::::-O
'0:
Phenyl -C.a. Ether -0-
ChIaro -a Ester -C~O
'0·
Bromo -Br Nitrile -c=N
lodo -I Amino -NH,
Fl110ro -F Nino -N02
.
\
HazRec Page 24
e
.
.
Functional groups can replace the hydrogen atoms in aliphatic and
aromatic hydrocarbons. This results in completely new compound9
with different properties.
.
Halogenated hydrocarbons, for example, are the result of a halogen
(Group VII A - Periodic Table) replacing a hydrogen on a carbon chain
(aliphatic hydrocarbon) or benzene ring (aromatic hydrocarbon) to
form a different, new compound. Where they attach on a molecule
also causes a change in properties. Two molecules with the same
number of the same kinds of atoms in a different arrangement are
ca1Jed isomers. The bigger the molecule, the more isomers there are.
In this way, with only slight changes, many different compounds can
be derived from relatively simple basic structures.
II, , It
i c:-c
Remember that Benzene ring? H -J: f-w
,=c,
It' H A
For simplicity. the benzene ring is pictured 1ike this: ~
. The carbon and hydrogen atoms aren't shown but are assumed to be at
each corner. unless a functional group is shown.
Fol1l"Nl ~ end .....,.. ~ of SoftIe ArCIftI8IIII Cor<:$! .h.
.\f~ p..,., s..... ,...
F",... N_ ("<:) ('C)
cO Baøcne 5.3 80.1
00 ~apftdWenc 80.3 218
~I Chlorobenzcnc -"5.2 1!2.1
~H PhencM 41 182
~H. Toluene -95 110.6
. Û1-OH Be-ruo.c acid 121.4
0
~H' Aniline -6.2 184."
~~ N'k¡¡(lb...n4 I" 5.a 210
=h:u:R~c Pt29~ 26
e
e
Some of the largest organic molecules make what are called polymers
(greek: poly-many, meros-parts). They may contain literally millions .
of atoms. For example, a bowling ball is a polymer consisting of one
giaf1t molecule. '¿,t hazardous waste sites the uncontrolled
combination reaction (polymerization) of polymers can be very
dangerous. Some of the most common polymers are listed here,
~Ma-
Pot.-
r
e.,...
~1'""'CH,
.,.ÅrÅ,'-- CP£)
H H H H
I I I I
-<:-c-c-c-
I I I I
H H H H
Moo . r ........... ia. ck:cw.;.. '
.... 'A/bc1
P·-t~
CH.....cH(Clf,)
~.......,.t~- cPP1
H H H H
I I I I
-<:--c--c--c-
I I' I I
H CH. H CH.
SI....... 10 ,E: 1l11ner. IIlffer. e.,. 'PrOt!"'" T f.
T~~.-...~",...
CF....cF,
.,.A,-~~_...,~ C PFTE1
F F F F
J I I I
-C-C-C-C-
I I I I
F F F F
M- ... ] «fihIt. HiwIH..I/Øo..'u..... øotywIer. r: I .. T ctecø
i...... Low c:aefftåeln of slidi", fnctlOft. £I) _~. e.l. 'T
'1='-'.
.
Sryn.
CH.-cHfc.H.}
~,..,..'_CI'S1
H H H H
I I I I
-C-c-c-c-
~@~@
(
a.c.... .. , ob;eaa. fof~""',--4 widt IN··· J...ài. II .
i..... ,..A,-,........ cHIPS'I. E~ widI ~.......
Cœa.
MedI9t ...... ..~t..
CH.....c(CH.K:OOCH.
poty(...... 1Må- .~.... C PMMA»
H CH. H CH.
I I I I
e---c--c---c
I I I I
H e H e
/, '"
o 001, 0 OCH.
Tr. ...1àenI and ........ Mcx. .."J ~ ....rs.. A....
_:.... ~ .....ren.-s. ·Luclle'. Lo......JI . -.~ cnoe'
for U_ J .. III.- I r Po
Vi.,. dIIarìde
CH,..cHO
poty(WIyt ddørideU ,Ve)
H H H H
I I I I
-<:-C-C-<:-
I I I I
HaHa
a, ~ fftOI'àI. ..let' P'1'ft. "'lias ete.. pt.... ~t 10 m
r·' .......... and 0Rft!e..... --.. .-.. '0_
·w..·.
VI.,t-
CH.coocø-cH,
palY'CftlytllCeUlet crv A)
H H H H
CbewiIIW .... adhniftI. sun.. COla,..
.
(Continued on next page)
HazRec Page 26
e e
Common Chemical Toxicants Found at Hazardous Waste Sites. Their Health Effects and Medical Monitoring
HAZARDOUS
· SUBSTANCE
OR CHEMICAL
GROUP COMPOUNDS USES TARGET ORGANS POTENTIAL HEAlJ'H EFFECTS MEDICAL MONtTOP.
Arometic . Banzene Commercial Blood All causa: Occupational/ganefl ¡
Hydrocarbons Ethyl benzena solvents and Bone marrow CNS. depression: decreased madical history
Toluene intermediates for CNS· alertness. headache. sleepj· emphasizing prior
synthesis in the ness. loss of consciousness. exposure to these or
Xylene chemical end Eyes Defaning dermatitis. other toxic agents.
phermeceutical Respiretory Medical exemination
industries. system Benzene suppresses bone- with focus on livar. kid·
Skin marrow function. causing nev. nervous system.
blood chenges. Chronic end skin.
Uver exposure can cause leuk.emie. Laboretory testing:
Kidney Note: Becauae other aromatic
hydrocarbons may be contami· CBCb
neted with benzene during dis- Platelet count
tillation. benzene-related health Measurement of kidney
effects should be conaidered
when exposure to any of these end liver function.
agents is suspected.
Aabesto. (or A variety of ' Lungs Chronic effects: History and physical
esb..tlform industrial uses. Gastrointestinal Lung cancer examination should
panlcle.1 including: .ystem Mesothelioma focus on the lungs and
Building gastrointestinal system.
Construction Asbestosi. Laboretory tests .hould
Cement work Gastrointestinal malignancie. include a stool test for
Asbestos exposure coupled occult blood IVIIluation
Insulation with cigarene smoking has as a check for possible
Fireproofing been shown to have a hidden gastrointestinal
Pipes and synergistic effect in the malignancy.
· ducts for development of lung cancer. A high quality chest
water. air. and X.,.., and pulmonary
chemical. function test may helo
Automobile to identify long-term
change. associated ~
brake pads with asbesto. disea
and linings h0W8Y8r. eerty idemilio--
cation of low-dose
exposure is unlikely.
Dioxin (aee
Herbicidesl
Halogenated Carbon Commercial CNS· All cause: Occupatlonallgeneral
AUphatlc tetrachloride solvents and Kidney CNS. depression: decreased medical history
HydrocarbOM Chloroform IntermediateS in Uver alertness. heed aches. emphesizing prior
organic aleepineas. loss of expoaure to these or
Ethyl bromide synthesis. Skin consciouane... othlf toxic agents.
Ethyl chloride Kidnev changes: decreased Medical examination
Ethylene dlbromide urine flow. awelling with focua on liver.
Ethylene dichloride (especielly around eyesl. kidn..... nervous system.
end skin.
Methyl chloride anemia.
Laboretory testing for
Methyl chloroform Uv,r changes: fatigue. liver and kidney
mllaise. dark urine. liver
Methylene chloride enlargement. ¡eundice. function: carboxyhemo-
Teuachloroethene Vinyl chloride il a known globin where relevant.
Tetrachloroethylene carcinogen; severel others in
(perchloroethylene' thia group are potential
Trichloroethylene carcinogens.
Vinyl chloride
·
e
e
A... ,,--..
æ.....cHOf
pcr,.a,tocllU'ÛC~PAN' T~ Iibn:L C.I. ·Orioa·. ·Acnlu".
H H H H
I I I I
C·-C-C-C
I I I I
CfH CNH
·
Edaytnc pyœt,
HOCHr-<:HrOH
and 1aIJ:.;..~".k KId
HOOC~OOH
pc"""" tcrrpàCtp4...CPE11 T~ Ibns. C.,. ·Tcrytcnc'. Thin dnww.w.. .... ·M,.,'. ·M"
Ii H 0 0
I I I I
-C-C-o--c--@-ë-o-
I I
Ii H
H . t~""__
H~Of,),-NH,
........ KId
HOOC-iCH,).-COOH
n," 6.10 Teall .... ... -A.d Jc It ob;cca. IIarÎIII ... ........
o 0
I I
-NH(æl),-NH-C~CHI1r-C-
----
6 10
~ araa..
Hopefully, this introduction to Chemistry will provide the rudiments
necessary to understand just how much chemical compounds influence
our world. As your experience continues, you wil1 see how much
chemical waste there is to clean up. You may be asking yourself "how
can I tell what a chemical is, or if its "dangerous, if I have only a long
chemical name or formula to go by?" The situation may be worse - what
if there is no description at all and you have to identify the dangers of
some unknown black sludge? The following article answers the first
problem. It explains how the International Union of Pure and Applied
Chemists (lUPAC) name all of the organic compounds in such a way that
the name divulges the molecular formula and structure of each one. The
second problem will be discussed afterward, by describing field "spot
tests" used to characterize unknowns.
Haz:Rec Page 27
·
·
·
·
·
e
e
~EXPLOSION. ~ CHEMICAL REACTION CONTROL
I.
DEFINITIONS
Autoignition temp (AIT) - The lowest temperature at which a flammable
Spontaneous mixture wi 11 burn without the appli cation of
ignition temp (SIT) an outside spark or flame.
Brisance
Catalyst
Chemical Reaction
Combusti b Ie
Explosion
Fire
Fl ammabi I i ty
Flammable or
Explosive Limits
(LEL &UEL)
Fl ashpo i nt
- The heat or shock of an explosion.
- A chemical which, without changing itself.
causes a chemical reaction to proceed faster.
- The conversion of one chemical substance to
another.
- A 1iQuid that becomes flammable when heated
above 1 00° F.
- A rapid chemical transformation which
suddenly undergoes a chemical reaction with
the si multaneous production of large
Quanti ties of heat and gases (those
gases being CO. CO2, N2. 02 and steam).
- Active burning from the combustion of fuel
and oxygen in the presence of heat.
- A measure of combustibi1i ty.
- For flammables. combustibles and explosives,
the range of vapor concentrations (in air) in
which they will burn is defined by their lower
and upper limits (LEL & UEL). /
Below LEL a mixture is too "lean" to burn.
Above the UEL a mixture is too "rich" to burn.
- The minimum temperature at which a
flammable liquid gives off enough vapors to
ignite.
HazRec Page 29
e
e
Oxidizing Agent
- A materi al which gives off oxygen in a
chemical reaction (gains electrons).
.
Polymerization
- A chemical reaction in which two or more
mo lecules join to form a larger more compl ex
molecule. frequently in a chain structure.
Reactivi t y
- The abi lity of a material to undergo a reaction
with the re I ease 0 f energy. usua II y hea t.
!
Reducing Agent
- A material which accepts oxygen in a
chemical reaction (loses electrons),
S01ubility
- The tendency of a materia1 to dissovle in
water or other s01vents.
Volati1e Percent
- The fraction (by weight or volume) of solvent
or evaporab1e content in a mixture.
Vapor Pressure
- The pressure exerted by a vapor at a given
temperature.
.
{
~-
II. BAS Ie COfiCJE.eI5
At an uncontrol1ed hazardous waste site. or át an incident
involving hazardous waste releases. ,personne1 may be exposed to various
dangers. In order to take fast. careful. and educated actions to reduce
risks. it is important to know the fundamentals of these dangers and
their capacity to interact. This module attempts to introduce the reader
to facts about fi res, exp 10st ons, and chemica1 reactions that take pI ace
at uncontrol1 ed wasb~ sites,
First, an understanding of the vocabu1ary of chemica1 reactions
w111 he1p us. The eXJ]llosive range of a nammable 1iquid (as a vapor in
air) and its lower e:lCplosive limit (LEL) are perhaps the singl e most
important characteristics when trying to determin~ a substances'
nammabi1ity. Check the definition of flammable or explosive limits in
the glossary. Those substances with a low LEL and wide explosive range .
must be considered dangerous fire or explosion hazards,
HðzRec Pðge 30
·
·
·
e
e
Ano ther cri tical physica I characteris tic of a substance is its
f1ashpoint. Those substances with low flashpoints are susceptible to
igniting readily, and appropriate caution must be ex'ercised when dealing
with tRem. Note that substances with autoignition temperatures are
even more dangerous, because they don't need an ignition source to
combust. Combuslion is the chemi cal reacti on which leads to burning
and explosions; whether a substance is rated as combustible, flammable,
or explosive simply refers to the speed, or rate of combustion. There are
many classification schemes for flammability and explosivity. General1y
they are ,based on the flashpoint and rate of combustion, respectively.
Two other physi cal properties hel p in understanding the po tenti al
hazards of substances. They are solubilily (or miscibi1ity), and vapor
pressure. Solubility is important with hazardous substances in that a
subsLan'ce can remain concentrated and hazardous if it won't mix with
water, and conversely a substance can be hard to detect or dean if it
mixes with water and is di spersed by i l. The formation of insol uble
compounds in aqueous solutions can also become the "driving force" for
many chemical reactions to occur. Knowledge of substances having high
vapor pressure is essential at uncontrol1ed sites. The potenti al exists
for hazardous substances to rapidly release and diffuse over a large area.
This can cause a sudden choking, contamination, or combustion hazard.
Think about these physical properties and learn to understand
them; they wi11 help you to prevent exposure to an uncontrol1ed fire,
explosion or release of hazardous vapors.
III. FIRE & EXPLOSION
We've seen what physical characteristics make substances
susceptible to combustion: their explosive range, LEL, etc. Now 1 et's
look at what kinds of fires there are, how they work, and what harmful
effects can result.
The most common classification of fires is based on the material
that burns, and is broken down into four main categories.
Type A fires, with an "A" shown in a green triangle:
IA
refers to fires whi ch used cellulose matter as fuel: wood, paper, cotton,
etc.
HazRec Page 31
e
e
Type B fires, with a "S" shown in a red square:
~
.
.
refers to fires which use flammable liquids (or their vapors) as fuel:
gasoline, paint, wasb~ solvents, etc.
Type C fires, with a "C" shown in a blue circle:
®
refers to fires which originate from electrical sources (even if other
materials burn with them). They may be caused by faulty wiring, .
switches, burned out motors, etc.
!
Type D fires, with a "D" shown in a yellow star:
*
refers to fires which use reactive metals as fuel: sodium, potassium, .
magnesium, etc.
A fifth category involves highly reactive chemicals such as rocket
propellants and strong oxi dizers. These symbols can be seen on all
common fire extinguishers, and tell a lot about how to fight a fire.
Regardless of what material is burning, all fires require three
basic components for combustion to take place: oxygen. fuel. and
heat. The relationship between these components is well illustrated by
a phase diagram calle d the fire triangle (see figure). I t shows that
without a minimum amount of each component a fire cannot be sustained.
VARIOUS FLAMMABLES CLASSIFICATIONS
EPA Classifications (from RCRA)
1.
IgnitiabJe Hazardous Wastes: Wastes with a flashpoint less
than 1 40° F.
.
HðzRec Pl'Jg~ 32
·
·
·
A. F1ammables:
e
e
Flashpoint less than 1000 F, Example:
gasoline
[3. Combustibles: Flashpoint between 1000 F and 1400 F.
Example: heating oi I
DOT Classification of Flammable Liauids
1 .
Flammables:
Flashpoint below 1 000 F
Flashpoints between 1000 F and 2000 F
Fl ashpoint greater than 2000 F
NFPA Classification of Flammable liauids
2.
Combustibles:
3.
Nonnammables:
1.
Class IA:
2.
Class 18:
3.
Class IC:
4.
Class II:
5.
Class III:
Liquids with flashpoints below 730 F and
boiling points below 1000 F. An example of a
Class IA flammable liquid is n-pentane (NFPA
Diamond: 4).
Liquids with f1ashpoints below 730 F and
boil ing points at or above 1000 F. Examples of
Class 18 f1 ammable liquids are benzene,
gasoline, and acetone (NFPA Diamond: 3).
Liquids with f1ashpoints at or above 730 F and
below 1000 F. Examples of Class IC flammable
liquids are turpentine and n-butyl acetate
(NFPA Diamond: 2).
Liquids with f1ashpoints at or above 1000 F but
below 1400 F. Examples of Class II flammable
liquids are kerosene and camphor oil (NFPA
Diamond: 2).
liquids with f1ashpoints at or above 1400 F but
be low 2000 F. Examples of Class III liquids are
creosote oi ls. phenol, and naphthalene. Liquids
in this category are generally termed
combustible rather than flammable (NFPA
Diamond: 2).
HazRec Page 33
e
e
CLJ~SSIFICATION OF FIRES _ .
A CELLULOSIC
B FLAMMABE LIQUIDS
C ELECTRI CAL
D REACT I VE METALS
.
SPEC I AI_ CATEGORY: EXTREMELY ACT I VE
OXIDIZERS AND SOLID PROPELLANTS
.
Hl2zRec Pl2ge 34
e
e
·
1r[HHE [F O!R1æ: 1r~ 0 ~~(6j[læ:
, FUEL
HEAT
OXYGEN
·
Each side of the triangle represents one of the necessary elements
of a fire. The optimal situation, position number 1. is the best
fuel-to-oxygen ratio. with sufficient heat to ignite the fuel and
support 'its combustion. Each corner illustrates the removal of one
component: in number 2 there is insufficient fuel (concentrations
below the Lower Explosive Limit), in number 3 there is not enough
oxygen (concentrations above the Upper Explosive LimiU. and in
number 4 the heat source is not adequate. A fire can be defined as
a self-sustaining. flaming combustion.
·
HazRec Page 35
e
e
.
.
EFFEC'TS OF FIRE ON PERSONNEL
- SMOKE INHALATION
- OXYGEN DEF I C I ENCY
- TOX I C GAS GfNERAT I ON
- HYDROGEN CYANIDE
- PHOSGENE
- HYDROGEN SULFIDE
- HYDROGEN CHLORIDE .
- SULFUR DIOXIDE
- ACROLEIN
- METAL FUMES
.
,
HðzRec Pðge 36
·
·
·
e
e
At a hazardous materials incident, the fuel and air (oxygen) are not
easily controlled. Consequently, while working on si te where a fire
hazard may be present, the concentration of combustible gases in air
must De monitored. and any potential ignition source must be kept out of
the area. The properti es that make flammab Ie substances the most
dangerous are:
· low flashpoints (or Airs)
· ! substances requiring little oxygen to support combustion
'. substances with low LEL's and wide flammable (explosive)
ranges.
! Explosives are substances that combust at such a high rate that they
pose hazard such as:
· physical destruction due to shock waves, f1ying objects, and
heat
· initiation of secondary fires or the creation of flammable
conditions
· release of toxic or corrosive compounds into the surrounding
environment
There are separate classifications for explosives for chemists, the
military, the D.O.T., and others. The most basic classification refers to
the rate of combustion. and involves two types:
· high, or detonating explosives. are characterized by a shock
wave which is faster than the speed of sound - as high as 4
miles per second. They may be detonated by shock. heat, or
friction.
· high explosives are further classed into primary and secondary
/
types, based on their ease of detonation.
· low, or deflagrating explosives, which have slower combustion
rates, but may be as dangerous. They generally need a booster to
explode and are not as sensitive to shock. heat, or friction.
HazRec Page 37
e
e
IV. NFPA HAZAHD IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM
·
.5JJmmary of Hazard RankinQ System
1. Hea I th Hazard (BLUE)
Rank Num ber DescriDtion ExamDles
4 Materials that on very short Acrylonitri1e
exposure could cause death or Bromine
major residual injury even Parathion
though prompt medical treatment
was given.
3 Materials that on short exposure Aniline
could cause serious temporary or Sodium hydroxide
residual injury even though Su1furic acid
prompt medica1 treatment was ·
given.
2 M(~terial s that on intense or Bromobenze (
~..._-
continued exposure could cause Pyridine
temporary incapacitation or Styrene
possib1e residual injury unless
prompt medical treatment was
given.
M¡aterials that on exposure wou1d Acetone
cause irritati on but on1y minor Methanol
residua1 injury even if no lreal-
men t was given.
0 Materia1s that on exposure under
fire condi tions would offer no
hazard beyond that of ordinary
combustibl e materi al .
·
\
Ht2zRec Pt2ge 38
e e
2. Flammability Hazard (RED)
· Rank Number Descriotion Examoles
4 Materials that (1) rapidly or 1, 3 -Butadiene
completely vaporize at atmos- Propane
pher ic pr essure and norma 1 Ethylene oxide
ambient temperatures and burn
readily or (2) are readily
dispersed in air and burn
readily.
3 Liquids and so lids that can be Phosphorus
ignited under almost a11 ambient Acrylonitrile
temperature conditi ons.
2 Materials that must be 2-Butanone
moderately heated or exposed to Kerosene
relatively high ambient temper-
· atures before igni tion can occur.
Materials that must be preheated Sodium
before ignition can occur. ' Red phosphorus
0 Materials that wi11 not burn.
3. Reactivity Hazard (YEllOW)
Rank Number Descriotion ExamDJes
4 Materials that in themselves are Benzoyl .peroxide
readily capab Ie 0 f detonali on or Picric acid
of explosive decomposition or TNT
reaction at normal temperatures
and pressures.
3 Materials that (1) in themselves Oi borane
are capable of detonation or Ethyl ene oxi de
· explosive reaction but require 2-Ni tro pro pad ene
a strong initiating source or
(2) must be heated under confine-
ment before initiation or (3)
react explosively with water.
HazRec Page 39
2
1
..
o
e
e
~1aterials that (1) in themselves
are normally unstable and
r'eadily undergo violent chemical
change but do not detonate or (2)
may react violently with water or
(3) may form potential1y
exp losive mixtures wi th water.
t1aterials that in themselves are
normal1y stable but which can
( 1) become unstable at elevated
t.emperatures or (2) react with
water with some release of
energy but not violently,
t1aterials that in themselves are
normally stable, even when
exposed to fire, and that do not
r'eact with water.
4. Special Inf(]lrmation (WHITE)
Acetaldehyde
Potassium
.
Ethyl ether
Sulfuric acid
.
\
The white block is designated for special information
about the chemica1. For example. it may indicate that
the material is readioactive by displaying the standard
radioactive symbol, or unusually water-reactive by
displaying a large W with a slash through it (W). For
a more complete discussion of these various hazards,
consult the NFPA Standard 704 M.
HazRec Page 40
.
tit
-
· ~[E[L~ ìr~~~ ~m[Eoo®m~ @f @~~[ID~Z~OO® ~®[EOOìrn
FLUORINE
OZONE
I
HVDROGEN PEROX IDE N
C
HVPOCHLOROUS CHLORATES R
E
METALLIC CHLORATES A
5
LEAD DIOXIDE E
MET ALLlC PERHANGANA TES I
N
METALLIC DICHROMATES
0
· NITRIC ACID (CONCD) X
I
CHLOR I NE D
I
SULFURIC ACID (CONCD) Z
I
OXYGEN N
G
METALLIC IODATES
P
BROH I NE 0
W
FERRIC SALTS E
R
IODINE
SULFUR
ST ANNIC SALTS
·
HazRec Page 41
e
e
W.'TER-REACTI VE CHEMICALS
Acetyl bromide
~cetyl chlor'ide
Aluminum borohydride
Cal cium
Calcium oxide
Diborane
Sodium peroxide
Dimethyl sulfate
Lithium
Phosphorus oxychloride
Ht:lzRec Pt:lge 42
Phosphorus
trichloride
Potassium
Potassium peroxide
Potassium hydroxide
(solid)
Rubidium
Sodium
Sodium amide
Sodium hydride
Sodium hydroxide.
sol id
Sulfur chloride
·
·
t.__
·
i
\"
·
·
·
e
e
V. TOXIC HAZARDS AND CORROSI VE HAZARDS
Toxicity
.
Toxic materials cause local or systemic detrimental effects in an
organism. Exposure to such materials does not always result in death,
although that is often the most immediate concern. Types of toxic
hazards can be categorized by the physiological effect they have on
the organism. A material may induce more than one physiological
response that may include: asphyxiation, irri tation a l1ergi c
sensitization, systemic poisoning, mutagenesis, teratogenesis and
carcinogenesi s.
The likelihood that any of these effects will be experienced by an
o¡!'ganism depends not only on the inherent toxicity of the material
itself (as measured by its lethal dose) but also by the magnitude of
the exposure (acute or chronic) and the route of exposure (ingestion,
inhalation, skin absorption).
These concepts wi11 be described in greater detai1 in a later
chapter.
Corrosion
Corrosion is a process of material degradation. Upon contact, a
corrosive material may destroy body tissues, metals, plastics, and
other materials. Technically, corrosivi ty is the abi lity of material to
increase the hydrogen ion or hydronium ion concentration of another
material; it may have the potential to transfer electron pairs to or
from itself or another substance. A corrosive agent is a reactive
compound or element that produces a destructive chemical
change in the material upon which it is acting. Common corrosives
are the halogens, acids, and bases. Skin irritation and burns are
typical results when the body contacts an acidic or basic material.
HazRec Page 43
e
e
CORROSIVES
Halogens
. Bromine
Chlorine
Fluorine
Iodine
Oxygen (ozone)
Acids
Acetic acid
Hydrochloric acid
Hydrofluoric acid
Nitric acid
Sulfuric acid
.
~ases (Caustics)
Potassium hydroxide
Sodium hydroxide
The corrosiven€!ss of acids and bases can be compared on the basis of
their ability to dissociate (form ions) in solution. Those that form
the greatest number of hydrogen ions (H+) are the strongest acids.
while those that fClrm the most hydroxide ions (OH-) are the strongest
bases. The H+ ion concen tration in solution is cal1ed pH. Strong acids
have a low pH (manyH+ in solution) while strong bases have a high pH
(few H+ in solution; many OH- in solution). The pH scale ranges from .
o to 14 as fo1Jows:
--
(--- increasing acidity ---- "neut.ral ------ increasing basicity----->
o 1 2 3 4 5 6 "7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Measurements of pH are valuable because they can be quickly done
on-site, providing immediate information on the corrosive hazard.
Corrosives such a~¡ halogens, which do not have pH values, are
measured by their abi1i ty to corrode steel (> 1/4" per year @ 550 C as
per 40 CFR 261.11).
Substance
Qtl
Gastric Contents
Limes
Vinegar
Beer
Urine (human)
Water (distilled)
S a Ii va
Blood
Ammonia
1 - 3
1.8 - 2
2.4 - 3.4
4-5
4.8 - 8.4
7
6.5 - 7.5
7.3 -7.5
11-12
.
HðzRec Pðge 44
e
e
FIRE. EXPLOSION. AND CHEMICAL REACTION CONTROL
·
Practical Considerations
When dea1ing with corrosive materials in the field, it is imperative to
de termine:
. ! How toxi c is the corrosive material? Is it an irri tant or does
it cause severe burns?
. What kind of structural damage does it do, and what other
hazards can it lead to? For example, will it destroy
containers holding other hazardous materials, r,~leasing them
into the environment?
·
·
HazRec Page 45
e
e
v. HAZARDS DUE TO CHEMICAL REACTIONS
(I NCOMPA TIBILI TI ES)
EXAMPLES
Incompa libl e Substances
Conseauences of Mi xing
acid and water
generation of heat
hydrogen suI fide and
ca 1ci um hyp och I or i te
fire
picric acid and sodium hydroxide
explosion
sulfuric acid and pla~)lic
I
toxic gas or vapor production
acid and metal
flammable gas or vapor
production
chorine and ammonia
formati on of a substance with
a greater toxicity than the
reactants
fire extinguisher
pressurization of closed
vesse Is
hydrochlori c acid and,
chromium
so lubi 1ization of toxic
substances
ammonia and acrylonitrile
violent polymerization
HazRec Page 46
.
. ~~,
.
'(
.
\"
.
,.
f
.
e
e
CA TE60RlZA TION Of HAZARDOUS WASTES
The Ca1ifornia Department of Health proposed a classification system
based on the most commonly encountered types of wastes. Adverse
human health and environmental effects occur upon mixing of certain
materials. Injury may result from spontaneous generation of heat,
explosion, release of toxic vapors upon mixing, release of toxic vapors
during a lire, and release of flammable gases. The fo11owing table
indicates representative incompatibilities between reactive groups.
Group A must be separated from Group B or the indicated consequence
may occur.
I GrouD þ.,
I GrouD B
Acetylene sludge
A lkal ine/ caustic li quids
Al kal ine cleaner
Alkal ine corrosive Ii qui ds
Alkaline battery fiuid
Caustic waste waters
Lime sludge
Lime waste water
Spent caustic
Acidic sludge
Acidic water
Battery aci d
Chemical cleaners ("Chromerge")
EI ectrolyte, acid
Etching acid, 1iquid or solvent
Liquid cleaning compounds
(Muriatic acid)
Pickling liquor and corrosive
acids
Spent aci d
Spent acids, mixed
Spent sulfuric acid
Imminent consequences upon mixing: generation of heat, violent reaction.
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
HazRec P~ge ~7
e
e
I GrOUD Þ-.
II Group B
Asbestos waste
BerÿJ1 ¡urn wastes
Unrinsed pesticide containers
Waste pesticides
Cleaning solvents
Data processing liquid
Obsolete explosives
Petroleum waste
Refinery waste
Retrograde explosives
Solvents
Waste oil and other flammable
explosive waste
.,.,.
_~·9·'·
~}~P~
Imminent consequenCE: upon mixing: release of toxic substances during
fire 'or .explosion.
* * * * * * * * * * « * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
III Groue A
III Groue B
, '
Aluminum
. Beryl1 iu.m
Calcium
, Lithium
Magnesium
Potassium
Sodium
Zinc powder and other
reactive metals
Any wastes in I Group A or B
.
Imminent consequence: fire or explosion due to release of hydrogen gas
or intense exothermic reaction.
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
e.
'.'.
'.'
ri~¿::-=~ec P~;e "-"3
.
.
.
e
e
IV Group B
IV GrouD A
Alcohol s
Water
Any concentrated waste in
I Group A or B
Calcium
Lithium
Metal Hydri des
Potassium
Sodi um
Thionyl Chloride, SOCI2
Sulfuryl Chloride, S02C12
Phosphorus Trich lori de
Trichol orCmethyl )si lane and
other water reactive
wastes
Imminent consequence: contact may generate toxic or flammable gases
or cause fire or explosion.
** * * * * * * ** * *** ** * * ** *** ** * * * * * * * * * * *
V GrouD A
V Group B
Alcohols
Aldehydes
Halogenaled hydrocarbons
Nitrated hydrocarbons and
reactive organi c com-
pounds and solvents
Unsaturated hydrocarbons
Concentrated wastes from
I Group A or Band
"' Group A wastes
Imminent consequence: violent reaction, fire or explosion.
***** * * * * ** **************** * * ** **** **
VI GrouD A
VI Grouo B
/
Spent cyanide and sulfide
solutions
I Group B wastes
Imminent consequences: release of toxic cyanide or hydrogen sulfide
gases.
****** * * * ** *** ***** **** *** * ** ** *******
HazRec Page 49
e
e
VII GrouD ß
VII GrouD A
Chlorates and othl~r oxidizers
Chlorine
Chlori tes
Chromic acid
Hypoch lorites
Nitrates
Nitric acid, fuming
Perchlorates
Perm,anganates
Peroxi des
Acetic acids and other
organic acids
Concentrated mineral acids
II Group ß wastes
III Group A wastes
V Group A wastes and other
nammable and combustible
wastes
Imminent consequence: reaction resulting in fire or explosion.
VII. COMPATIBIILITY STAGING
Explosions (and filres) can result from reactions between chemicals
not considered as explosives. The generation of toxic gases or the
displacement of o:<ygen can also result. Some substances will
violently react simply when exposed to air or water, or may change to
become explosive with age or a temperature increase. Because of
these hazards, one of the main jobs at uncontrolled waste sites
involves the stagiing of chemicals that are compatable with one
another. Once this is done, the chemicals can be stored until mixed
(bulked) in large containers for removal (transport) to an appropriate
di sposal site.
Compatabi1ity staging is a systematic set of field "spot" tests done
on all drums or containers of unknowns, and backed up by lab tests
performed by chemists. These tests give what is called a
"fingerprint" of the chemicals so that safe bulking operations can be
performed. Therle are specific tests for radiation, flammability,
corrosives, perioJ<ides, sulfides, cyanides, PCB's, etc. Tests done in
the field are D.QLconclusive and an intimate knowledge of chemistry
and experi ence are essential for safe bulking operations. An example
of specific field tests is mentioned in lecture; however, methodology
varies from site to si te and between companies doing the cleanup
work, and any job requires specifi c training. Note the flow charts
from two companies describing the order and types of tests generally
done.
Hðz:Rec Pðge 50
.
"
.
(~
.
e
e
· Here is a general list of the objectives of a drum handling procedure:
· Develop a staging plan that provides for maximum operating
efficiency. minimizes handling and promotes the safest overall
sH.!J ~t.i on.
· Obtain and identify repfasentative samples in a consistent manner.
· If ~ppropriate, segregate and restage drums that present potential
hazards.
· Bulk compatable materials for off-site disposal or on-site
processing.
!
· Crush and sample empty drums for disposal off-site.
· Prepare drums that can be shipped intact according to D.G.T.
regulations.
·
Pumping wastes wi th a stationary pump or a vacuum truck, out of
drums or storage vessels is done in the bulking process. The empty
drums are crushed on a crushing pad by the earth moving equipment or
with a hydraulic drum crusher; The surrounding area may require
ground preparation to minimize contamination. '
Solidification of liquids with absorbents may be required for
approval of wastes at a disposal facility. Large tanks and lab packs
represent uni que hand I ing, storage, and transport procedures.
·
HazRec Page 51
e
e
fDETECTION METHODS FOR COMPATIBILITY
TEST I NG
EXPLO~)IMETER OR ORGANIC VAPOR ANALYZER
RADIOJ\CTIVITY SCAN
AIR REACTIVITY TEST
WATER REACTIVITY & SOLUBILITY
HALOGENATED/NONHALOGENATED
FlAMMJ~BILITV TEST
pH TEST
OXI DA TION/REDUCTION TEST
HðzRec Pðge 52
.....
, '
·
r - "0"
1 ".-."
, '
·
\.-
·
.
.
.
HAZARD RECOGNITION
OXYGEN DEFICIENCY
INTRODUCTION:
Oxygen deficient atmospheres are hazardous to workers wi thout an air
mask and an air suppl y. and may be present on Superfund sites. This
condition!cannot be perceived by human senses prior to the onset of
symptoms; therefore. knowledge of potential locations. means of
measurement. and protective equipment are important elements of safe
work on hazardous waste si tes.
OßJECTIVES:
After training, partici pants will:
. 1. Know normal and safe 1 evels of oxygen in air.
, 2. Recognize locations where oxygen may be expected, to be deficient.
3. Be aware of monitoring and air replacing equipment used in
potentially hazardous locations.
OUTL INE:
I. Importance of Oxygen
II. Percentages of Oxygen in Air
III. Problem Locations
IV. Oxygen Measuring Equi pment
. V. Dealing with Oxygen Deficiency
HazRec Page 53
I. Importance of OXy!t .
Some living organisms can exist in environments where the
percentage of o:><ygen is quite low, but a human being is not one of
them. Each human cell requires the presence of oxygen to carry out
life-sustai ning activi ty, and cells quickly di e if oxygen is not
available to them.
.
, ,
The oxygen molecule in air, 02' consists of two oxygen atoms bound
together. It crosses the very thin layer of cells boundi ng the
terminal alveoli in the lungs, the equally thin layer of cells
forr;ning the walls of the capillary network around the alveoli. and
enters the b100d within the capillaries. There it diffuses into the
red blood cells where it bonds to iron atoms on hemoglobin
molecules. As these red b 100d cel1s reach capillary beds in other
tissues (muscle~5, brain. intestines, etcJ the oxygen molecules are
released by hemoglobin, leave the blood across capillary walls, and
enter working cells where they are used in cellular respiration.
The amount of oxygen which is carried in the blood vari es from
person to person with individual differences based on health,
fitness, and persona I habi ts like smoki ng.
II. Percentages of Oxygen in Air' .
Oxygen is present in normal air sea level at a concentration of
approximately 21 percent. Physiological effects of oxygen
deficiency in human are not apparent until the level becomes lower
than 15 percent,: however, the OSHA standard for required use of an
air-supplied respirator is 19.5 percent. Table I shows selected
percentages of oxygen in air and expected corresponding symptoms.
TABLE I
OXYGEN PERCENTAGES AND EFFECTS
%Û2
Effects
20 .9 ra
19 .5 ra
15ra
10ra
7ra
5%
2-3ra
Normal
OSHA Standard
No Immediate Effects
Dizziness
Deep and Rapid Breathing
Shortness of Breath
Stupor
Minimum Needed for Life
Death Within One Minute
.
HðzRec Pðge 54
.
.
.
1/1. Two occurrences may led to oxygen deficient atmospheres.
1. Displacement of oxygen by another gas. A heavier-than-air gas
. (like carbon monoxide) will flow into a low area and replace the
normal air there.
2. Consumpti on by chemical reaction, such as occurs in a fire in an
enc I osed area.
Knowing what situations may lead to oxygen deficiency enables the·
worker to anticipate where ,deficiency may occur. Suspect locations
include:
1. Low lying areas such as natutal valleys, ditches, trenches, pits,
and basements of buildings.
2. Confined spaces such as bui1dings and tanks.
IV. Measuring Oxygen Concentration
An oxygen meter should be used to determine the percentage of
oxygen present tlefore entering a location suspected of being
deficient in oxygen. It is a portable direct reading instrument
which you wil1 learn to operate during this course. An alarm on the
machine sounds at oxygen levels below 19.5 percent. A worker who
measures safe oxygen levels and enters a potentially suspect area
without an air-supplied respirator should continue to monitor the
air in case conditions change. If oxygen cannot be measured from
outside the area before entering, an air supply apparatus should be
used by the worker while monitoring and removed only after safe
levels are determine to be present.
.
V. Dealing with oxygen deficient atmospheres requires conscientious
adherence to four steps.
1 .
2.
. 3.
4.
Assume the worst possible conditions in a suspect location.
Monitor the atmosphere before entering.
If step 2 is impossible. or measured oxygen is below is below
19.5 percent, use air supplying equipment.
Continue monitoring during ongoing work if lhe conditions which
originally made the location suspect continue to be present.
HazRec Page 55
I~ HAZARD RECOGNITIO'
IONIZING RADIATION HAZARD
.
OVERVIEW ¡INTRODUCTION
, ..
Although not considered the primary danger at a hazardous waste site,
radioactive materials may be found at Superfund sites. These materials
may be found in drums, to include lab packs, as either a solid or liquid.
Superfund sites that have been used by hospitals and research faci1ities
should be particularly suspect of having an ionizing radiation hazard.
The best precaution for individuals working in hazardous waste sites is
constant monitoring. Initial monitoring should be done to detect high
levels of radiation. As drums are being opened, a second check for
radioactive materials should be made. As new material is uncovered, the
material should be checked for radioactivity. When in doubt. survey.
OBJECTIVES:
1 . Student~j wi11 become familiar with the type of radiation
they melY come in contact with at a hazard waste site and .
the potlmtial health hazards associated with it.
(
2. Student~j wi1l know:
the difference between acute and chronic effects,
the belsis of alpha. beta. and gamma radiation.
the concept of radioisotope half-life,
how radiation is measured.
',,-,
3. Students wl11 have an understanding of the role of the
regulatory agencies.
.
\,
1=f<:u~Rt:n: P<:2'3" sa
.
.
OUTLINE
. I. Kinds of Radiation
A. Ionizing
8. Non-ionizing
II. Types of Ionizing Radiation
A. Gamma
8. Alpha .,
C. 8eta - , "
III. Half-life Concept
IV. How Ionizing Radiation Affects the 80dy
A. Acute Effects
8. Chronic Effects
. C. Concept of Dose
V. How Radiation is Measured
A. Detectors
8. Dosimeters
C. Film 8adges
VI. Potentia1 Radiation Sources at Hazardous Waste Site Locations
A. Ionizing Sources
8. Non-Ionizing Sources
VII. Regulatory Agencies
A. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC)
8. State Agencies
C. Local Authorities
.
HazRec Page 57
It
e
RADIATION - Although we may be aware of other kinds of hazards
through our senses (sight, smell), the detection of unlabeled or .
otherwise marked .radiation hazards depends upon instrumental
monitoring. Because we mayor may not be aware of the presence of
radiation hazards, initial site characterization must include a
radiological survey.
By convention, radiation is classified into two types:
A. Ionizing ¡radiation has enough energy to cause the production
of chemical ions which are often highly reactive with other chemicals in
their vicinity. For Ilhis' reason, ionizing radiation poses the greatest
threat to biological llissues. It is known to break chromosomes, produce
mutations in DNA, and induce cancer in living systems.
I
Gamma-radiation - The most common ionizing radiations are X-rays,
gamma rays and cosmic rays. These forms of radiation represent the
"high-energy" region of the continuum of energy wavelengths described
by the electromagnetic spectrum.
Figure 1
.
THE ELECTROMAGNETIC SPECTRUM
I GAMMA I
OX-RAYS
. I
10-õ 0.1
'"
",
YISIBLE SPECTRUM ""
viol.t-bl;HIHJ'11ov7""""I"""~
400 500 600 700 nm
RADIO
1011 nm
Relettonshj p bet....een Wavelength end Energy (Årrw~ j nd1C8te j ncre~j nq di rect1on):
.
.
WAVELENGTH (nm)
III
ENERGY
.¡
Haz:Rec Page 58
.
.
.
.
.
The earth is bombarded by a certain amount of gamma rays (which may
be considered synonymous with cosmic rays) and X-rays. Certain
isotopes of elements found in the rocks of the Earth's crust also emit
gamma. radiation when they undergo nuclear rearrangement ("decay").
There is thus a naturally-occurring level (or "background") of
high-energy radiation at the very short-wavelength end of the
electromagnetic spectrum of energy.
Because they may be regarded as "pure electromagnetic energy" without
mass. ga~ma rays and X-rays pass through many materials with ease.
surrendering some of their energy in the process. and producing a high
level of ionization. This property accounts for their ability to inflict
serious tissue damage in biological systems. and is the basis for the use
of X-rays in diagnostic radiography.
Protection from gamma rays and X-rays depends upon interposing some
very dense material ("shielding") between the source and the target.
Lead. for instance. is commonly used to shield against these radiations.
Two other forms of ionizing radiation exist. These result from the
"decay" of radioactive isotopes of various chemica1 elements.
Alpha-radiation occurs wh~n an atomic nuclear reaction ("radioactive
decay") causes the ejection of a helium qucleus (two protons and two
neutrons. you recall) from the nucleus of some heavier atom. These
alpha particles have a high mass and as they pass through a material
they surrender some of their energy to the material. ionizing atoms in
the vicinity. Isotopes that undergo this nuc1ear rearrangement with its
accompanying radiation are cal1ed alpha emitters.
Because these particles are relatively large. there is a high probability
that they wi1l "bump into" atoms and lose their energy quickly.
Consequently, they do not typical1y penetrate a material. including
biological tissues. to a great extent. A sheet of paper is sufficient to
absorb the energy released by alpha emitters; alpha radiation is absorbed
by the epidermis (non-living) layer of the skin. As you might expect,
their greatest hazard results from inhalation or ingestion of the isotopic
substance. fol1owed by intracel1ular uptake of the isotopic atoms.
Beta-radiation occurs when an atomic nuclear reaction ("radioactive
decay") causes the ejection of a fast-traveling high-energy electron
(negatron) or a similar positively-charged particle (positron) from the
HazRec Page 59
-. .-- -----'----- ...--.------...--..
. .. - - '-
'þ
.
nucleus of an atom. These beta particles have a low mass and as they
pass through a material they surrender some of their energy to the
material, ionizing atoms in the vicinity. Isotopes that undergo this sort
of nuclear rearrangement with its accompanying radiation are called
beta· emi tters.
.
.,
Because of their low mass, these particles are less likely to "bump into"
other atoms and they therefore penetrate materials, including biological
tissues, to a greater extent than do alpha particles. Beta radiation may
penetrate up to 15 mm of living tissue before being absorbed.
Beta-emitting isotop'~s are thus a skin (contact), inhalation, and
ingestion hazard.
Since all mineral elements and atmospheric gases consist of a small
proportion of radioactive isotopes, these sources a1so contribute to the
background of ionizing radiation occurring naturally.
It should be rioted al~)Q that a number of isotopes "decay" by more than
one process; an isotope may thus be both a beta and a gamma emitter.
B. Non-ionizing radiation includes all of the other forms of .
electromagnetic radi;ation except gamma (cosmic) and X-rays. (Actually,
a very small proportion of ultraviolet radiation near th~ X-ray
wavelengths is also weakly. ionizing). Ultraviolet radiation, visible
radiation, infrared (heat) radiation, microwaves, and radio waves are
forms of non-ionizing radiation.
IMPORTANT CONCEPTS ASSOCIATED WITH
RADIOACTIVE ISOTOPES
I. -Half-Life- - the rate at which a radioactive substance
("radioisotope") loses its radioactivity and
stabilizes. Each radioisotope (including different
isotopes of the same element) is characterized by a
specific period of time required for 1/2 of its atoms
to "decay". Therefore, after one "half-life" only half
of the original isotopic atoms remain. After another
equal length of time, half of these remaining atoms
"decay", leaving 1 /4 of the initia1 amount of
radioactivity in the sample. In this radioactive by .
giving off smaller and smaller amounts of radiation
per unit time.
t=h:lz:Roc Pë:lgo eo
.
Table 1
.
·
TABLE OF HALF-LIFE
. No. of half-lives elapsed
% radioactivity remaining
o
1
2
3
4
100.0
50.0
25.0
12.5
6.25
Table 2
HALf-LIFE OF SOME COMMON RADIOISOTOPES
Alpha Emi tters: Radon-226 1622 years
Uranium-238 4.5 billion years
Beta Emitters: Carbon-14 5730 years
· Hydrogen-3 (Tritium) 12,26 years
Strontium-gO 27 years
Gamma Emitters: Cobalt-60 5,26 years
Beta and Gamma Emitters: lodine-131 8 days
Cesium-137 33 years
II. Specific Activity - the proportion of radioactive atoms in a
total sample. A sample (# 1 ) having 30ro of its
atoms as radioactive isotope has twice the specific
activity of a sample (#2) with 15ro radioactive
atoms. The emission characteristics (alpha. beta. or
gamma). the amount, and the specific activity of a
sample all contribute to its potential as a hazard.
·
III. Bioaccumulation - the concentration of some specific isotope in a
specific organ or tissue as a result of the pecu1iar
metabolism of that tissue. lodine-131, for example.
becomes concentrated in the thyroid gland because
of that organ's role in the metabolism of iodine
HazRec Page 61
tþ
.
generally; high levels may induce thyroid cancer.
Strontium-gO exchanges. atom for atom. for calcium .
in bone. where its decay may induce leukemia, a
disease originating in the bone marrow.
GENERAL CAUTIONS REGARDING RADIOACTIVITY
. There is no way to tell by looking at an object how much
radiation is present. It must be measured.
. There ¡is no warning to the senses (if a radioactive
substance is not properly labeled you may not know it is
present).
BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF RADIATION (See Table 2)
A. Acute effects - When the radiation source is external (outside
the body), radiation penetrates and reacts wi th tissues locally,
as a one time encounter. The result is destruction of some cells.
and failure of division of some types of cells. - '. ,
B. Chronic .~ffects - More tissues affected with passage of time.
Radiation-linked-diseases may be triggered (genetic effects,
cancer, anemia).
"-
C. Dose Ratf~ effects - The effects of received radiation are not
the same for equivalent total doses (measured in roentgens or
rads) if the time intervals for the doses are unequa1. A given
amount of radiation delivered over a long time (chronic
exposure) causes less harm than the same amount de1ivered in
short time period (acute exposure).
HOW RADIATION 1.5 MEASURED
A. Container or ground radiation - Any newly entered area
should be checked for radiation, as should each drum and
container. Externa1 surfaces, and internal spaces as drums are
opened, should be monitored for emission of ionizing radiation
before other tests are made. Several types of portable
.
\
"
Ffl2zR"c Pl2g" 62
.
c
.
'.......~
..~~~~"
",.
.
.
equipment are available for monitoring radiation; the most
useful field monitor is probably the Geiger-Muller counter.
Operation of this device is described in Chapter Six.
.
B. Personnel monitoring - Any worker who expects exposure to
any dose of ionizing radiation should be provided with a persona!
dosimeter of some kind to keep him informed of the cumulative
dose to which he has been exposed. These jnclude badges holding
disposable film. and chamber type dosimeters which may be
reset and reused.
- ..' - -'." ."
';.", . ..~.. ~ ;.-~. :. '~::"'."
,~9TEN1]AL SOURCES OF RADIATION AT HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES
;;;.c),_,H ":~>':~,Io~!zing Radiatioh Sources
. . ... . '.'~; ¥.,,' ".
, .," ,",.:
,- . " .:. ...",
,--.' ,
.,..........+. .."
. ..... .
, '
......
· Marked sources (labeled as containing radioactive waste).
.
...
HRD I OACTI DE
MATER I AL
(DarK area magenta or purple: oa~Kground yellow)
· A container marked with this symbol should be dealt with in
the foHowing manner.
1. Measure radioactivity at the surface of the package.
2. If radiation is not detected. read and record any labels
or markings on the package and try to contact the
disposer to determine the nature of the contents.
3. If radiation is detected. call the Nuclear Regulatory
Commission for advice. Some states have a radiation
safety agency which should be contacted.
· Incoming or stored material that is improperly marked or
unmarked.
If radiation is detected at the surface of any container, or
inside when the container is opened. contact the Nuclear
Regulatory Commission or the state agency for radiation
safety.
HazRec Page 63
IÞ .
Table 3
RADIA TION DETECTING DEVICES .
.-,
Detector. Types of Typical Full Use Advantages Possible cr:
Radiation Scale Readings Dlsaavantages ........
Measured
Sctntlllatlon Beta, x, 0.02 mR/h Survey 1, High sensitivity I. Fragi Ie
counter gamma, to 20 mR/h 2. Rapid response 2. Relatively
neutrons expensIve
Gelger-Mul t,er Beta,x, 0,2 to 20 m Survey Rapldresponse I, Strong energy
counter gamma R/h or 800 dependence
to 80,000 2. Possible paralysis or
counts/min response at high
count rates or
exposure rates
3. Sensitive to
mtcrowave rlelds
4.May be affected by
ultra vIolet light
IonIzation Beta,x, 3 mR/h to Survey Low energy I. Relatlvety low
chamber gamma 500 R/h dependence sensItIvity
2. May be slow to
respond .
Alphacounter Alpha 100 to Survey DeSjgneœspeclally 1. Slow response
10,000 foralphapartlcles 2. Fragile window ~
alpha/mln
Film Beta,x, 10 mR and survey I. inexpensIve I, False readIngs
gamma, up and 2. GIves estimate produced by heat,
mon I tor- or Integrated certatn vapors and
tng dose pressure
3. Provtdes per- 2. Great varIations
manent record wIth rllm type and
batch
3, Strong energy
dependence for low
~nergy x rays
Pocket1on I za- X,gamma 200 mRto Survey I. Relatively tnex- I, Subject to accidental
tlonChamber 200R and pensive discharge
aOOdoslmeter monltor- 2. Gives estimate
Ing of Intergrated
dose
3. Small size
B F3 Counter Nel,ltrons 0-100,000 Survey Deslgneœspeclally
c/mln for neutrons .
"',-
t=taz:Rec Page 6~
.
.
.
e
.
· Tools which have been. or are begin. used on the site.
It is possible that old thickness gauges, as used for
inspecting welded pipes, or depth gauges used in tank and
bins, have b,een accidently len behind on a site. Radiation
sources from gauges may have been in disposal materials
from other locations. Several pieces of equipment which
might be used during Phase II (such as nuclear density meter
to measure soil density) present a hazard if improperly used.
B. Non-ionizing Radiation Sources
· Lasers used for al ignment, range finding and other
construction measurements emit potentiaJly damaging
radiation.
· Welding equipment (strong visible light + ultraviolet) - UV
may cause damage to the retina of the eye at some distance,
and UV welding "sunburns" may occur on areas of skin not
protected by clothing.
· Sunlight (includes UV and infrared) - UV exposure of the skin
increases the risk of skin cancer. Infrared heating of the air
increases ambient temperatures. thereby causing heat stress
hazard.
· Incinerators - give off infrared. See above.
Regulatory Agencies
A. The Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is the federal body
regulating radioactive materials. NRC has a 24-hour hotline
telephone by which they can be contacted for information and
advice if a radioactive source is found on a hazardous waste
site. Ca1l them at (202) 951-0550.
B. Roughly half the states. referred to as "agreement states"
because of their agreement with the federal government to take
over all functions of the NRC, handle aJl radiologic emergencies
within their borders. All the southeastern states are agreement
states. In Alabama, for example, the Alabama Departme~t of
HazRec Page 65
It
e
Radiologic Physics in Montgomery (205) 261-5315 is the agency
to call if ra¡jioactivity is detected on a site in Alabama. .
C. Local Civil Defense authorities in all areas can give information
and additional help as needed on a site where radioactivity has
been detected. These officials may, in some locations, be more
accessible than state officials and will call the appropriate
agency for you.
.
.
FfC:IZ~R'='t: Pë:l9'=' ee
....._--_.~_...
e
.
HAZARD RECOGNITION
·
(
NOISE
OV ERV I EW II NTR ODUC II ON
A1though noise on a hazardous waste site is not considered to be the
primary hazard, it sti11 represents a danger to persons working on the
site. particular1y those working around vehic1es and machinery. There is
also the danger of an exp10sion which can 1ead to serious hearing damage
for those in close proximity. This should not be overlooked. Testing for
noi se 1evels shoul d be done periodicatly if there is any doubt that level s
are higher than OSHA standards.
OBJECTIVES
1.
2.
· 3.
4.
\:.
Know the OSHA standard for noise 1eve1.
Understand the dB system of noise measurement.
Know hearing protection devices and their proper use.
Identify potentia1 noise hazards at a hazardous waste site.
OUTLI NE:
1. Hazardous waste site operations
2. OSHA standard (85 dB)
3. dB defined and examples
4. Noise metering: personal and area
5. Hearing loss problem
6. Hearing protecti on
·
·
engineering
· ear plugs
· ear muffs
HazRec Page 67
tÞ, '.,"".. e
Work involving heavy equipment and vehicles åften creates excessive
noise. The effects of noise can include:
· Workers being startled, annoyed or distracted.
.
:'.
.,
· Physical damage to the ear, pain, and temporary and/or
permanent hearing loss.
· Communication interference that may increase potential
hazards due to the inabilil y lo warn of danger and the proper
safely precautions to be taken.
If employees are subjected to noise exceeding an 8-hour time weighted
average sound level .of 90 dBA (decibels on the A -weighted scale), '
-, feasibl e administrative' or engineering controls must be utilized. In
addition, whenevèr employee noise exposures equal or exceed an '8-hour
lime weighted average sound level of 85 dBA, employers must
administer a continuing effective hearing conservation program as
described in OSHA rE!gulati on 29 CFR Part 1910.95.
It is important to nOlte that the decibel scale is not 1inear, but
exponentia1. A doub1ing of any sound pressure corresponds to a 6 dB
increase. See table 1 of values of typical sounds. The decibel (dB) is
used to express the sound 1evel associated with noise measurements.
The weakest sound that can be heard by a person with very good hearing
in an extremel y qui et location, is assigned the value of 0 dB. At 140 dB
the threshold of pain is reached.
.
'-.
Noise leve1s may be measured by various electronic devices, both for
area and individual monitoring. Like most equipment, instruments must
be calibrated according to manufacturers recommendations and
interpreted by trained persons.
White loudness depends primarily on sound pressure, it is also affected
by frequency. (Pitch is closely re lated to frequency.) the reason for this
that the human ear is more sensitive 'at high frequencies than it is at
low frequencies. The upper limit of frequency at which airborne sounds
can be heard depends primarily on the condition of a person's hearing and
on the intensity of the sound. For young adults this upper limit is
usual1y quoted as being somewhere between 16,000 and 20,000 hertz
(frequency). It is important to realize that most people lose sensitivity
for the higher frequency sounds as they grow older. The aging effect is
called presbycusi~:¡.
.
'------'
HðzRec Page 68
·
(, ---',"
·
l.
·
i
\,
e
.
Three main techniques-are employed to protect workers' hearing:
~
· Engineering - Those physical means to lower the impact of
---Šound damage such as mufflers. sand baggings. and design
i nnovati ons.
· Ear o1ugs - devices that fit in the ear - both dispensable and
reusable.
· Ear muffs - devices that fit on the head covering the ears.
The best approach is provided by engineering controls which eliminates
the problem so that hearing protection is not needed.
HazRec Page 69
IÞ .
HAZARD RECOGNITION
ELECTRICITY
-<
:.
\."-';;'
INTRODUCTION:
Electrical wiring is often necessary on a hazardous waste site for
operati on of 1ighti ng, coo1 ing, and equi pment. At some locations,
particularly those which include buildings, high and 10w voltage wiring
is already on the site"
OBJECTIVE:
Upon completion of tr'aining, students wi11:
1
1. Understand the mechanism of electrical hazard.
2. Know how to avoid being injured by electricity.
3. Be able to 1ist safe e1ectrical work practices.
-
'...
OUTL INE:
I. Exp1anation of E1ectrical Flow
II. Resistance to E11ectrical FJow
III. Results of Exposure
IV. Prevention of E!lectri ca1 Accidents
'-
-
HczRec Pcge 70
, I
1
.
.
\
'-
.
~
e
.
The Nature of Electricit~
Ele~tricity is defined as the flow of electrons. the charged particles
around the nuclei of atoms. For electrical action to take place, the
electrons must now in a complete loop. or circuit. Any break in the
circuit causes the electrical current to stop flowing. and electrical
ac tivi t y stops.
Electrical hazards may be divided into five categories:
1. shock to personnel
2. ignition of combustible or explosive materials
3. overheating causing damage to equipment or burns to
peop I e
4. electrical explosions
5. inadvertent activation of equipment
Resistance
Electrons flow more easily through some'materials than others.
Materials through which electron flow is impeded are glass~ rubber, and
plastic. These materials offer resistance (measured in ohms) to
electron flow. and are used as insulators for protection. Materials
through which electrons now easily and rapidly are metals. water. and
the human body (which is mostly water).
The resistance of the human body to current flow is contained almost
entirely in the skin. particularly the dead, scaly cells of the outer layer.
Different parts of the body differ in their resistance to current flow.
Dry skin
Wet skin
Hand to foot
Ear to ear
100,000 - 600.000 ohms
1 .000 ohms
400 - 600 ohms
100 ohms
The result of exposure to electricity depend on the amount of current
now. the current path. and the frequency and duration of the flow. For
example. relatively large currents can pass from one leg to another with
only contact burns. A similar current from arm to arm or arm to leg may
stop the heart or paralyze the respiratory muscles.
HazRec Page 71
ft
e
TABLE 1 . RESULTS OF EXPOSURE TO ELECTRICAL CURRENT
SYMPTOMS
CURRENT IN MILLIAMPS
MALES FEMALES
DC AC . DC AC
SI ight sensati on 1 0.4 0.6 0.3
Perception threshold 5 1.1 3.5 0.7
Shock 9 1.8 6 1.2
Shock, painful 70 9 40 6
Shock: muscle control lost 90 23 60 15
Shock: possible Iheart stop 500 100 500 100
Prevention of Electrical Accidents
/i
Prevention òf electrical accidents requires planning and alertness.
Common causes of such accidents are:
·e
- , '
contact by raised" equipmen~with a 1ive overhead
wire '
r'eenergi zing of a circuit on which an electrician is
working
improper grounding of tools and equipment
lIncontained electrical discharge into nammab1e or
explosive environments
defective insulation on lines and equipment
e
.
.
e
. .
Superfund site~) offer many conditions which deteriorate or damage
electrica1 1ine insu1ation, inc1uding rain and humidity, sunlight,
chemicals, abrasion, crushing, or even biological factors such as
rats and molds., All of·these may operate over time to destroy
i nsu I ati on. In addi ti on, tern porar y wi ri ng may be hur ri edl y
constructed and poorly done.
t=h:az:Rec Pl2ge 72
.
;'~
I . a,"
.
,',
"-
.
'--
e
.
, ,
The fo11owing' check1ist may be useful in assessing electrical hazards.
·
1. Are there any extraordinarily high voltage or amperage
levels used which would require special safeguards? Have
those safeguards been provided?
\
2. Are a11 items whi ch should be electrical1y grounded,
grounded adequate Iy? Are the grounds tested periodically?
3. Is there any location where a live circuit is not insulated?
,Is adequate protection provided to keep personnel from
contacting such circuits? Is protection also provided where
insulation might have deteriorated to the point where it should
be repl aced?
4. Is there any surface, other than a heating element, hot enough
to burn a person or ignite a material?
·
5. Are the voltage and amperage high enough to cause arcing or
sparking which could cause ,ignition of a flammable gas or
combustible material?
\
'-, -
6. Are there any points, such as motor brushes or open circuit
breakers, where arcing or sparking can occur close to any fuel?
7. Are fuses, circuit breakers, and cutouts sized to protect the
circuits and equipment they are supposed to protect?
8. Are fuses and circui t breakers in a readily accessibl e and safe
location? Are accesses to them kept clear?
9. Are all the electrical installations and systems on the site in
accordance with the requirements of the OSHA standard and of
the National Electrical Code?
10. Is there an interlock provided which removes power provided
on the access to any equipment interior where a person coul d
receive a fatal shock?
·
11. Are wires and cables protected against chafing, pinching,
cutting, or other hazards which could damage the insulation so
a person could get a shock, or which could cut the metal
conductor?
HazRec Page 73
__ It
12. Are the IClcations of underground cables marked so lhallhey
will not be cut by excavati ng equi pment?
.
13. Are wires. cables. and condui ts adequately secured to the
structures along which the pass or to the chasses of the
equipment on which they are installed?
14. Are wire~) and cables kept off paths over which vehicles must
pass? If they must be on the path. are they adequately
protected against damage?
15. Where batteries are used. is the location marked with the
po larity. voltage. and type(s) of battery to be used?
16. Where batteries may be "jumped" for engine starts. are they
posted with instructions indicating the proper way it is to be
done and Ilhe precautionary measures to be taken?
17. Are matedals and equipment which can generate static
electricity grounded to prevent accumulations of static
charges?
.
18. Are tools to be used in opening containers made from
non-sparking materials?
.:.....
'-
.
'-~
HeazRec Peage 74
.
\
.
\
.
\~--
. .
HAZARD RECOGNITION
-" HEA T STRESS AND COlD STRESS
Introducti on:
Weather on a hazardous waste c1eanup site may be hazardous due to the
inability of man to control it. The thermostat on most si tes is regulated
only by Mother Nature. and she is not always cooperative.
Qþjectives:
Upon completion of training. students wi11:
1. Recognize the ,!leather conditions under which heat and cold
stress can occur.
2. Be aware of contributing factors to heat and cold stress.
3. Know how to monitor conditions and workers subject to heat and
cold stress. '
--'
4. Know symptoms. prevention. -and treatment of temperature
stress response.
Outli ne:
I. Thermoregulatory Mechanisms
II. Contributing Factors
III. Symptoms
IV. Prevention
V. Monitoring
VI. Treatment
HazRec Page 75
t_
-
I.
Normal Mechanisms"--
',.
"
--,
The human body has inherent thermoregulatory mechanisms
which maintain temperature at 98.60F (+ 10). A significant
portion of the energy burned by 2111 the body's cel1s is used to
generate the heat necessary to maintain normal temperature.
Since this metabolic heat is constantly being produced. a __
mechanism for losing heat from the surface of the body is'
necessary when metabo1ic heat plus environmental heat raise
body temperatulre above normal.
·
,~
.....,"".
A regulatory "tlhermostat" in the hypothalamus portion of the
brain monitors body temperature and sets two heat-loss
mechanisms int.:> action when temperature is raised.
! -
1. Radiant heat loss is increased due to vasodilation of skin
capi11aries. which increases blood f10w at the surface of
the body. If the ambient temperature is lower then 98.60.
heat in blood from the overheated body core is radiated
into the ail,".
2. EvaDorativ1e heat loss occurs due to increased sweating.
Liquid per~¡piration is converted to water vapor on the
surface of the skin;the heat used in breaking the chemical
bonds holding the liquid molecules together is derived from
the body.
·
'-..
'---
Conversely. if body temperature drops below normal.
mechanisms to ¡generate and conserve heat are triggered.
1. Vasoconstriction of skin capi11aries reduces the amount of
blood which transfers core heat to the body surface where
radiant heat loss can occur.
2. Involuntary muscle contractions (shivering) are ini tiated by
the nervous system; the metabolism involved in these
contractions generates additional heat.
II.
Contributing Factors
·
Several factors contribute to heat stress conditions. The most
obvious are the initial cause. ambient air temperature. and \.-
humidity. or thEI amount of water vapor in the air.
HazRec Page 76
e
.
'.
( '...
/' Personal protective clothing interferes with bothmethods of
thermoregula lion, by creating a microenvi ronment inside the
suit which is hot and moist. No body heat can radiate into this
small space if the temperature there is above 98.60, and no
perspiration can evaporate since the air inside the suit quickly
becomes saturated with water vapor and wi11 accept no more.
No cooling takes place at any body surface inside the
c1othing. In addi tion to enclosure, the dark co 10rati on of many
plastic and rubberized suits allows more heat absorption into the
suit from the sun. Other considerations which result in
individua1ized responses are acclimatization, overweight, food and
nuid consumption, and smoking vs. nonsmoking.
Two factors inf1uence the development of a cold injury: ambient
temperature and the velocity of the wind. Wind chi11 is used tlo
descri be the chi11 ing effect of moving air in combination with
Jow temperature. For instance. 10 degrees Fahrenheit with a
wind of 15 miles per hour (mph) is equival ent in chi1Ji ng effect
to still air at-18 degrees Fahrenheit.
.
As a general rule. the greatest incremental increase in wi nd
chill occurs when a wind of 5 mph increases to 10 mph.
Additionally, water, conducts heat 240 times faster than air.
Thus, the body cools suddenly when chemica I-protective ,
equipment is removed if the clothing underneath is perspiration
soaked.
(
III.Symctoms
If the body's physiological processes fail to maintain a normal
body temperature, a number of physical reactions can occur
ranging from mild (such as fatigue, irritabiJity, anxiety, and
decreased concentration, dexterity. or movement) to fatal.
Medical help must be obtained for the more serious conditions.
Heat-related problems are:
.
1. He'at rash: caused by continuous exposure to heat and humid
air and aggravated by chafing clothes. Decreases ability to
tol erate heat as well as being a nuisance.
(~.
HazRec Page 77
.
e
2. . Heat cramDS: caused by profuse perspiration with. .
inadequate nuid intake and electrolyte replacement. Signs:
muscle spasm and pain in the extremities and abdomen.
.
!. '~;:~-":;3
3. Heat exhaustion: caused hy increased stress on various
organs to meet increased demands to cool the body. Signs:
shal10w breathing; pale, cool, moist skin; profuse sweating; ,
di zziness and lassitude.
4. Heat strok e: the most severe form of heat stress. Body
must be cooled immediately to prevent severe injury and/or
death. Signs: red, hot, dry skin; no perspiration; nausea;
dizziness <:Ind confusion; strong, rapid pulse; coma. Medical
help musll be obtained immediately.
Local injury re~iulting from cold is included in the generic term
frostbite. There are several degrees of damage. Frostbite of
the extremities can be categorized into:
1. Frost niD (Ir inciDientfrostbite: characterized by suddenly
blanching or whitening of skin. .
.......
2. SUDerficia'l frostbite:' skin has a waxy or white appearance L,
and is firm to the touch, but tissue beneath is resilient.
3. DeeD frost.bi te: tissues are cold, pale, and solid; extremely
serious injury.
Systemic hypothermia is caused by exposure to freezing or
rapidly droppin~~ temperature. Its symptoms are usually
exhibited in fivø stages: . 1) shivering, 2) apathy, listlessness.
sleepiness, and (sometimes) rapid coo ling of the body to less
than 95 degrees Fahrenheit, 3) unconsciousness, glassy stare,
s low pulse. and slow respi ratory rate, 4) freez i ng 0 f the
extremities, and finally, 5) death.
IV. Preventioll
Prevention of heat stress may be as simple as erecting a canopy .
over a work arøa. If no shade is present on the site, a canopy or
. beach umbrella can provide shade for the rest area. Large fans
at a rest area wi11 facilitate evaporative cooli ng. "--
HðZRcc PðgC 78
e
.
.
(
For a 11 workers engaged in fi eld operations in hot weather. the
fo 110wing practi ces will help to maintain physi cal performance:
1. Gradually increase field time and task difficul ty for an
unacclimatized worker over a period of two weeks.
2. Drink one Quart of water each morning. at each meal. and
before beginning hard work; in addition. drink frequently
during the day.
3. Replace salt loss by eating three meals a day. supplemented
during the day with an electrolyte replacement beverage
like Gatorade. Many athletes find that diluting these drinks
half-and-half with water prevents intestinal upsets the
beverages may cause.
4. As temperature and humidity increase. rest periods in a
cool place must be more frequent and work rate lowered.
(
5. Body water loss due to sweating should be measured by
weighing the worker nude. or at least in the same dry
clothing. each morning and evening. If dai1y loss exceeds.
1.5% of body weight. the worker should be instructed to
. increase his dai1y intake of f1uids.
,.
In impermeable cI othi ng. 2111 these steps should be taken;
however. temperature and humidity wi11 quickly become much
higher inside the suits than that measured in the surrounding
air. More information is available in the module on Personal
Protective Equipment.
.
Preventing cold stress includes similar work/rest schedules.
and the rest area should be warm and dry. The selection of
clothing which can be layered to enhance mai ntenance of--dead_
air space around the worker is extremely valuable. with\~
materials such as wool and new thermal synthetics pol ypropylene.
capi1ene. and synchi11a as the fibers of choice. An outer layer of
woven nylon or other wi nd-breaking materi al compl etes the garb.
Head. hands. and feet should be covered with warm, layered
garments. Proper hydration is important in cold environments as
wel1 as hot. since a great deal of water is lost through the lung
membranes to cold. dry air.
(
HazRec Page 79
tþ
.
V. ",Monitoring ~i ,¡
"
. I ;
A number of devices are available for measuring temperature, .
wind speed, and humidity. Since temperature and humidity
combinations arl~ important in predicting heat stress. and
temperature and wind speed act together to cause cold stress,
single measures of one parameter are of less value than
combinations of the critical ones.
, '
The Wet Bulb CJlobe Temperature index used to monitor hot
environments combines the effects of humidity. air movement.
air temperature. radiant heat. and solar radiation. WBGT
instruments are battery operated and require calibration. and
usually are set IlJp at fixed locations. The Wet Globe Thermometer is
a simpler device. portable and easy to read.
Table II.
AC61H PERMISSIBLE HEAT EXPOSURE
THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES IN °c WB6T
.
, --
Light
Work Load
Moderate
-
~
Work/Rest Regimen
Heavy
Continuous Work 30.00 26.70 25.00
75PO/25PO each hour' 30.60 28.00 25:90
50Po/50Po each hoUl~ 31.40 29.40 27.90
25Po/75Po each hour 32.20 31.10 30.00
.
~-
Haz:Rec Page eo
·
Co.'
·
(
'--
·
(
--
.
. -~ .,... '. '," "
"·!1{·
':,-< "'. - .~ ;-;:' ' .~. '; ,
',' I'
'. ::> :: :';".' 1.7 ..~~ ;~~ <.-(
...... ..~..-"~. "-.--
. . ,.. ~'--~'; -""'~ ,- ,-,
- ,.,--.--.' -"~"'--'--""-'-. """'-.-' .... ,"., ..~'-'- ..... "
'-"',> """ ...., "."
, .. Tab 1 e III. '
WATER INTAKE. WORK/REST CYCLES FOR
HEAT ACCLIMATED FIT WORKERS
WGT (OF)
Water Intake
(qt/hr)
Work/Rest
Cycles(Min)
800 - 830 0.5 - 1.0 50/10
830 - 860 1.0 - 1. 45/15
860 - 900 1.5 - 2.0 30/30
900 & above 2.0 20/40
....,. .".
--...
In cold weather. reading from an outdoor thermometer and a
wind speed indicator should be used to determine wind chill
conditions. with work periods adjusted accordingly.
HazRec Page 81
CooloÞ.} Powr of Wi JÞrxpœed F1~h Exprmed as en Eqúivalent Teature {uOOer ~lm cond1tiom}·
Esti meted Actuel Temperature Reeding (of) ,~-"'~ -. .:.'".,'. "~:,7' -,. -
Wi nd Speed 50 40 30 20 10 0 -10 -20 ;..30 -40 -50 -60
(in mph) Equivalent Chi11 Temperature (O F) -
calm 50 40 30 20 10 0 -10 -20 -30 -4() -50 -60
5 48 37 27 16 ,6 -5 -15 -26 -36 -47 -57 -68
-,
10 40 28 16 4 -9 -241-33 -46 -58 -70 -83 -95
15 36 22 9 -5 -18 -32 -45 -58 - 721-85 -99 -112
20 32 18 4 -10 -25 -39 -53 -67 -82 -96 -110 -121
25 30 16 o -15 -29 -44 -59 -74 - 88,. ~ 1 04 - 118 -133
30 28 13 -2 -18 -33 -48 -63 -79 -94 -109 -125 -140
~
35 27 11 -4 -20 -35 -51 -67 -82 -98 -113 -129 -145
40 26 10 -6 -21 -37 -53 -69 -85 -100 -116 -132 -148
LITTLE DANGER Ir«:REASIN; DAM;ER GREAT DANGER
(Wind speeds greater --
than 40 mph have little In <hr \lith drg slcin. Danger from freezi Þ.) Flesh may freeze 'Within
additioneJ effect.) Max1 mum danger of of exposed flesh 30 seconds.
false sense of security. 'within one minute.
-
Trenchfoohnd immersion foot may occur at anv point on this chart.
* Developed by U.s. Armr Research I nstttute of Envi ronmental Medici ne, N8tick, M A
VI. Jreatment
Treatment of heat stress response varies due to the extent of
the illness. but always includes cooling the victim if his oral
temperature is above 102.0.
1. Place the victim in the shade. Use a fan or air conditioner
if one is available.
2. Cool his body by bathing him in cool water or an easi Iy
evaporated fluid like rubbing alcoho1.
3. ' If he is conscious. give the victim cool water (or whatever
potable water is available) to drink.
HeazRec Pðge 82
.
~,
.
-
'-
.
\..-.
e
'.
4.
Monitor oral temperature, pÙlsé, réspiration. and blood
pressure to be sure they are returning to normal:
·
(
Temperature
Pulse
Respiration
Blood Pressure
98.60F
70-80 beats/minute
16-20/minute
. 120/80
5. A))ow an extended recovery period of one hal f to several
, days. based on extent of i11ness and rate of recovery, before
the victim returns to work under stressful conditions.
6. If symptoms of heat stroke are evidenced. get medical
attention immediately.
·
Treatment of cold stress response begins by warming the
victim. Remove him to a warm indoor area, provide him with
warm. nonstimulant beverages (no caffeine or alcohoD, and
treat frost damaged areas as foHows:
,
\_-
1. Rewarm the frozen part quickly by immersing it in water
maintained at 1020 -:- 1050 F (comfortably warm to the
inner surface of an unchi11ed forearm); discontinue warming
as soon as flushing indicates the return of blood.
2. Do not a110w the victim to walk on a frozen foot. but have
him exercise a thawed part.
3. Prevent contact between the injured part and any surface
except a steri1e bandage. and elevate it after warming.
4. Seek medical attention.
·
i
\
HazRec Page 83
.
It
HAZARD RECOGNITION
BIOLoGICAL HAZARDS
INTRODUCTION:
, .'
Living organisms which are hazardous to humans may be encountered on
an abandoned hazardous waste site. These biohazards may have been
disposed of on the site in waste from research laboratories or hospitals.
or maybe ordinary inhabitants of the area in which the site is located.
OBJECTIVES:
Upon completion of the material, students wi11 know: '
1. What biohazards may be present on a site and how to recognize
them.
.
,:-:':-0
\/) I
2. What responseSi to biohazard recognition wi11 reduce or prevent
exposure to them. .
~
I. Microorganisms
II. Plants and Animals
Ht2zRec Pt2ge 84
'......
'-
.
'--'
.
Co'
.-"
(
.
L
e
.
. ,. Tr"" .
>} '. : ì' : -) ,., :"
..,~
.~' ~ ": ~..
I. Microorganisms
Microorganisms are so named because they are too small to be seen
wilhout a microscope. They indude bacteria, viruses. some fungi.
and even tiny plants and animals. Microorganisms from the first
three of lhese groups wi11 be considered here. especially lhose
which are p~lhogenic (capable of causing disease), Some bacteria
and fungi cause i1Iness in humans by actively damaging human ce11s
(such as skin ce11 s, nerve ce I1s. or blood ce11s) and some by
producing natural chemicals which are toxic. Viruses also have
several ways of causing disease: some are directly harmful in
rupturing human ce11s, some inhabit cells and prevent their normal
operation, and some rupture bacterial cel1s within our bodies - the
bacterial parts are toxic when released.
Some people have expressed concern aboulthe environmental
release of recombinant DNA molecules from laboratories where
genetic engineering is done; however, these microorganisms are
usually engineered to prevent their survival if they escape the lab
setting, '
Two methods of accidental or i11egal disposal of microorganisms
are possible, and attention to the packaging protocols for each wi11
help workers avoid exposure.
1. Disposal from a research faci1ity or a hospi tal entai1s either
subjecting materials to very high heat in an autoclave, usua11y
in plastic bags dearly marked with the biohazard symbol. or
burning them completely in an incinerator, for which they are
packed in a so1id red plastic bag. A red ~aste bag should never
be sent to a landfil1; if one is found there the generator should
be ca11ed. On an abandoned waste site. this material should be
burned unopened.
2. Biohazards such as research bacterial cultures may be sent
through the mail if they are packaged as shown on the next two
pages. Such packages, if located on an abandoned waste site,
should be burned unopened.
If you have Questions concerning infectious microorganisms on a
site. ca11 the Center for Disease Control. Atlanta. Georgia, at (404)
633-5313. -
HazRec Page 85
tþ
--
Bacterial decomposition of some types of landfiJled materials will
result in the p:roduction of dangerous compounds, especial1y
methane gas, an explosion hazard, and vinyl chloride gas, which is .
carcinogenic. !Exposure to these may occur unexpectedly during ,
drilling operations on landfilled siles.
~ . ~, ~,
.¡ . . _ i .
~I.,Plants' and Animals'
.., ,-
~ ~ ,-
Many species of plants and animals which produce fluids toxic to
humans may be encountered on abandoned, overgrown (or even
indoors) waste~ sites.
, ,
1. PlatI ts such as poison ivy, oak, and sumac cause a severe
al1ergic response in some people.
2. Venomous insects, including wasps, hornets and yel10w
jackets, may be expected to defend their nests by stinging
those who come too close.
3.
Tick and :spider bites can cause problems ranging from
~aggravali on and irritation to severe illness and , rarely, death. .
'-
4. Although the majority of snakes are nonpoisonous, poisonous
species may be encountered.
'-
The ability to identify and avoid biological hazards, both nalural1y
occurring and improperly disposed of. is a worker's best protection
against such ~azards.
a'l n... I hoð.... _Itl ....01'11....011-' - et2wOt-C1-' ~, ' ~ ~~
I\~ 't'\i1ma- 1 t1 f~; ~ .... "" :H'(..( ( .... ... '- V Q ,
.
'---
HazRec Page 86
e .
HAZARDOUS
/.SUBSTANCE
OR CHEMICAL
GROUP COMPOUNDS USES TARGET ORGANS POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS MEDICAL MONITORING
H.."y Mltal. Araenic Wide veriety of Multiple organs All are toxic to the kidneys. History-t.king and l.,·c-"....
Beryllium industrial and end systems each heavy metal has itI own physical exam: aeerch
'Cadmium commercial including: characteria1ic aympt.om clunel_ fOI aymptom clul'hlra
u.e.. Blood For exampl.. lead cau... auociated with .peçific
Chlomium Cardiopulmonary decreased memal ability, metallltpo~ eG~ tor
Lead . . weakne.. (e.pecially hand.l. lead look tOI neurologl-
Mercury Gastrointestinal h.adlche. abdominal cramp.. - eel deficit. anemia. and
Kidney dilrrhea, and anemiL Lead een gasuoii'ltectinal
Uver also affect the blood-forming aymptoma.
Lung mechanism. kidneys. and the Laboratory telting:
peripheral nervous system. Malluremenu of
CNS' Long-term effeCtlc ".0 vary. metallic content in
Skin Lead toxicity can cauae perma- blood. urine. and tis-
nent kidney and brain damage: sues le.g~ blood le.d
cadmium cen cause kidney or level: urine .craen for
lung di.ease. Chromium. beryl- araenic. mercury,
lium. araenic. and cadmium chromium. and
have been implical.d II human cadmiuml.
carcinog.n.. CBC"
M..surement of
kidney function. and
liver function where
relevant.
Chest X-ray or
pulmonary function
testing where relevant.
/.. Herblcld.s Chloroph.noxy Vegetation Kidney Chlorophenoxy compounds can History and physical
compoundS: control. Uver cause chloracne. _.kness or exam should focus on
2.4-dichloro- CNS', numbn... of the arms .nd the .kin and nervous
phenoxyacetic I.gs, and mey result in system.
acid 12.4·01 Skin long-term nerve dam.ge. Laboratory tests C
2.4.5·trichloro- Dioxin cau..s chloracne and Include:
phenoxyacetic may aggrav.t. pre-exictingliver Measurement of liver
acid 12,4.S-TI and kidney di....... and kidney function.
æ¡~.ttatrachloro- wh.re relevant.
dib.nzo-p-dioxin. Urinalysis.
TCDDI, which .
occurs a. a trac.
contaminant in
thes. compounds.
poses the most
serious health risk.
Organochlorine Chlorineted Pest control. Kidney All cluse acute symptoms of History and physical
In..cticid.. ethanes: Liver apprehension. irritabilitY. diu;- exam should focus on
DDT CNS· ness. disturbed eauilibrium. the nervous .ystem.
Cyclodienes: tremor, and convulsions. Laboretory tests
Aldrin Cyclodianes may cause include:
Chlordane convulsions without any other Meesurement of
Dieldrin initial .ymptoms. kidney and liver
Endrin Chlorocyclohexanes can cause function.
anemia. Cyclodienes and CBCb for exposure to
Chlorocyclohexanes: chlorocyclohexanes cause liver chlorocyclohexanes.
toxicity and cen cause
Lindane permanent kidney demage.
".
(
r; f\ // ¡ ,- 'y -- ~
,.-
~,'"
\~;:;::':-~
C':;
c
fþ
. . ,-,. "'~_~.-r..~.__~_,_,.,.. .... '_._
, ,~."_.... ~,. ~
.
"'''''''''''.-,
HAZARDOUS
SUBSTANCE
OR CHEMICAL
GROUP COMPOUNOS
USI;S
.'~
"-.~.,,,,
TARGET ORGANS POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS MEDICAL MONITORING
Organo-
phoaphata and
Carbamata
In.acticid..
Organophosphate:
Diazinon
Dlchlorovos
Oimethoate
u ¡chlorlon
Malathion
Methvl parathion
Parathion
Carbamate:
Aldicarb
Baygon
Zecrran
Pest control.
CNS·
U"er
Kidney
All cause. chain of Intemal
re.ctiona laading to neuro-
muscular blockage. Dapending
on the extent of poiaoning,
acuta symptom. ranga from
ha.dache., fatigue. diuin....
Incr....d selivation and crying,
profusa sweating, naus.a,
vomiting, cralnþl. and diarrhea
to tightnes. in the chast.
muscla twitching, and slowing
of tha heartbeat. Severe cases
may result In rapid onset of
uncon.cioWlness and .eizures.
A deleyed .ffect may be week·
ne'l and numbnesa in the feet
and hinds. Long·term. perma-
nent nerve damaga Is possible.
Phylical exam ahould
focu. on the nervous
.yatem.
lAboratory taau ahould
Includa:
"BCd cholinaste,..a
leve" for Ncent
expOSUN (plasma
cholinestarue for
acute axøosuresl.
MeasuNmant of
dalayed neurotoxicity
and othar effects.
Polychlorinated
Biphanyls
(PCBs I
Wida variety of
Int:lusuial uses.
.CNS - Centr.1 nervous system.
IICBC - Completa blood count.
CLDng-term effects generallv manifest in '10 to 30 yeers.
"RBC - Red blood count.
Liver
CNS·
(speculative I
Respiratory
system (speculative I
Skin
Various skin ailmanu, Including
chloracna; may caule I~yer
toxicity: carcinogenic to
animals.
Physical exam should
focus on the skin and
Uver.
lAboratory tests
Include:
Serum PCB levels.
'1i¡glycerid.. and.
cholesterol
Mea.uNment of iwA...,
function. .~
.',.
e
.
.
~.
A
REVIEf;V OF
- ,
ORGANIC CHE1\1ICAL
. .
JVO 1\1 EJVCLA TURE
.
l
'----,
Inlreduction
Nomenclature or organic chemicals exists at several levels, rrom official
names of the International t'nion of Pure and Applied Che::1istry (tt.:PAC)
to common or trivial names th:H may vary from building to building even
within the same plant. Althouqh this review is cencered on HJP:\C names
of often-encountered industrial chemicals, many common names will be
found here and in the Inde=<.
Aliphatic Hyclrocarbons
Aliphatic hydrocarbons arc: satur.m:d (ha\'e no double or triple bonds be-
tween carbon atoms) compounds of carbon and hydrogen and are acyclic
(contain no closed-ring structures). The first four members of the series are
n:lmed mechane:, echane. prop:lne, and but:Ine. All higher members have
.
30'
\,-
tt
306 I R~;ir..c oj Orl-;nic CJ¡cnical.Yomc-.£iaturt
e
~. 'I;
.
\
names Ichat be:zin with a numer:c:lÏ cr~::x re:err:..g: to the ::::"'r:1cer oi carbon
atoms ¡in the iongest chain and e;d with the s~¡j!abie -~.r, for example.
pe:1tanc:. The name minus the suEx &T.ay i:e caile::: t~e !!c:: or rool. Names
of the flr:st te:1 me:ncers oi the series alc:1g with 5.r~ctural information are
fZive:1 b,::ow::
....
Namt
Slr.¡ct::rt:{ Fonnuia
Me:hane
Ethane
Propane
Butane
Pe:uane
Hexane
He¡:tane
Oct:r.ne
Nonane
Deane
. CH.
HJC-:-CHJ
H,C-CH1-CH,
H,C-CH:-CHl~H,
HJC-{CH1) ,-CH,
H,C-(CH1).-CH,
H,C-{CH:) J-CH,
H,C-(CH1) .-CH,
H,C-{CH1)1-CH,
H,C-(CH,).-CH,
.'
The gertedc name for this group of hydrocarbons is a!kar:~ and theg¿ne:-Íc
mole:::ular formula is C.H,:...u. A univalent radical is de:1oteå by substitut-
ing -)'1 for -an~ in the name. Examples are methyl (for H)C-) and hexyl
[for H,C-(CHJ) .-CH1-j; the ge:teric name for the radiC!is is all')'l.
The compounds just named are formed in straight ch¡¡ilU'. and this con-
figuratkm is called normal and may be designated by the pre::_"t n- as n-butane
or n-åe(:ane. although this preñx is implied if it is not u5eå.. Branching in
the molecule is indicated by a numbering system based on the longest side
chain in the structure, which then becomes the backbone. . Numbers used
are kept: as low as possible. .
EXA~I P t.E
'-
7 6 5 4 3 21
H C-CH.-CH.-CH-CH.-CH.-CH
J . _, _ _ ,
CH:-CH,
.·Elhylheprane (no 1 3·P,apylhuane,
This numbering system cnn always be used. but in a few cases another pre-
fix will1iJsually be found. 'especially for compounds h:1\'íng a Y structure. In
these C~lses. the prefix ÎIIJ- can be used. :\-tn- is now usually found only for
one compound, as shown on (he following page., .
,,---.
,'.
.-
.
.
......
.
.
(::;.~
L:'Ua::;r~t(å .-{Iiphatic H...·årocadons / ::07
HsC
"cu Cu
/ ..- "J
H]C
H1C .
"-
CH-CH~-CH,
/ .,
H1C
CHI
I
H1C-C-CH,
I .
CH]
lIoD",all.
lIoo,"'C:".
(2·M.'''yib..,c'''1
N,oa'''lall.
(2 .2-0imtlllyi p,o pc:n.,
E':e:1 tr.OU2n isobutane. i~ooe:mH:e, isohe~:lne. a:¡d ne:Joemane: are the: oniv
aikanes so:nar.:ed in the Il:P..\.C. the £10- pre~x is abo ~sed with the prop~:1
radical to indicate that the: ope::1 vale:;ce bond is on the ce:1tral carbon atom:
H1C-CH-CHs
I
IIop'opyI
For radicals containing four or more carbon atoms. the prefixes ItC- and lirl-
are used to indicate a free: valence on an atom alre~dy having two or three,
respectively, non-hydrogen substituents.
EX.-\~IPLES
I
P.]C-CH-C!l:-CH]
ItC·a..tyl
I
H]C-C-CH1
I
CH]
c
'u,·S..tyl
Un$r;¡turated Aliphatic Hydrocarbons
Unsaturated acyclic aliphatic hrdroc:lrbons with a double bond between a
pair of c3rbon acorns arc: caIlc:å Dlf/inI or a/kintI,' the suffiix -trot is generic.
Two double bonds in a molecule confer the suffix -adžlnt: three, -acrit!z!.
Generic names are alkadiene and alk:1Criene, respecth·c:ly. Numbers are
used to locate the double: bond(s) and are kept as low as possible.
EX.UIPLES
."am,
Slmct"rall'årm:liti
Ethenc (elh~'lene)
Propene (prop~·lene)
Allene (:1 special name)
I·Bulene
2·Butene
1.3· Butadiene
1.).I'c:ntadicne (noI1.-I.Pc:nladicne)
H]C=-CH]
H:C....CH-CH1
H:C=-C....CH]
H:C-CH-CIi:-CH)
H,C-CH=CH-CH1
H]C=-CH-CH-CH:
U,C-CH-CH-CH-Cll:
'----
IÞ
.
r-
(, "
'Ó'·-'f
e--
-
3C3 I RlIJitUJ of Organic Cinnical.Vcr.:r.:cit:/uTt
Tne ~r~ne:-ic formula for alkenes is C"Hl.; that for alkadienes is C.H:l..-ZI;
a..å that for alkatricnes is C.H!z..__.. A¡ke~e r:1å:cal names mar be formed
by ad.ding ·a:e to the nar.le of the albne :-a¿ical .as
Mctl~yi.".
-CHz-CHz-
EI!!y;....
_i"'U -I"'H-
.....-··1 T"
CHJ
Prapyl.".
-':H..-CH-
- I
CHI
I
CHJ
-CH:-
luryi.....
.
This naminl! s\"m:m causes confusion because d:e raåical naces are also
useå for molécúles containing double: bonås that the radicals do noc. A rule
of thl: thumb is tha.t if the: chemical name be:zios with the name: of an alkene
raåic:al (e~hvlene dichloride), the double bo~d 00 looller exists anå the na.me:
is that of a r~dic~l. If the: 'chemical name: e:nds with the name of Ùle radical
(bromoe:hylc:ne). then the double bond still exists a.nd the: radiw[ is a. mole·
cule:.
Because of the possible: confusion associated with con\"entÎonal names of
alke::res. another namin!l system is so-metimes used under the IL-PAC um-
breHa. Most common of these radical names are:
~
c
Vi..)'1
.......
......C=CH1
Vi..ylid....
.......
......CH-CHJ
Et!lylici.".
,. ,
-CH=CHz
-C=rCH1
I .
CHJ
Prllpyiå....
-CH:-CH-CH1
Allr
A triple: bond betwee:n a pair of carbon atoms calls Cor the: sumx -.ynt and
the: generic name: alk.,·nt. Acetylene is the name: for the: first membcr of this
seri,~s of homolot!ucs. and the hiaher members më1\' be named as .:1cetvlc:ne
dc:!"Î.vë1ti\'c:s instc;d of using the IL'P.-\C numhcring ;)·stem. . .
E:(MtI'LES
Elhync: (:lCC:lylcne)
f'ror~'nc (methyl :lcl:tylend
t.\1utyne h:lhyl acetylene:)
2·ßutyne
HC--CH
HIC-CEIICH
H,C-CH!-CaCH
IIIC-csC-CH)
c_
e
,
'.
l
/.
/'.
..
-
.
.
.4!jc:;ciic H....:iroc~r~Qns I ::C9
I ~-':'¡"i:,$
The: Ile:ne:ric formula for the: alkvne:s is the: same: as that for the alkaåie:ne:s,
C,H!;..zl' .
Alicyclic Hydroc:rbons
The: worå c.lic":dic was ¿:::i...c:d from a1iohatic anå cvelic. All of the:!e
compounås contain a ring str..lc:ure.. Tney'are named by using the prdx
c;;c/o- be:iorc: the name: of the: analogous alkane. The: generic formula is
C.H !.. '
EX.A~(PL£S
CR.
H C/"èH.
¡ I 1-
H1C-CH¡
HzCVCH1
CHz
C,ciC:!I,o!lo...
or
Cj
HzC-CH.
I I -
H1C-CH¡
Cye/oåulan.
H1C-CH. 0
7 " - O~ .
. _ H1C" /CHz .
HzC-CH¡
Cre/ohua...
c
.~
As with the alke:nes, the presence of a double bond is indic~Hed by re-
placing -ant wieh -(1:t, that of tWO double bonds wieh -aåilnt, etc., using nurn·
bc:'s to indicate: location if necessary.
EX....~IPLES
Crciopcnra...
HC=CH
I I
H¡C-CH¡
Cyclobu.cn.
HC/C~H 0
8 I or I I
HC-CH
1.3·Crclopcnlodicn.
L
('"
-'
c
L
tþ
e
~~
310 I R r.:ir.lJ of 0 rg-:nic C~anical_ Vommciaturt
Functionr:! G:roups
--e-
ÿ.
.s~...e:'3.i functional groups may be attached to hyårocarbons. c::~n~~ng not
oiãiy their names but also their physical and biological prc?~:::~s. T~.c: most
common groups and their names ê.r~ listed be:ow:
HydroX)'¡ -OH
~rbony¡ -C-
I
0
Carbo:tyl -C-OH.
~
0
l'irrile -C:æ¡-';
Isocyanare -~CO
Nitro -:-:O~
Amino -~H~
Ami¿e -C-~Hl
I . .
0
Halogenated Aliphatic: HYdrocarbons
Spec,ial names abound in this series of compounds_ Or.ly the rr.ost common
names are inåicated.
.Vamt
Str.:cturt:i F,rmuia
Chloromethane (~e:hrl chloride)
Dichloromclhane (meth\'lcr.e chlori¿c. meth\'!c:ne dichloride)
Trichloromcth:me (Ch¡~roiorm) .
Tctrachlornmeth:lne (Drbon tctrachloride)
Chloroethanc (E~hyl chloride)
1..2·Oichloroclh:1nc (Elh~'lcnc dichloride:)
t" I- tJichloroet hane (E~hylidene chloride)
1.1.1- Trichlorocl h:1ne (:\ (ethyl chloroform)
1,1.2-Trichloroeth;¡ne
I, 1.2.2-Tecr;¡chlorocth;¡ne (Acet}'lene: tccr:lchloride)
- '
HJCC!
H!CC1!
HCCI,
CCl,
H,C-CH!CI
CIH!C-CH!CI
C(.CH-CH~
CIJC-CH,
CI!Cl-/-CH:CI
CI:CH-CHCI:
Compounds containin~ fluorine. bromine, and iodine :HC në:lmcd in a sim-
ilar m;tnncr. Compounds cont:1ininCJ two' or mort: dilrc:rent h;t!ng.;:ns élre
.
.
.
.
(;?,'",",'"..,...
é£~
(
312 / Rt1.·wJJ 0/ O~¡'Jnic C'tcmica{ .\'ammc{atu't
When [·.·.'0 h~'åroxy groups are pre!e:u in an a/iph¡¡:ic r.Gr.1Founå. it is
u!uaHy c~ile¿;!. glycol a!ti~ough in the: ICPAC system tr.e: suf.:x -'lï?{ is used
·.\·ich d~~ ¡uH alkane name.
E:<..1,~IPLE5
H.C-CH.
I I .
.OHOH
H,C-CH-CH.
. I I'
On OH
1.2·E:!:on.c:iiol
(!::!:ylen. Giycoi)
1.2,',occne¿io'
(i'rc;:y;.n. ,G:ycoi)
H.C-CH,-CH, .
ï - I -
OH OH
1.3.P,o!'on.diol
(T,im.lhyl.n. G:yccl)
.
The: only tricl usually encountered is 1,2,3-propanetriol, c::.lld g{)'cm{ or,
incor:-~cdy, g¡ycerine.
c
H.C-CH-CH.
ï I 1-
OHOH OH
c
1.2.3·Pro!,on.!rioi
(Glycerol)
H~'¿,o:\yl groups can also appear in .alkenes, aikrnes, :mc the cyclo .com-
pounes.
E:<.,~.: P!..ES
H :C=CHOH
OOH
('r-üH
~OH
Vinyl Alconol
Cyclohuonol
1.2·Cyclohuonec:iiol
Ethers
.
Ethers are compounds in which an oxygen atom is used as a bridge between
adjacent carbon atoms. These compounds élre named by usin~ the nõtmcs or
: he t \';0 radica Is a ({ached to the oxygen alom in ~\I phabct ic~ll)rúer. followl:d
b~' t he word d¡'a.
'....-.-
c;,:':-
(
"
(
",
.
.
.·Ii.;oΡois I 311
named. as uS!Jal. to ke~:J the: numce::"s as low as D05s¡:::le. :!:-:¿ t::~:1 with the:
halos~:1S in alphacedcål ore::r. .
EX.·utPL~S
S:o~oC::icror::e:hzr.:
(" fd;~·!.:nc orc:r.cch!cri¿c)
Dichioro¿i~::orcr::e:h3 r.e
(Fiuoroczr::on- t 2)
1.1.1- T rkh:oro-I.2.1·crir.uoroe:ha ~~
(Fluoroc::1r::on-t 13)
H:C3.C
CC: ! F!
CC:~f-CCIF~
Halogenated Alkenes
Chlorinated componnås containing åouble bonds most oiten encountered
(the n~ming for the other halog~ns is similar) are
Chloroethe::e {\ïr.yl chloride)
1.I-DiCÍ'1I,~rcechcne (\ïn~'liåcnc chloriåe)
T richlorccth~'!e::e
T crr:c::ICiroc:hylc::c (Pc:-chlorocrhylcr.e)
H:C=CHCi
C!lC=CH:
C:!C=(;HCI
C!!C=CC!!
Alcohols
Aliphatic alcohols contain a hydroxyl grouµ attached to a carbon atom.
They are named by using the: stem and the surn'=" ·.:-1.
E:<,\:.tPLES
H¡COH
H)C-CH:OH
",..honol
(",..hyl A'cohol)
Elhonol
(Elhyl Alcoholl
H C-CH-CH
I I )
OH
2·P,oponol
(Isoptoponol. !loptopyl Alcohol,
HIC-CH:-CH:OH
I·P,ooonol
(n.P,opyl ~Icoholl
.
..
..~>
.
"-
.
'-..-'
.
.
.
:¡ 1,¡ / Rtt·Ù·..r; of Org'1n:c C::.7T::"C: :.:¡.':!C!:;'t:::;N
E:<.\:.I?LES
o
~
H)C-C-C~)
':'
j
H~C-C-'':~1-C~}
;>r::::,:or.
(~C.fone. Ci~e:nyi ':c!:~r.!!
:~!::~~r.e
(.\\~t:'r' :-;O:-.'f <!:or..~
o
iI
HJC-C-CH!-t:H!-(::-:~
.-,
'J
:
H~C-(:-'::-!:-CH-CH~
CH!
2';>'111011011'
(M.."yln.i'ropyi !C,!cn,!
A.Me!",:,,;. (,,~'!:uc"on.
(.\\'!I!:wi h==uryl 1(":11.'
.
o
,I
H)C-C-CH='':é-i~
3·!u:'r.·:·~~e
(.\I':"yl V¡IIyl ICflOn,)
,..--,
I \
< )=0
\_/
C!c:che1l::s"one
Acids
Th~ same root or s'e;n as th::., :Ci n~!ï.ir.S?: J¡¿e~';¿cs is use:J for ac:es. fol-
lowed by the worå acid. -'
E:<.-\~t P !..ES
o
II
HC-OH
o
'.
:.
H!C-C-OH
o
1/
H !C-CH~-C-OII
Melhanoic ':"cid
(Formic ACId!
ë:!~Q"O\( Å(.d
(,:'cetlc Acid)
?rooonaic Acid
(PrOD,onic Acid)
Esters
.
Being the rc~ction products of aciós and alcohols and analo;;nus to in.
org~nic sé1hs. cst~rs ar~ n:1med in é1 somewhat $imilar mé1nner. The :1t-
ta~hed :lIeohol radie~1 name is foll( \\'c:tI wilh the aeid stcm and:t suffix .,¡((.
tþ
.
---(
ÃllOnu I 31 J
E:<:.:"~I?t!S
D· ..'
tr:::~:::~ä e:::~~
(~(e:hyl c:::c:-i
Dic:hyl c:::::-
(E:::yl c:::c:-
~(e:h'~'1 \'inyi e:::::-
H)C-J-CH)
H)C-:;.::-o-CH:-C;':)
H:C....CH-o-CH,
#.
Aldehydes
Alde:wåes are: namt:å b... åroocin~ the: t from the: alkane: name: and addinll
-al or ~ot dropping the: ~ and'¡d¿fng -did whe:n the::e are: two such group;
pe:' molecule, e:c.
EX.-\~IPL!S
o
r
HCH
o
a
H)C-CH
Me,ilonci
('Q~maic!.nyc:..
Ethanol
(Acafoici.¡'yáa)
o
ß
HC-CH.-CH-CH-CH=CH
. I
CH.
I .
CH
U
o
3.:-Ccradieneåial
Ketones
Ketonc:s are n:1med by dropping the t from [he alkane n:1me and :1dding [he
suffix .ont. The more commonly encouO[cred members of this f:1mily, how-
e\'er, h:1...e common In:1mc:s that arc much more likclv to be used. These: arc:
usu:111y derÏ\'ed in a mannc:r analogous to that for ~:1ming c:thers, by using
the [WO r:ldic:lI names followed by I.:¿lunt.
-...... .---.
·
·
\"
·
.
.
E:<.~ ~I P tE ~
o
U
H)C-CH:-C-O-CH¡
....,.:::y; i',:;:c"o,.
(M..nyi i',o;:,ono..¡
.
.~~;tr..;::c Hy:irocaréont I :! 1 S
o
;
:1
:-:! C-C-·.J-C:-!~-CH,
o
II
HC-O-CH:-CH~-':E!
II-i"o~ri Fo,male
::::,!i ~ ::~~:e
.I
Aromatic Hydrocarbons
Aromatic hyåroc:!!'bons are: those: based on the bC::1ze:1C: ring. Far the lower
membe:s oi this series. common namcs abou....d :l:iå are normally useå.
:\amin~ ruie:s arc: similar to thos: ior ac....dic h::droc:!rbons.
,e
. EX.-\:"IPLJ::5
o
~H)
B.n:ln.
Tal".".
(M..nyi el"ze".)
H C IL..H
) ~/'-. )
1.4.Cim.'''yiD'"fCne
( p.X,I.".'
< )-CH~CH,
Sly'.".
(Viny. Be".ene. Phenyl.lhyle"c¡
.
.--- .
('rCH
~CH
1.2·Q¡me:!:y!!:.":""
(~·Xy¡er.:
.~,
CI-·'/ 'L,\o·
\ ,/' -
".N;'tCc~tOtQC." ze:1e
( p.N'rtac::lotaccnr-:,.e;
()
( )-l-ol
8.n;0,c Åcid
Y::
l}-CH)
1.:!·Oime,nyib."zen.
(.....Xyl."e.
G>-OH
Ph.nol
:--;02
/
H'C-) ì
O(-t
I.Hydro..,.· 5·nirro.ol"."e
( '¡.n..,o·o·(le,ol)
-- .
FIRE. EXPLOSION. AND CHEMICAL REACTION CONTROL
OBJECTIVES:
.
1. Inlroduce a basic chemistry vocabulary.
2. Explain the physical properties which best characterize dangerous
substances.
3. Classify different types of chemical reactions, fires, and explosions.
4. List some of the effects of fire on personnel.
5. Describe rationale and general methodology behind compatabi1ily
staging, fingerprInting, and bulking operations.
OUTLINE:
J. Definitions
II. Basic Concepts .
III. Fire, Explosion: description and classification
IV. NFPA Hazard Identification System
V. Toxics and Corrosives: practical considerations
VI. Hazards Due to Chemical Reactions-Incompatibilities
VII. Compatabi1ity staging and testing; Bulking
.
HtJzRec Page 28
.
Flow Chart
nt
,
Fingerpr
~.
,,8
Sample
r
Radiation
~ No
Peroxide
t No
H20 Reactivity
~ No
gnitability
~ Yes
ve
.
Radioact
Yes
Yes
Peroxide
ve
React
'-->'~
C'"
No
Yes
-
NEUTRAL
, ~
çompatab,el Yes
llnert
No
Inert
redrum
BASE
~
Sulfides
cylnides
~ No
Compatable
ACID NI A
J PC!8'S
~
Compatable
ty
i
Oxidizer
¡ No
Compatable
-Yes Bulk-
Compatab
S~
bulk
S redrum
yes
\ ,,",
, ,
../~
, '~
--
Flammable Lor
Flammable Lor
Oxidizer
sulfides or
cyanides
Yes
No
Yes
Base
Yes-bulk
s
or
,
Base
s
or
,
s
PCB
No
,
Inert
or s
,
Inert
or s
yes
bulk
no
rum
S
Acidic L or
re
S
Acidic L or
77 (\ 4 .In
'e
¡
E-..···--
Ol/U'-I 0'
UHCIIAnAC I EnlHO
WAllE
-I -
I 1040';';0" I
I lOlAl I
~~~
L.I nAOloA C 11'1 (
DI5POUI
--'
-
è
__J~~
OIIOI1£n
01
~/
__J~~s_
PEAOIIOE
o
/
~'/
-J !!2-_
, ,
AQIJ[ oua.
---'10 ("OLAn-')
OnOANlC'
"'-/
4 2
.
----.--..----
IAlElHEUIAAl
O'1I,.05E
___I'_E;]$
PCB
lIJ"ro~(
-- _.- - -. ---
~
OA;IC I
CYAI1I7 NO
,
. .. - ,I~,~ ~ - - .
I....·UU"'. II I A 1£
C''''''IIE J
- - - J ----
ê, "",¡iË
"
.
r_
I
l '~~;~.-"I
1----1 );:
ACIII JI.2~CI/'-
OIIlPOOII
'-A '
J If !II
I - - -I
I'CO
II" "'0111 I
t___~.J
c
u
I . I...
.:IIII' ....A" h
I'"' ':11' II""IA I r
I UItU^'IIC I
11I1~I'II't:J
.
~.._-'_.,-
/ ---_.,-------,
/ ,
,
,~~:A "7
)/~~
,/ ~
. IIU
l tI III II 1\ I (Iii .,..
~./
l' ~ :.----
':'0-""--
" .
( ~
/I
~(
I
I
,
/
\.
I
.
fiGURE'
rnn.unv
tUNIAIH1Q
CUt JUlIE
.
~UOnIENI
PACKING
JAAumAl
1111'''"1 jb
CO.., AtHER... ~I
fA
IAIH
.
AUUIU SS
lUll
--.----.---.-------
.
PACltAGING AND
LABELING OF
ETIOLOGIC
AGENTS
flaunt z
cnoS$ SEC liON
Uf f'III/'f,"" ACK'NO
.
11.. h"..lIal. OUllalltin. n.uUhlliolll 142 Cfn. 1".11 J2 25
E liuluuic Ago.."1 w.' .ev..... Julv J" '9 J2 10 IIUJ1IlIh: It)!
"lIck.gilll ancl 'atl.li". .e.......me..U 1o. elmlogic e!JllnU ami
c:u. lain olhe. ",alo,i... allil'INlaJ in 11110111.'. .. allte.
Fig..... , .m' 2 "1. JIam Ih, packuging .n&l I.helinll 01 .'10-
'ullie .......u i.. "ohnn.' D' leu Ih... 6U ...1. I" aecord,ucl wllh
Ih.,uo"blo"l 01 .ub".,."a,'" eCI ell ollh. ched "O'II..iou.
Fiuu., 3 mllll.alll ,h. culoa and ,h. o' Ih. I.hel. de.e,UuuJ
I" .uhl.......I'" ICI (41 of 'h. .euuladoll', which shan liG
..lIi..at '0 .lIlh'IIII,.nl' of .Ilologlc: aoe"U.
Fo. "ulb.. 'n'olmadulI on a"y ,"ovllion o. Ihb '. JUI.tion e
l:o"Iu;I:
C.nler 'or Ohllle Conl,ol
Aun: Diullauub Conl,ul Ollieo
16UO CII'lo" nOitel
Alla,,'a. Geurgia J033J
hlo'lbu...: 404 - 329- J] II
P',Uft. 3
e·
,':.-~·:;.~¡fTI~r~n\ß ~tihÙ,~~:~'
BIOMEDICAL
MA TIIIAL
, ,::~:.iN þÀ~~ ~t NnM~ñi"
. ,.., . nq H~~nnp':"~"
, , ~ {,t tH If vU~"U ~tlllIlJm
. ..',' ,.' nH~Pi1n.nrRIUlln. .
'.... nU41P11 ~~,~ ., .. "
'e
e
.
.
.
·
e
61
~I
g
~I
I
.
.
¡!,
0"'
.
e
TOXICOLOGY
'.
BIOLOGICAL RESPONSE TO CHEMICALS
TOXICITY - The extent to which a'chemlcal wt11 cause harmful effects.
TOXIC SUBSTANCES I: POISONS
-All things are toxic; the difference between
a polson and a medicine Is the dosage:
Paracetsus (c. 1500)
iNTRODUCTION/OVERVIEW:
-.
Toxicology Is deftned-as the science dealing with the errects,'condltlons~
detection, etc., of poisons. In this vein, Superfund sites provide a fertile ground
for Individuals to be exposed to some of the most dangerous materials k:nown to
man. In the next severa) hours you witt team how the substances effect the
human body" ,how they enter your system, and which substances cause harm. You
will è:l1~o leè:lrn how to u~e U~ NIOSH/OSHA PoCket Guide to Chemical Hazard and
to read a Material Safety Data Sheet to help protect yourself while working In a
Superfund Site.
OBJECTIVES:
1. Participants will associate toxic substances with poisons.
2. Participants will understand factors affecttng toxicity.
.
3. Participants will be able to explain the concept of lDso.
4. Participants will understand the concept: exposure - dose x time.
5. Participants will understand that exposure to more than one
chemical can have several outcomes.
6. ParticIpants wi II understand that some toxic substances are
carclnogens,mutagens and/or teratogens.
.
7. Participants will be able to distinguish between acute and chronic
effects of exposure to toxIc substances.
Page J
8.
I
\
9.
10.
.
e
Participants will be able to Identify the 3 main routes 0" entry of toxic
substances into the body.
o.uI.IJMt.
I..
'·11.
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
VII.
VIII.
IX.
X.
XI.
XII.
XIII.
XIV.
XV.
Participants will understand the concepts of IDlH, PEL, and Tl V.
.
Participants will know the significance of MSDS sheets and their right to
exam Ine saml~.
I J. ParticIpants will know how to Identify natural and man-më:lde
biohazards ;at Superfund SItes.'
12. Participants wi 11 know the Importance of the Office of Biohazards,
Center for I>lsease Control (CDC). (
'Measurement of toxIcity
Forms of toxic substances
LDso Concept
BIological response to more than one chemIcal
Tests for other toxic effects
Acute vs. chronlctoxlclty
, '
Routes of expo?ure
Target tIssues
BIological toxic effects
LImiting exposure to toxicants
Threshold LImit Values
Carcenogens
Materlall Safety Data Sheets
GI~ssary of MSDS terms
Bl010glcal hazards on Superfund sites
.
'.
'-
Page 2
·
·
·
e
e
MEASUREMENT OF TOXICITY
Animal Studies: Most of what we know about the dangerous effects of toxIc
substances comes from anImal studIes. However,humans may react dIfferently
than anImals to exposure to toxic materIals. And, higher doses than humans may
be exposed to may be used In animal experiments. This Is because It fs often
necessary to use higher doses to produce an effect In an anlma1.
Factors Affecting Response of Animals
¡r
(A) The chemIcal 'Itself. Some chemIcals produce ImmedIate and dramatic
biological effects on animals. Others may produce no observable effects at aJJ,
or the effects may be delayed In their appearance.
(B) TYDe of contact certafn-chemlcals appear harmless'under one typeof--
contact (skfn, for example), but may have serious effects when contacted In
another way (lungs, for example); carbon monoxide (CO) WOUld be an example of
this kind of contact-dependent effect.
(C) Amount (OOSE) of chemical. The dose of a chemical exposure simply
means how much of the substance Is contacted. It might be expressed as
ml JJIgrams (mg) If swallowed, or as parts per ml1Jfon (ppm) If It Is In the afro
(0) Jndlvldual Senslt1vlt~. Humans and other animals vary In their response
to any exposure to a chemical substance. For some, a certain dose may produce
symptoms of serious j Iness; for others, only mfld symptoms may appear, or
there may be no noticeable effect at all. Often, a prior exposure to a chemical
may affect the way that an Individual responds upon being exposed at a later
tIme, so there Is not only varIatIon between different IndIvIduals; there may be
different responses In the same IndIvidual at dIfferent exposures.
(E) InteractIon WIth Other ChemIcals. Chemistry Is the study of the
interaction of various chemIcals with one another, f~r example, the reaction
between acids and bases. Biological chemistry Is much the same. Chemicals In
combination can produce different bIological responses than the responses seen
when exposures are to one chemical alone.
(F) Length of EXDosure. Some chemicals produce an effect after only one
exposure (ACUTE). Some produce symptoms only after exposure over a long
period of time - say, days, weeks, or months (CHRONIC). Some chemIcals may
have effects on humans from both kinds of exposure.
Page 3
4Þ
e
FORMS OF TOXIC SUBSTANCES
I. SOLIDS - Principal hazard is usually from dusts or fumes produced when solids .:
change form.
EXAMPLE: PolYllrethane foam, when burned, gives off cyanide 'fumes.
PRINCIPAl DANGER - Inhalation (Jungs), Ingestion (saliva), Absorption (skin)
II. DUSTS - Tfny partfcles of soUds.
EXAMPLES: Cement dust;J'1etal dusts from grlndfng operations
PRINCIPAL DANGER '- Inhalatfon of toxfc materials Into lungs.
III. FlJ1ES - Tiny particles from heating, volatilization, & condensation of
metals.
EXAMPLES: Zinc oxfde fumes (rom welding of galvanized metal.
PRINCIPAl DANGER- Inhalation (Jungs); Ingestion (sall'ia), ·Absorptlon'·(skln)
NOTE: TOXIC FUMES 11AY RESULT FROM BURNING OF NON-TOXIC SUBSTANCES
(Example: Burning M polyurethane ---) cyanide (umes)
I V. LIQUIDS - Acids, organic solvents, chlorinated organic solvents.
EXAMPLES: Benzene, Sulfuric Acid, 1,1, 1-trlchloroethane
PRINCIPAL DMIGER - Absorption (skin), Inhalation of vapors
.
NOTE: MANY DRlJ1S AT HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES CONTAIN ORGANIC SOLVENTSI
THESE ARE AlSO A FIRE OR EXPLOSION HAZARD I
V. VAPORS - Vapors are gases which may originate by evaporation o( liquids,
subllm:atlon of solids.
EXAMPLES; Phosgene
PRINCIPAL DANGER - Inhalation (Jungs), Absorption (Jungs)
VI. MISTS - Mist are 1tQuld droplets In air.
EXAMPLES: acid mists from electroplating, solvent mists from
spray painting
PRINCIPAL DANGER - Inhalation (lungs), Absorptfon (skin)
VIII. GASES - A gas Is a formless fluid occupying space.
EXAMPLES: Chlorine, Carbon dfoxlde
PRINCIPAl DANGER - Inhalation (lungs)
.
Page 4
.
.
.
e
.-
THE LDSO CONCEPT
LOso = LETHAL oo5ESO' One way that biologists measure the toxic danger of
compounds Is to study what happens to mice when they are treated with
chemicals. The LOso of a toxic chemical Is the amount of the substance which,
when administered to animals, causes the death of 50% of the anlmal~ within J 4
days. L050 Is therefore a measurement of tQxtctty, and the lower the LOSO the
hIgher the toxicity. For example, If 2 mlnlgrams of Chemical A Is Injected Into
mice and half of them die In two weeks, while 4 milligrams of Compound B kills
half the mice In two weeks when Injected, then Chemical A Is more toxic. It
takes less of It to kill the same number of mice. The table below shows L050s
for some different chemicals and 11lustrates the different degrees of danger of
different tox1c mater1als:' 'If you were on a jobs1te conta1nlng each of these five
chemicals, which would you be most careful not to swallow?
EXAMPLES OF LDSO
Class
lOso (mg/kg)
Example
I Super Toxic
II Extremely Toxic
III Very Toxic
IV Moderately Toxic
V S1tghtly Toxic
,5
5-50
50-500
500-5,000
5,000-15,000
TCOO*
Picrotoxin
Phenobarb 1 ta I
Morphine Sulfate
Ethanol
*2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodlbenzo-p-dloxfn
Page 5
-4Þ
e
BIOLOGICAl RESPONSE TO EXPOSURE TO MORE THAN ONE CHEMICAl
or
"Why 2+2 Is not always 4."
.
In testing chemIcals In the laboratory, bIologIsts have learned that many
chemIcals act together In certaIn ways on biologIcal systems 1Ike mtce and men:
I. ADDITIVE EFFECT (2 + 2 = 4) Some toxIc chemIcals add theIr effects together
tn productng a blolo~Jlcal effect. In thts case, the effect Is the same as beIng
exposed to double the dose of either chemIcal alone.
Example: Malathion + Another Organophosphate
II. SYNERGISTIC EFFECT (2 + 2 = 6) Sometimes exposure to two dIfferent toxIc
chemIcals produces a more severe effect than stmply doubltng the dose of eIther
one alone would have. Biologists ca11 this synerQlsm. and·lt real1y spel1s ·watch
out·.
Example: Alcohol + Chloroform
III. POTENTIATION (0 + 2 = 10) In some cases, a chemical wlthòutany known
toxic effect (·0· In the formula above) may act toghther with a known toxIc
. substance (·2· In the formula above) to make the toxic substance more potent, .
more dangerous.
Example: EPN + Malathion; Isopropanol + Chloroform (effect on Itver)
I V. ANTAGONISM (4 + 6 = 8) the 1nteractlon of two toxic chemicals may be such
that the effect produced Is actua11y less than you would expect If the two added
their effects toghther. But don't count on thts at a toxic waste s1te; the
chemicals there are more Itkely to tnteract to produce dangerous effects.
Example: Phenobarbttal + Benzo(a)pyrene
NOTE: A prescr1pt10n drug be1ng taken by a worker may 1nteract w11th a hazardous
chemica\ encountered in the workplace. Remember that the doctor may not have
known that you would be exposed to tox1c hazards, and you need to be conSCIOUS
of any chem1cals you br1ng to the jobstte yourself 1n this way.
.
Page 6
e
.
TESTS fOR OTHER TOXIC EffECTS
.
I. TESTS FOR EYE IRRIT A nON OR DAMAGE
The Dralze test - In this test, the chemIcal to be tested Is appl led to one eye of
rabbIt. Effects on comeal opacity, appearance and response of Iris, blood vessels
and tIssue of conJunctIva, and eyelIds are measured. The untreated eye should be
normal.
,.
(
II. TESTS FOR CARCINOGENESIS (TLt1OR PRODUCTION) AND MUTAGENESIS (GENETIC
DAMAGE)
There Is much concern today about the various forms of cancer and their
prevention. I t Is wen-known now that certain chemicals can cause specific
forms of cancer. A related worry is that many of the same chemicals are known
to produce mutations 1n genes that are transmitted to our children. For this
reason, tests of chemicals ·are·done to try to measure their potential for,
producing tumors or mutations in the DNA of chromosomes.
One test Is the rabbit ear test - Here the chemical to be tested IS ·painted· on
the ears of rabbits; after a period of time, the ears are examined for the
presence of tumors (cancer).
The Ames test Is a laboratory test in which chemicals are scored for their
abiJ1ty to produce genetic mutations in bacteria. Many chemlca1s producing
mutations also produce cancer, so the test indirectly Is a measure of the abl1tty
of a chemical to produce tumors..
III. TESTS FOR TERATOGENESIS <EMBRYO DAMAGE) Some chemica1s are known to
be especially dangerous in causing abnormal embryonic development. Chemicals
are given to pregnant mice and abnormal effects on offspring are 100ked for.
ACUTE TOXICITY vs. CHRONIC TOXICITY
As noted before, acute toxlc1ty results from a brief exposure to a toxic
chem1caL Effects (sk1n rash, throat or eye 1rr1tat10n, d1zz1ness) usual1y occur
soon after exposure. Acute toxic effects are often reversible; the symptoms
disappear when the exposure stops.
.
Chronic toxlc1ty Is the result of repeated exposure over longer times (days,
months, years.> It may Involve exposure to only sma11 amounts of toxic
substances, but the damage adds up. Symptoms of acute tox1c1ty may take some
time to appear, even after the exposure to toxic substances has stopped. Many
chron1c effects are 1rreverslble. An example 1s lung d1sease fo11owlng long-term
exposure to asbestos; cirrhosis of the liver 1s a we11-known example of an effect
of chronic Intake of alcoho1.
Page 7
-
~~
e
Exposure to the same chemical may produce b.Qth acute and chronic effects. For
example, a brief exposure to benzene may result In dizziness or sleepiness, while .
long-term exposure to low levels of benzene may result In anemia and posslbly_
leukemia.
Also, a single exposure to a toxic chemical may have both short-Iterm (acute)
and long-term (chronic) effects. For example, chlorine gas exposur ~ results
Immediately In a stinging and Irritation of the eyes and lungs. LatE~r, .lung
scarring with reduced pulmonary function (ability to breathe) may occur as a
result of the same e)(posure.
~ ROUTES OF ENTRY
!Toxtc substances enter the body to four main ways: through the skin by'
absorDtton: through the eyes by ªbsorDtton: thr~ugh the mouth by .1ngestlon
(swal1owtng); and via the lungs by .t.ob..a.l.a.t1 (breathtng). Actua11y, a11 toxtc
chemtcals must be absorbed tnto the body's cel1s to be poisonous. In the cases of
tngestton and Inhalation, the absorptton simply takes place at a point away from
the exter.nal body surface. Many toxtc substances are able to enter the ce11s of
the body tnmore than one of these ways, somettmes a11 four ways.
.
SKIN EXPOSURE - The skin is a barrier between the environment and ce11s of
body. Skin diseases are the most common occupattonalt11nesses. This 1s not
surprising, since 1t Is common for workers to get chemicals on the skin. the skin
Is composed of an outer layer (the Epidermis), containing the sweat hlands, hair
fo111cles, and blood vessels. Beneath this Is the Dermis, contalnlnç¡larger blood
vessels, nerves, muscles, etc.
The types of skin contact tnclude: Sol1ds; L1quids, and Gases.
Responses to sKin exposure Include:
1. Corroston - (eating away of the sktn tissue) caused by strong chemicals
like acids and caustics.
2. Dermatt..t.1s. - (Inflammed, Itchy, or reddened skin.) The skin surface may
also be blistered, hardened, or flaky, depending on the Irritant chemical Involved.
{A) Contact Dermatitis - results from direct chemical
contact and appears at the site of contact. It Is common on the hands.
I t usually goes away after exposure to the Irr1tatant Is stopped. Some
chemical causing dermatitis Include: dilute acids and caustics,
formaldehyde, ammonia, turpentine, metal dusts, and organic solvents.
.
Page 8
e
e
e
(8) A11ergic Contact Dermatitis - occurs when an
Individual becomes sensitized due to prior exposure to a toxic substance.
(Polson Ivy is a good example of this allergic response'> A later
exposure then produces symptoms 2-3 days after exposure. Examples
of chemicals frequently Involved In aJlerglc contact dermatItIs Include:
sodium bichromate, epoxies, aromatIc amlnes, formaldehyde, and nickel
metal.
More serious skin effects Include:
3. ~ - Pimples at sites of exposure. A familiar form of this response Is
called chloracne and results from exposure to chlorine. Known acne-producing
agents Include: chlorine, oil, and tar.
4. Skin Cancers - Tumors of the skin may take 20-30 years after toxic
exposure to occur. They may be caused by: mlheral ofJs, tars, and arsenic.
ie
EYE EXPOSURE - In general, eyes are affected by the same chemicals affecting
skin. However, eyes are more sensitive than skIn; thl$ Is partly the Justification
for the Dralze test mentioned above. Examples of chemicals with special
toxicity for eyes Include: formaldehyde, ammonia, and chlorine gas.
ORAL EXPOSURE - this usua11y Involves swallowing of chemIcals, and Is very
serious since the path fol low~d by Ingested Items Is:
Mouth--)Stomach--) I ntest I ne-->B lood--)Heart--) All Tissues
You can see that anything that gets Into the bloodstream goes to aU the body's
organs and tissues: liver, pancreas, glands, muscles, nerves. However, due to the
blood-brain barrier, many chemicals In the circulation cannot pass Into the brain
ce1Js; toxic substances that ~ can cause braIn damage. Likewise, many
chemicals In the circulation cannot pass Into the celJs of the testis. But, toxIc
substances that !1Q. can cause testicular or scrotal cancer. In pregnant females,
some chemicals In the circulation cannot cross the placenta Into the tissues of
the developing fetus. However, toxic substances that do. can cause abnormalities
of development, so thIs Is a specIal concern for female workers.
e
, ,
Oral exposure Is usuaJly the result of poor practICes, Including: placing hands to
mouth; eating; drinking; chewing gum; use of tobacco products; applying
cosmetics; swaJlowlng mucous from respiratory system.(About one Quart of
mucous Is secreted dally In humans.>
Page 9
e
e
What Haooens To ChemIcals That Get Into The Bloodstream By InQestlon?
The human body de211s with toxic chemicals In three main ways:
·
I. Excretion - The toxic chemical Is given back to the environment In air
breathed out of the lungs or In the urIne formed by the kidneys. Often the body Is
not able to excrete aI.l of the substance Quickly, so some remains In the tissues
for a long time.
2. Storage - f1any chemicals, partIcularly those that are soluble In 011 or
fat are not removecl from the body but are stored Instead. Usually, thIs occurs In
(at tissue. This is !how human fat tIssue has come to contain DOT,> a chlorinated
hydrocarbon pesticIde; everyone who JIved In the 1940s-1960s, when DOT was
widely used on agricultural crops, has DOT In the fat cells of their body.
3. Metabolism - Chemicals absorbed Into the bloodstream from the
stomach or Intestine make their way first to thé body's 1argest organ, the liver.
There useful nutrients like glucose are stored, sent on to other organs, or
converted to other useful chemIcal compounds. This process of converttng one
chemical to another Is called metabolism, and toxic compounds undergo
metabollsm too. Two main things may happen to a toxic compound as It Is
metabolized In the 11lver:
·
(A) Detoxl!Jcatlon -"The Good News"
The toxic substance Is converted to a harmless substance. Since the
blood enters the Jlver first on Its journey from the Intestine,
detoxification protects the cells further along from harmfu! effects of
dangerous chemicals. The liver Is the body's main detoxifying organ.
:Q' '(B) FormatIon of Reactive Intermediates - "The Bad News"
'('I'-O~~O~ Sometimes the liver converts toxic chemicals to more toxic ()nes. These
tC-r' ~ then leave the lIver In the blood and make their way to all the' tissues
~~fJ.,~ è, of the body.
" (ffl
Toxic Chemicals and "TarQet" Tissues
Certain toxIc chemicals have effects on special cells of the body. Like a
bullet, these chemIcal compounds are aImed at particular tissues. For example,
It was discovered long ago that chimney sweeps exposed to chimney soot had a
very high Incidence of scrotal cancer. We know now that the organIc chemical
residues from coal in chimney soot are very potent cancer-producing agents.
More recently, the compound OBCP (dlbromochloropropane)was discovered to
be associated with male Infertility and sterilIty.
·
Page 10
e
.
.
Organophosphate insecticides used In agriculture directly affect nerve
cells, leading to neurotoxicity, Including tremors and spasms.
Notice that aJl three of these examples are industrial diseases assoçlated
with particular kinds of Jobs.
lUNG EXPOSURE -
The route by which Inhaled chemicals make their way to the body's ceJls Is:
Nose or Mouth--)Alrways--)lungs-~)Blood--)Heart--)AJI Tissues
.
Inhalation Is the most common way that toxic substances are absorbed In the
wOrkplace. The large volume of air (and dusts, fumes, vapors, mists, and gases)
breathed In by humans In one day makes this route particularly dangerous; about
t 2,240 liters of air (432 cubic feet) are Inhaled each day.
Effects of Inhalation of toxic substances may be:
1. Direct - producing damage to the lungs themselves. An example Is
asbestos, which produces scarring of the lung tissue, and may result In a form of
cancer called mesothelioma.
2. Absorption Into the bloodstream and transport to the organs and tissues
(brain, kidneys, liver, etcJ The lung contains little sacs, the alveoli, having a
very large surface area (about 100 square meters) for absorption, and surrounded
by tiny blood vessels.
\
A special danger to work'ers, particularly In confined spaces, Is
asphyxiation. Air Is about 20% oxygen, the remainder being mostly nitrogen. A
continuing supply of oxygen Is necessary for life. Lack of oxygen results In
asphyxiation. In high concentrations, some substances reduce (carbon dioxide,
acetylene, argon) the available oxygen In the air,
Some chemicals (carbon monoxide, hydrogen cyanide) combine with the
hemoglobin In the red blood ceJls, not aJ10wlng the hemoglobin to pick up oxygen
and transport It to the body's cells. These chemicals are toxic because they
Indirectly result In asphyxiation.
BIOLOGICAL TOXIC EFFECTS
.
NEUROTOXICITY - <Bra1n and Nerves)
* Chlor1nated Hydrocarbon Pestlc1des <DOT, Chlordane)
*' Organophosphate Pestlc1des and Nerve Gases (Malathion, Parath1on, G8, VX)
MET A80LlC POISONS - (A11 Ttssues or Target T1ssues)
* Cyantde, Flour1ne
Page I
e
fit
,.
i
CARCINOGENESIS (CANCER) - (All Tissues or Target Tissues)
* Benzene, Benzo(a)pyrene, DMBA, DBCP(dlbromochloropropane)
.
TERATOGENESIS (Femal,~s)
. * ThalidomIde, Dlo)(lns
LIMITING EXPOSURE TO TOXICANTS
1. KNOW THE NATURE OF THE CHEMICAl SUBSTANCE CNIOSH Guide)
Concentrat1ons:
IDLH -Immediately Dangerous to Life Be Health
® Permissible Exposure level -..:1k .;('~
Tl V - Threshold LImit Value - 5(J/54~~/t)/1 1) /?/~s,1I
o t7tŸ'\ 0 rz.e -;goncee.fPJf'we
~R
Soeclal Conslderat~
Ca - Identtflesl<nown or suspected carcinogens (NIOSH Guide) .
2. KNOW THE ROUTE<S) OF EXPOSURE OF THE CHEMICAL:
INH (Inhalation) : ADS (Absorption): ING (Ingestion)
3. USE APPROPRIATE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EOUIPMENT (NIOSH Guide),
SCBA (Se1f Contained Breathing Apparatus)
PAPR (Powered Air-Purifying Respirator)
GM (Air Purifying Hesplrator -"Gas Mask"- With Appropriate Canister)
KNOWl NG THE NATURE OF THE WORKPLACE
t1SDS - Mater1al Safety Data Sheets
* On fUe at the Job site - An worKers have access to the MSDS sheets.
* MSDS GIves:
. Material Ident.lflcatlon (Name, Synonyms)
Ingredients
.
I -
Page 12
.
I!
,.
.
e
e
Hazards nL V, Biologic Effects)
Physical Data
Fire & Exploslon Data
Reactivity Data
Health Hazard Information
Protect10n Informat10n (PPE, Ventt1atlon, etcJ
Spec1al Precaut10ns
THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES
TL V-C (Threshold Ltmtt Value - Cetltng)
· The concentratton that should not be exceeded even momentarl1y.
· Important for some trrttant gases.
TL V-STEL (Threshold L1mit Value - Short-Term Exposure L1mit)
· The maximum concentration to which workers can be exposed for up to
15 mtnutes conttnuously wtthout suffering from:
(1) 1rritatton,
(2) chronic or irreversible tissue change, or
(3) narcosis of sufficient degree to increase accident proneness,
Impair-self-rescue, or materially reduce work efficiency, provided that,
( 1) no more than 4 excursions per day are permitted, and that
(2) at least 60 minutes elapse between exposure periods, and that
(3) the dai Iy TL V- TW A is not exceeded.
TL V- TWA (Threshold Ltmlt Value - Time-Weighted Average>
· The TWA concentratIon for a normal a-hour workday or 4O-hour
workweek to whIch nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed, day after
day, without adverse effect.
Some Toxic Compounds and Their IDlH and PEL Values
IDLH
PEL nw A)
Acrolein
Methyl isocyanate (MIC)
Phosgene
Toluene
TOluene-2,4-dl Isocyanate nOI)
5ppm
20 ppm
2ppm
2000 ppm
1 0 ppm
O. 1 ppm
0.02 ppm
O. 1 ppm
I 00 ppm
0.005 ppm
Page 13
-
e
Some Known Carcinogens
I. Tl Vs ASSIGNED
....
/
I
TlV
bts (ChloromethyJ)ether
Vtny1 chloride.
0.001 ppm
~¡ppm
II. NO Tl V ASSIGNED - tl2. exposure or contact permitted
4-Aminodiphenyl (p-Xeny1amtne>
Benzidine
Beta-Naphthylam tne
4-Nitr1>dtphenyl
- Sktn
- Skin
Some Suspected Carcinogens
.I1.Y
Acrylonttr11e
Carbon tetrachloride
Chloroform
Ethy1ene dtbrom1de
Forma1dehyde .
Hydraztne
o-To1utdtne
Vtny1 Bromtde
2ppm
Sppm
10 ppm
..,
1 ppm
O. 1 ppm
2ppm
Sppm
.
Page 14
~/,
;>
"
.cz'
.
.
.
e
e
MateriaJ Satety Data Sheet
Máy be ~ 'II) c:ampfy ...
OSHA', Hamd Canmunic:aôon StandIIrd.
29 CFR 1910.12CO. ~ ~ be
COf*Ibd for søeciftc requirwnenta.
u.s. DepIrtment of Labor
Occuøcáon.l SdW1V and H..ltf1 Administration
(Non-Mendetoty Fonn) -
Form Aøørowd
OMS No. 1218-0072
~
tOIh III T (Aa u.a at UÞIt -.J u.q
~ SIIrIIr ~ .. nat p.,.4ooGI:. , .., ." . not ~ ~ ':T "It
.........., ... . t~ ,.... ~ ÞI".., C 'laiCa1!l :'Ie
s.ction I
~I Heme
Eine...,.....f T~ 10116 ......
~ (/UfrIW. SDwt. Cly, sr.. .-1 Z1P CoøI
T~.. ...... IQr 1l1IQ,.~
o.PI_ed
~ øI ",..... (~
S«;Uon II - ~ ~ InfonnaUon
~ eo-TIOQ¡~ ICI (Søec:n1c ~ IdenCIry. CamaI ~tU' ' OSHA PEL
~ 1
----------
/
an. una .
~
ACGti Tt. V
:.;rQPO:Y
s.ctIoc1 III - ~ a..r.c~
SOIlIng Peine SpedIc Gt..,;ty (t":O · 1)
VIØQr ~ (mm H;.) ~ Pore
VI(JOI o..y ~ . 1) E~.ao., R.e
~~.1)
ScIuÞiity In W..,.
~1Ce end 00ar
(
SecUon IV - Fh 1M ~ HaDrd em
AMn Peine (M«nad u.d)
La.
I UE.
I n.,..~ LiY*
~~
SøeaeI Are ~ ~
~ Are end ~ Ha:wde
~ 1oc:aI~
C$U. 1701. S4oçt. .~
e
e
~ v - Alaatvtty o.1a
- r=-Ec---
IncamøeÞOiÜtY (AU"'" 10 AtQio)
HczMaauI Doo.4oI~. Of ~~
Ha8racU I :, ~_ ' E COI~.. 10......
~-~ ..~----- ,
s.ction V1 - HMttI Hazllrcl Data
FbAl(II 01 ErtrIy. 1nn.-an1
......" HuIraI (AcIAt MId CMnc
.
Skin1
~1
":.¡ 'Q IOgeI~
NTP?
IMC 1ob~~w1
OSHA ~
S9'I atIQ S>,-.,~... 01 ~
Mâ:II CadIicInI
a...., ...aId Þf EJoaue
'-1
6M.,.." InIS ,... Aid ~
Sedion VI - PNcauöana for Safe ...~ md U-
s.. to Be T~ ... c- ....... 'I P . J Of ~
~~~
PNc:IIuÞanI to Be r.... 1ft ~ n:I SIamQ
0Itw PrcaIDanI
Section VII - Contraf "111..
I' _ - r fI,.......... (SøeaIy ~
v_ I=--=--
F.~~
0Iw P.~ 0aINng 01 ~I
~E
.1
I
w.o.... r~~ ~
.... J
. ~o ·_....n.la._), I
--------.---------
-
.
.
Identity:
Chemical Name/Trade Name
The name appearing in this area will usually be a trade
name. The name must be the same as that on the contalne'
label and chemical list. In some cases. the scientific or
chemical name and synonyms will appear.
Section I:
Name and Address
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) will have the name anc
address of the manufacturer. importer. or other responSible
party who can if necessary. provide additional information
about the chemical and appropriate emergency procedures
Emergency and Information Telephone
Numbers
The number(s) appearing here are usually intended for
emergency use. The number(s) may be that of the
manufacturer or importer. or to a service. such as Chemtre:
(See GLOSSARY page 14)
Date Prepared
.
Section II:
The date the information found on the MSDS was finalized : ~
approved.
Hazardous Ingredients/Identity
Information
This section lists :he various components of the material
and. when established. the allowable exposure limits. The
MSDS must list the following exposure limits:
· Permissible Exposure Lil!lit (PEL) - Established by OSHA
and are legal limits.
· Threshold Umit Value (TLV) . Establishedby the American
Conference of Governmental Industrial
Hygienists.Reviewed and published annually.
· Any other exposure limit used or recommended by the
manufacturer.
Chemical Family/Formula
Many manufacturers will include this information. The
chemical family is the general class of the chemical, such
as acid, solvent. organic amine. etc.For simple substances,
the manufacturer may provide the chemical formula.
.
J~
,;}
e
e
s.ctIon.-~I~
:-:.. en. ~ ·1.
v.,. o.n.r CAIf'. I) ..
~..w_
1_~I.,o."
==-
~ AcIt-.. I)
ª
AM--'" 8ftII Odar
.'
\ r·-
,;-
·
·
·
--,---
e
.
.
Section III:
Physical/Chemical
Characteristics
This section lists chemical and physical prÕperties of the
substance as determIned by laboratory testing. Only those
, tests applicable to the product will be shown and can vary
from substance to substance. Definitions for properties not
listed here may be found in the GLOSSARY.
Boiling Point
This is the temperature at which a liquid changes to a
vapor, generally at a pressure of one atmosphere.!n general.
the lower the boiling point of a flammable liquid, the greater
the fire hazard.
Vapor Density
The relative density or weight of a vapor or gas (with no air
present) compared to an equal volume of air at ambient
temperature. With air rated at 1.0. a measuremenr greater
than 1.0 indicates a vapor or gas heavier than air, less than
1.0 indicates it is lighter than air.
Solubility In Water
.
The percentage of a material (by weight) that will dissolve In
water at ambient temperature. Solubility information can be
useful in determining spill procedures and fire extinguishing
agents and methods.
Appearance and Odor
.. .A brief description of the material under normal room
temperature and atmospheric pressure.
Specific Gravity
The ratio of the weight of the product compared to an equal
volume of water. This is an expression at the density of the
product.(See GLOSSARY for example.)
Insoluble materials with specific gravities at less than 1.0 will
float in or on water while a specitic gravity of more than 10
will sink in water. Most flammable liquids will float on water
which is an important consideration in fire fighting.
Melting Point
The temperature at which a solid substance changes to a
liquid state. For mixtures, the melting range may be given,
pH
.
The degree of acidity or alkalinity at a solution with neutrality
indicated as seven (7). The lower the number below seven,
the more "acid" the solution and the higher the number
above seven, the more "alkaline" or "basic" the solution,
\. \
e
-
Section IV - Fh .. ~ " HaDrd Deta
".. ... (WINO ~
~ ......
I F\IiMWII& un..
I~
J~
---~~~
...... ,.. ... I.-an ......
.
~i.·
.
.
.
e
.
.
Section iv:
FIre and explosion Hazard Data
.
.
This section describes factors that should be conSidered
, when encountering a fire or the potential for ignttion of tOe
chemical.
Flash Point
The flash point of a material is the the lowest temperature
which'will cause vapor to be given off in sufficient quantity
to ignite in the presence of an ignition source. Since flash
points vary with the test method. the method is shown. Tag
Closed Cup (PMCC). and Setaflash (SETA) are some of the
more test methods.
Flammable or Explosive Limits
When flammable vapors are mixed with air in the proper
proportions. the mixture can be ignited. The range of
concentrations over which the flash will occur is designated
by the Lower Explosive Limit (LEL) and the Upper explosive
Limit (UEL). Flammable limits (explosive limits) are
expressed as percent volume of vapor in air.
extinguishing Media
Flammable or combustible chemicals behave differently
when burning dependent on their physical characteristics
..and flammable characteristics. Therefore. the extinguishing
media must be selected for its ability to extinguish a fire or
not to increase the problems associated with the fire. Water,
dry chemical, foam (AFFF. protein), CO2. Halon 1211. and
Halon 1301 are some commonly used extinguishing media,
Special Fire-Fighting Pr~ures
General fire-fighting methods are not described but special
or "exception to the rule" procedures may be listed,
Unusual Fire and Explosion Hazards
Hazardous chemical reactions. changes in chemical
composition. or by-products produced during fire or high
heat conditions wiU be shown. Hazards associated with the
application of extinguishing media will be shown if
applicable,
Auto Ignition Temperature
The approximate lowest temperature at which a flammable
or vapor-air mixture will spontaneously ignite without spark
Of flame,
.
e
s.c.an v - All =tMtv o.ta
- I=- B-·-
~.,.,.... ,.......
I~"" 0..
..-.. .......,
/::--. BC-·-
.--
~~.-
--'
-'
·
·
·
. ,.-.......--., -
It
.
.
Section V:
R.activlty Data
This section describes any tendency or potential of the
matenalto undergo' a chemIcal change and release energy.
Undesirable effects. such as temperature increase.
formation of toxic or corrosive by-products due to heating cr
as a result of contact with other materials will be describec.
S~bility
An expression 01 the ability 01 the material to remain
unchanged.
Incompatibility
An indication 01 the by-products which may result from
contact with other materials.
Hazardous Decomposition
An indication of the relative hazards associated with
decomposition of the material.(See polymerization in the
GLOSSARY) ,
.
.-
.
, ¿ '. .
.
e
s.etIan VI - ..-. HaMt oø.
Aca-. IIIIIwy. ~1
.... HaarOIlAt:JM ... Owctc
Sllrt1
.,...,
~---~.
&ARC ........~4?
OSHA ~1
N1P'1
SIGN end St-1_1IiI1II ~
...... eor....
0..., ~.., e.....
f/!'-".....F Ind"'" AlII ~
,n/1
/// l
.
, I
.
.
-
.
.
Section VI:
Health Hazard Data Routes of
Entry
This section provides information on the ways the chemical
may enter the bOdy,
Health, Hazards/Effects of Exposure
This section provides information on ttie health effects
associated with overexposure. Both acute and chronic
effects should be listed. Many times there will be three
listings. one each for eye. skin. and inhalation. In addition,
toxicological information may also be given. This data is
usually the result of research. (See LDso and LCso in the
GLOSSARY.)
Carcinogenicity
This section will report as to whether NTP. IARC. or OSHA
have listed the substance as a known or suspected cancer
causing chemical.
.
Signs ~nd Symptoms of Expo.sure
A sùmmary of some general effects (dizziness. nausea.
headache. etc.) which are associated with exposure will be
indicated here.
.' .~ical Conditions Aggravated by
Exposure
Based on generally recognized effects and known cause
and effect.
Emergency and First Aid Procedures
Based on anticipated effects, emergency and first-aid
procedures are recommended.
.
"
--
e
s.cöort VI - Prec8utIone few Sa*- Handling Md u..
,.. III .. r~ .. c- ...... . "--I. 01 5øIed
....... o.øa. .......
~ III lie r.-, .. ~ MIS Slam;
or. "-*""
SectIon VII - Control ..........
"--,~~~
IJ~
- 1::'':'"-
~ GIcPIw '
or. ~ Oanng 01 ~ ~ _II
W001l.tt~w: "'-*-
J'
.
.
.
e
e
·
Section VII:
PrecautIons tor Sat. Handling
and U..
Steps to be Taken in Case Material is
Released or Spilled
Information desCribes how to properly contain and handle
the matenal in the event of spills or leaks that may damaçe
the environment.
This may include recommended clean up materials.
equipment, and personal protective clothing.
Waste Disposal
The manufacturer's recommended method for disposing c~
excess, spent. used. leaked, or spIlled material.
Special Precautions
This section will provide information regarding special
measures for storage and/or handling which were not
covered in other sections.
·
Section VIII:
Control M..sures
Recommendations are given regarding types of Control
measures and protective devices that may be necessary,
." Recommendations will include personal protection such as
'·respirators. eye and face protection, and protective c othir"~
such as gloves, Engineering controls (e.g., local exhaust
ventilation) may also be listed.
Other
Many manufacturers will provide information which is not
designated on the Material Safety Data Sheet.
Some of the common categories include:
·
· DOT (Department of Transportation) information such as
required hazard labeling and placards.
· EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) information
including whether the material is considered a hazardous
waste as defined by EPA.
. CAS (Chemical Abstract Service) number. The CAS
number IS a unique number given to a chemIcal. The CAS
registry can provide additional information about the
chemical. It should be noted that not all chemicals have
CAS numbers.
. Issue information. that is. the date the sheet was Issued cr
last updated.
y
--
e
.:
.
.
,',_ . .......1.
e
e
.
Glossary of
Commonly Used
Terms for
Material Safety
Data Sheets
.
.
A
Acute Effect-An adverse effect C'1 a human or animal
body, with symptoms that develoc rapidly. Also see
"chronic.
Acute Toxicity-The adverse (acute) effects resulting frcrr.
a single dose of or exposure to a substance. Ordinan y use:
to denote effects in experimental animals.
ACGIH-American Conference of Governmental Industrial
Hygienists; an orgalnzaHon of professIonal Industnal
hygienists in governmental agencies or educational
institutions engaged i"\ occupational safety and health
programs.ACGIH de'¡elops and publishes recommendrC
occupational exposJre limits (see TLV) for hundreds of'
chemical substances and physical agents.
ANSI-Amencan National Standards Institute: a privately
funded. voluntsry membership organization that identifies
industrial and public needs for national consensus
standards ar.d coordinates development of such standards,
Many ANSI standards relate to safe design/performance cf
equipment-such as safety shoes. eyeglasses. smoke
detectors. fire pumps. household appliances-and safe
practices or procedures-such as noise measurmenr. testinç
of fire extinguishers and lIame arrestors. industrial lighting
.' ,.practices. and use of abrasive wheels.
API-American Petroleum Institute: voluntary membershIp
organization of the petroleum industry. Among its services.
API assists member committees in developing-by the
consensus process-and publishing recommended practices
tor drilling and well servicing. storage tank installation. tank
cleaning, piping and fittings. other industry-related design,
installation. and operating practies: also funds and
publishes basic reference OOOKS and manuals (example:
Industrial Hygiene Monitoring Manual for Petroleum
Refineries and Selected PetrochemIcal Operations'),
Aaphyxlant-A vapor or gas which can cause
unconsciousness or death by suffocation (lack of
oxygen).Most simple asphyxiants are harmful to the body
only when they become so concentrated that they reduce
normal oxygen concentration in the air (about 21 percent) te
NOTE:The definitions provided here are intended for
educational/informational use only,They mayor may not
conform to definitions used by federal. state, or local
regulatory bodies,
\
\ '
e
e
dangerous levels (18 percent or lower). Asphyxiation IS one
of the principal potenltal hazards of worktng In confined -
spaces.
e.
ASTM-American Society for Testing and Material,s;
voluntary membership organization with members from
broad spectrum of individuals. agencies. and industries
concerned with materials. The wortd's largest source of
voluntary consensus standards for'materials. products.
systems. and services. ASTM is a resource for sampling and
testing methods. health. and safety aspects of materials.
safe performance guidelines. effects of physical and
biological agents. and chemicals.
Autolgnltlon Temperature-The minimum temperature
required to initiate or cause self-sustained combustion in
any substance in the absence of a flame or spark.
B
Boiling Point-The temperature at which a liquid changes
to vaoor state. at a given pressure; usually expressed in
degrees Fahrenheit at sea level pressure (760 mmHg, or
one atmosphere). For mixtures, the initial boiling point or the
boiling range may be given. Aammable materials with low e
boiling points generally present special fire hazards.Some .
approximate boiling points:
Propane -440 F (-410 C)
Anhydrous Ammonia -2e- F (-330 C)
Butane 310 F (-0.5° C)
Gasoline 10cr F (38" C)
Allyl Chloride 1130 F (450 C)
Ethylene Glycol 387" F (197" C)
80M, or 8uMI~Bureau of Mines of the U.S. Department
of Interior. BOM began approving air breathing apparatus in
1918. later adding all types of respirators. 80M's respirator
testing/approval activities have been discontinued; NIOSH
nmY has this responsibility.
c
"C". or c.fUng- The maximum allowable human e)(posure
limit for an airborne substance;' not to be exceeded even
momentarily. Also see "PEL" and "TL''¡''.
e
r;"·
.
.
.
e
e
COr-Carbon dioxide. a colortess gas. produced by the
combustion and decomposition of organic substances and
as a by-product of many chemicals processes. CO2 will not
bum. and is relatively nontoxic although high concentrations.
can create hazardous oxygen deficient environments.
COC-Cleveland Open Cup; a fJash point test method.
CombuatJble-A term used by NFPA. DOT. OSHA and
others to classify certain liquids that will bum. on the basis
of flash potnts. NFPA. DOT and OSHA generally define
"combustible liquids" as having a flash point above 100" F
(37.ae C) and below 200' F (93.3° C). Also see "flammable."
Nonliquid substances such as wood and paper are
classified as "ordinary combustibles" by NFPA.
Concentnltfon- The relative amount of a substance when
combined or mixed with other substances. Examples: 2ppm
hydroçen sulfide in air. or a 50 percent caustic solution.
Corro.lve-As defined by OSHA. a corrosive material is a
chemical that caµses visible destruction or irreversible
alterations in human skin tissue at the site of contact.A solid
or liquid waste which exhibits a "characteristic or
corrosivity," as defined by RCRA, may be regulated (by
EPA) as a hazardous waste.A liquid that has a sev" 'e '
corrosion rate on steel may be regulated by DOT.
CUtaneoua ToxJcfty-See "Dermal Toxicity."
CPSC--Consumer Products Safety Commission: federal
agency with responsibility for regulating haZardous materials
when they appear in consumer goods.For CPSC purposes.
hazards are defined in the Hazardous Substances Act and
the Poison Prevention Packaging Act of 1970.
D
Decompoeftton-8reakdown of å material or substance (by
heat, chemical reaction. electrolysis. decay. or other
processes) into parts or elements or simpler compounds.
DennaJ-Used on or applied to the skin.
Dermal ToxJdty-Adverse effects resulting from skin
exposure to a substance. Ordinarily used to denote effects in
experimentaJ animals.
, - , ,,--,.. --,
e
e
CAA-Clean Air Act: federal law enacted to regUlateireduce.
air pollution. Administered by U.S. EPA.
~rclnog.n-A substance or agent known or suspected of
being capable of cauSIng or producing cancer in mammals.
C.A.S.-Chemical Abstracts Services: a Columbus. Ohio
organization which indexes information published in
"Chemical Abstracts" by the American Chemical Society
and pi'ovides index guides by which infc)rmation about
particular substances may be located in the "Abstracts"
when needed. "CAS. Numbers" identit,; specific chemicals,
Not every chemical has been assigned .a CAS. number.
cc-Cubic centimeter; a vOlume measurement in the metric
system. equal in capacity to one milliliter (m!).
I
Chemk.al F.mlly-A group of single elements or
compounds with a common general name. Example:
acetone. methyl ethyl ketone (MEK), and methyl isobutyl
ketone (MIBK) are of the "ketone" family; acrolein. furfural.
and acetaldehyde are of the "aldehyde" family.
CHEMTREC--Chemical Transport~tion Emergency Center: a.
national center established by the Chemical Manufacturers
Association (CMA) in Washington, D.C., in 1970, to relay
pertinent emergency information concerning specific
ct\emicals on request. CHEMTREC has a 24-hour toll free
Telephone Number. (800) 424·9300. intended primarily for
use by those who respond to chemical transportation
emergencies.
Chronic Etfect-An adverse effect on human or animal
body, with symptoms which develOp slowly over a long
period of time or which recur frequently. Also see "acute."
Chronic Toxlclty-Adverse (chronic) effects resulting from
repeated doses of a substance or repeated exposures over
a relatively prolonged period of lime. Ordinarily used to
denote effects in experimental animals.
CWA-Clean Water Act; federal law enacted to
regulate/reduce water pollution. Administered by U.S. EPA.
CO-Carbon monoxide. a colorless. odorl,ess. flammable.
and very toxic gas produced by incomplete combustion; .
also a by-product of many chemical processe~.
(~(
~,
e
e
.
DHHS-U.S. Department of Health and Human Services:
created in 1980 to replace the Department of Health.
Education. and Welfare (DHEW) as "parent" for N/QSH.
Public Health Service. and other agencies. related to health
and safety.
DOT -U.S. Department of Transportation; regulates
transportation of chemicals and other substances. to aid in
the protection of the pUblic as well as' fire. law enforcement.
and other emergency response personnel. particularly whe~
transportation incidents occur involving hazardous
materials. Detailed DOT classification lists specify
appropriate wamings-such as Oxidizing Agent or Flammat:' e
Uquid-which must be used for various substances.
E
EPA-U.S. Environmental Protection Agency: federal
agency with environmental protection. regulatory. and
enforcement authority. Administers Clean Air Act. Clean
Water Act. FIFRA. RCRA. TSCA. and other federal
environmental laws.
.
epidemiology-The science that deals with the study of
disease in a general population. Determinationof the
incidence (rate of occurrence) and distribution of a
particular disease (as by age, sex, or occupation) may
provide information about the cause of the disease.
ewtporatlon Raa-The rate at which a particular materia!
will vaporize (evaporate) when compared to the rate of
vaporization of a known material. The evaporation rate ca~
be useful in evaluating the health and fire hazardS of a
material. The known material is usually normal butyl acetate
(NBUAC or n-BuAc), with a vaporization rate designated as
1.0.Vaporization rates of other solvents or materials are the"
classified as:
- FAST evaporating if greater than 3.0. Examples: Methyl
Ethyl Keytone (MEK) =- 3.8. Acetone'" 5.6. Hexane... ê.2
- MEDIUM evapOrating if 0.8 to 3.0.Examples: 190 proof (95
percent) Ethyl Alcohol - 1.4. VM&P Naphtha - 1.4. Mt8K
,. 1.6
- SLOW evaporating jf less than O.e.Examples: Xylene 0.6,
, Isobutyl Alcohol - 0.6. Normal Butyl Alcohol =- 0.4, Water
- 0.3, Mineral Spirits - 0.1.
.
)1
8
e
.
F
FDA-The U.S. Food and Drug Administration: und4:!r the
provisions of the Federal Food. Drug, and Cosmetic: Act. the
FDA establishes requirements for the labeling of foclds and
drugs to protect consumers from misbranded,
unwholesome, ineffective. and hazardous products. FDA
also regulates materials for food contact service and the
conditions under which such materials are approved.
F1FRA-Federal Insecticide, Fungicide. and Rodenticide
Act; regulations administered by U.S. EPA under this Act
require that certain useful poisons. such as chemical
pesticides, sold to the public contain labels that carry health
hazard warnings to protect users.
Flat' Point-The temperature at which a liquid will give off·
enoUgh flammable vapor to ignite. There are several flash
point test methods, and flash points may vary for the same
material depending on the method used, SO the test method
is indicated when the flash point is given (1S<r F PMCC,
200- F TCe, etc.)
FlarNnable-A "flammable liquid" is defined by OSHA as a
liquid with a Rash point below 100- F (37.S- C).SoUds that .
will ignite readily or are liable to cause fires under ordinary
conditions of transportation through friction or retained heat
from manufacturing or processing, and which bum :so
vigorously and .persistently as to create a serious
transportation. hazard, are classified by DOT as "flammable
solids." Also see "combustible."
Formula-The conventional scientific designation fOlr a
material (water is HaO. sulfuric acid is ~O., sulfur dioxide
is SOz etc,)
G
General Exhauat-A system for exhausting air containing
cootaminants from a general work area. Also see "local
exhaust"
g-GAAM; a metric unit of weight.One ounce U.S.
(avoirdupois) is about 28.4 grams.
g/1(g-Grams per kilogram: an expression of dose used in
oral and dermal toxicology testing to indicate the grams of
substance dosed per kilogram of animal body weight.Also
see "kg" (kilogram).
.
/('
./
e
e
.
H
Hazardou. Matertal-A substance or material capable of
posing an unreasonable risk to health, safety and pr9pen-.."
.....Ith Hazard-As defined by OSHA. "a chemical for
which there is statistical,ly significant evidence based on a:
least one study conducted in accordance with establishec
scientific principles that acute or chronic health effects 1TIa....
occur. "
I
Ignftable-A solid. liquid, or compressed gas waste whlC~
exhibits a "characteristic of ignitability." as defined by
RCRA. may be regulated (by U.S. EPA) as a hazardous
waste.
1
IncompatJb~aterials which could cause dangerous
reactions from direct contact with one another are descnt::
as incompatible.
IngeatJon- The swallowing of a substance in the form of a
gas. vapor, fume. mist. or dust.
(.
Ii'lhlbltor-A chemical which is added to another substanc:
.' to prevent an unwanted chemical change from occurring.
Imt.nt-A chemical, which is not corrosive. but which
causes reversible inflammatory effect on living tissue by
chemical action at the site of contact.
K/
--....
kg-Kilogram; a metric unit of weight, about 2.2 U.S.
pounds.Also see "gIkg." "g," and "mg."
L
L-Liter; a metric unit of capacity, A U.S. quart is about 9/~:
of a liter.
LC-letha/ Concentration; a concentration of a substance
being tested that will kill a test anil)1al.
.
Lc.-Lethal Concentration; the concentration of a material
in air which on the basis of laboratory test has been shown
to kill 50 percent of a group of test animals when
--;;> -
'--~
J..)
e
e
·
administered as a single exposure (usually 1 or 4 hours).
The lC~ is expressed as parts ot material per million parts -
ot air, by volume (ppm) tor gases and vapors, or as
micrograms ot material per liter ot air (mg/l) or rTulligrams or
material per cubic meler ot air (mg/MJ) tor dusta and mists.
as well as tor gases and vapors.
LD-lethal Dose: a concentration ot a substance _ being
tested that will kill a test animal.
~ethal Dose: a single dose of a material which on the
basis ot laboratory tests has been shown to kill 50 percent
ot a gr<X,Jp of test animals. The LD~ dose is usually
expressed as milligrams or grams ot material per kilogram ot
animal body weight (mg/kg or gIkg). The material may be
administered by mouth (oral) or applied to the skin (dermal
or cutaneous).
LEL. or LFL-lower Exposure Umit or Lower Aammable
Umit of a vapor or gas: the lowest concentration (lowest
percentage of the substance in air) that will produce a flash
of fire when an ignition source (heat. arc. or flame) is
present. At concentrations lower than the LEL. the mixture is
too "lean" to bum.AIso see "UEL"
·
Local Exhauat-A system for capturing and exhausting
contaminants from the air at the point where the
contaminants are produced (welding, grinding. sanding,
other processes. or operations).AJso see "generaJ exhaust:'
M
"'-Cubic meter; a metric measure of volume. about 35.3
cubic feet or 1.3 cubic yards.
Meüfng PoInt-the temperature at which a solid substance
changes to a liquid state. For mixtures. the melting range
may be given.
Mechanical ExNIuat-A powered device. such as a
motor-driven fan or air/stream venturi tube, for exhausting
contaminants from a work place. vessel, or enclosure.
mg-Milligram; a metric unit of weight.There are ~.OOO
milligrams in one gram (g) of a substance.
mglkg-Milligrams per kilogram. an expression 01'
toxicological dose.See "glkg."o
·
::,(/
e
e
. mglM'-Milligrams per cubic meter: a unit for measurrng
concentrations of dusts, gases. or mists in air.
(
mJ.-Milliliter: a metric unit of capacity, equal in volume to
one cut>ic centimeter (cc). or about 1116 of a cubic
inch. There are 1.000 milliliters in one (1) liter.
.
mmHg-Milfimeters (mm) of mercury (Hg), a unit of
measurement for low pressures or partial vacuums.
mppct-Million Particles Per Cubic Foot: a unit for
measuring particles of a substance suspended in air.
Exposure limits for mineral dusts (silica, graphite, Portland
cement. nuisance dusts, and others). formerly expressed as
mppcf. are now more commonly quoted in mg/u.c.M3.
MSHA- The Mine Safety and Health Administration of the
U.S. Department of the Interior; federal agency with safety
and health r:egulatory and enforcement authorities for the
mining industry. Also see "OSHA:'
Mutagen-A substance or agent capable of altering the
. genetic material in a living cell.
I N
, NaOH-Sodium hydroxide. or caustic soda.
N,-Nitrogen; a colorless. odorless. and tasteless gas that
will not bum and will not support combustion. The earth's
atmosphere (air) is about 78 percent nitrogen; at higher
concentrations. nitrogen can displace oxygen and become a
lethal asphyxiant. See "Asxphyxiant."
NRC-National RespOnse Center: a notification center in the
Coast Guard Building in Washington. Q,C.. with a toll· free
Telephone Number (1·8Q0-424-8802) which must be callea
when significant oil or chemical spills or other
environmentally·related accidents occur.
NBUAC, or n-BuAc-oormaJ butyl acetate. See
"evaporation rate."
NFPA-Nationaf Fire Protection Association: an internationai
voluntary membership organization to promote/improve tire
. protection and prevention and establish safeguards against
loss of life and property by fire. Best known on the industnal
scene for the National Fire Codes·16 volumes of codes,
5;-
8
e
..
standards. recommended practices. and manuals
developed (and penodically updated) by NFPA technical
committees.Among these is NFPA 704M, the cocle for
showing hazards of materials using the familiar
diamond-shaped label or placard with appropriate numbers
or symbols. The brief explanation below illustrates the NFPA
principle of using color codes and scales of 0 to 4 (low to
high) to classify material hazards:
Are Hazard (Red)
o Will not bum
1 Will ignite if preheated
2 Will ignite if moderately heated
3 Wiß ignite at most ambient conditions
.. Bums readily at ambient conditions
Health Hazard' (Blue) 0 Ordinary combustible hazards in a
fire
1 Slightfy hazardous
2 Hazardous
3 Extreme danger
.. Deadly
RMcttvtty (Yellow)
.
o Stable and not reactive with water
1 Unstable if heated
2 Violent chemical change
3 Shock and .heat may detonate
.. May detonate
Specf1'lc Hazard
OXY Oxidizer
ACID Acid
AU< Alkali
COR Corrosive
W Use No Water Radiation Hazard
NIOSK-NationaJ Institute for Occupational Safety and
Heatth of the Public Health Service. U.S. Department of
Health and Human Services (DHHS), federal agency which
tests and certifies respiratory protective devices and air
S8fT1pling detector tubes, recommends occupational
eiposure limits for various substances and assists OSHA
and MSHA in occupational safety and health investiga- tion~
and research.
NOx-Oxides of nitrogen; undesirable air pollutants. NOx
emissions are regulated by U.S. EPA under the Clean Air
Act.
.
--;.t
..
e
e
·
o
Olfllctory-Relating to the sense of smell. The olfactory
organ in the nose IS the sensing element that detects odors
and transmits information to the brain through the olfactory
nerves.
Or.l-Used in or taken into the body-through the mouth.
01111 Toxicity-Adverse effects resulting from taking a
substance into the body via the mouth. Ordinarily used to
denote effects in experimental animals.
. !
OSHA-Occupationat Safety and Health Administration of
the U.S. Department of Labor: tederal agency with safety
and health regulatory and enforcement authorities tor most
U.S. industry and business. Also. see "MSHA."
·
j)x~n a literal sense, oxidation is a reaction in
Wfiích a substance combines WIth oxygen provided by an
oxidizer or oxidizing agent (see definitions below). In a
broader sense, based on modern atomic theory, science
today detines oxidation as a reaction-brought about by an
oxidizing agent-in wt1ich atoms, molecules, or ions lose
electrons. In this broader sense, an oxidation reaction may
occur even when oxygen is not present. However, it may be
defined, an oxidation reaction is always accompanied by an
.' offsetting (balancing) reduction reaction in which oxygen is
removed from a compound, or atoms. molecules, or ions
gain electrons.
(
Oxldlzer-As detined by OSHA. a chemical other than a
blasting agent or explosive that initiates or promotes
combustion in other materials: thereby, causing tire ot itself
or through the release of oxygen or other gases.
Oxidizing Agent-A chemical or substance which brings
about an oxidation reaction. The agent may provide the
oxygen to the substance being oxidized in which case the
agent has oxygen or contains oxygen), or it may receive
electrons being transferred from the substance undergoing
oxidation (chlorine is a good oxidizing agent tor
electron-transfer purposes. even though it contains no
.' oxygen).
p
·
PEL-Permissible Exposure Umit; an exposure limit
established by OSHA regulatory authority. May be a time
weighted average (TWA) limit or a maximum concentration
exPosure "limit. Also see "Skin."
::>
-'7
e
e
% Volattle-Percent volatile by volume: the percE!ntage of a .
liquid or solid (by volume) that will evaporate at a.n ambient
temperature of 70· F (21· C). (Unless some other
temperature is stated.) Examples: butane. gasoline. and
paint thinner (mineral spirits) are 100 percent volatile: their
individual evaporation rates vary. but over a peric)d of time
each will evapÒrate completely.
PMCC-Pensky-Martens Closed Cup; a flash point "test
method.
Phyelcal Hazard-An OSHA term for a chemical for which
there is scientifically valid evidence that it is a combustible
liquid. a compressed gas. explosive. flammable. ¡an organic
peroxide. an oxidizer; pyrophoric. unstable (reactive).
orwater-reactive.
POIeon, Cia.. A-A DOT term for extremely dangerous
poisons. that is. poisonous gases or liquids of such nature
that a very small amount of the gas. or vapor of the liquid.
mixed with air is dangerous to life. Some
examples:phosgene. cyanogen. hydrocyanic acid. nitrogen
peroxide. .
Polson, Ctau B-A DOT term for liquid. solid. paste. or .
semisolid substances-other than Class A poisons o~ irritating
materials-which are known (or presumed on the basis of
animal tests} to be so toxic to man as to afford a hazard to
health during ·transportation.
PofymertzatJon-A Chemical reaction in which one or more
small molecules combine to form larger molecules. A
hazardous polymerization is such a reaction which takes
place at a rate which releases large amounts of energy. If
hazardous pofymerization can ocç:ur with a given ,material.
the MSOS usually will list conditions which ,could start the
reaction and-since the material usually contains a
. potymerization inhibitor-the expected time period before the
inhibitor is used up.
ppm-Parts Per Million; a unit for measuring the
concentration of a gas or vapor in air. Parts (by volume) of
the gas or vapor in a Million parts of air. Usually used to
~ress measurements of extremely low concentration. Also
used to indicate the concentrations of unusually toxic gases
or vapors or to indicate the concentration of a particular
substance in a liquid or solid,
p8I-Pounds Per Square Inch; for MSOS purposes. a unit for .
measuring the pressure a material exerts on the walls of a
confining vessel or enclosure. For technical accuracy.
5 ç;
e
e
e
pressure must be expressed as pSlg (pounds per square
inch guage) or psia (pounds per square Inch absolute):
PSIA equals PSIG plus sea level atmospherrc pressure. Also
see "mmHg,"
R
Ae.ctlon-A chemical transformation or change; the
interaction at two or more substances to torm new
substances.
Aeactlvlty-A description of the tendency of a substance to
undergo chemical reaction with the release of energy.
Undesirable effects such as pressure buildup. temperature
increase, formation of noxious, toxic, or corrosive
by-products may occur because of the rr¡sponse of a
substance to heating. burning, direct con'tact with other
materials. or conditions at use or storage. A solid waste
which exhibits a "characteristic of reactivity," as defined by
RCRA. may be regulated (by EPA) as a hazardous waste.
/e
Reducing Agent-In a reduction reaction (which always
occurs simultaneously with an oxidation reaction) the
reducing agent is the chemical or substance which
combines with oxygen, or loses electrons to the reaction.
See "oxidation."
RftP'nltory Sy.tem- The breathing system: includes the
lungs and the air passages (trachea or "windpipe," larynx.
mouth, and nose).
RCRA-Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; federal
environmental legislation, administered by EPA, aimed at
controlling the generation, treating, storage, transportation,
and disposal of hazardous wastes.
s
Senlltlzer-A substance which on first exposure causes
little or no reaction in man or test animals. but which on
repeated exposure may cause a marked response not
necessarily limited to the contact site. Skin se~sitization is
the most common form of sensitization in the industrial
setting, although respiratory sensitization to a few chemicals
is also known to occur.
.
SETA-Setaflash Closed Tester; a flash point test method,
.....; /~ .
It
e
"SKJH"-A notation. sometimes used with PEL or TLV
exposure data; indicates that the stated substance may 'be
absorbed through the skin. mucous membrane!:i. and eyes.
This additional exposure must be considered part of the
total exposure to avoid exceeding the PEL or Tl.Y for that
substance.
..
Sldn Sen.ltlzer-See "Sensitizer."
Sldn Toxicity-See "Dermal Toxicity."
Solubility In Water-A term expressing the percentage of a
material (by weight) that will dissolve in water at ambient
temperature. Solubility information can be useful in
determining spill cleanup methods and fire-extinguishing
agents and methods for a materiaL Terms used to express.
solubility are:
Negligible
$light
Moderate
Appreciable
Complete .
Less than 0.1 percent
0.1 to 1.0 percent
1 to 10 percent
More than 10 percent
Soluble in all proportions
SOx-Oxides of sulfur; undesirable air pollutants. SOx .
emissions are regulated by U.S. EPA under the Clean Air
Act.
Spec~ biological type; on MSDS. species refer to the
test animals. usually rats. mice. or rabbits. which were used
to obtain the toxicity test data reported.
~ Gravity-The weight of a material compared to the
weight of an equal volume at water; an expression at the
density (or heaviness) of the material. Example:1'I a volume
of a material weighs six pounds. and an equal volume ot
water weighs ten pounds. the material is said to have a
specific gravity of 0.6.
6Ibs._ 06
101bs. .
1(\$OIuble materials with specitic gravity of less than 1.0 will
float in (or on) water,lnsoluble materials with specific gravity
greater than 1.0 will sink (or go to the bottom) in water. Most
(but not all) flammable liquids have a specific gravity less
than 1.0 and, if not soluble. will tloat on water-an important
consideration for tire suppression.
StabUIty-An expression of the ability of a mate/;al to
remain unchanged. For MSOS purposes. a material is stable
it it remains in the same form under expected and
.
:/f)
e
e
. reasonable conditions of storage or use. Cond!tlons whiCh
may cause instability (dangerous changel ãre stated for
example, temperatures aOove 1500 F. or SheCK from
dropping.
STEL-Short-Term Exposure Limit; ACGIH terminology, See
"TLV-STEL."
SynoÍ1ym-Another name or names by which material is
'know. Methyl alcohol. for example. is also know as
methanol, or wood alcohol.
T
TCC-Tag (Tagliabue) Closed Cup: a flash pOint test
method. .
Temogen-A substance or agent to which exposure of a
pregnant female can result in malformations in the fetus,
TLV,-Threshold Umit Value: a term used by ACGIH to
express the airborne concentration of a material to which
. nearty all persons can be exposed day after day, without
adverse effects. ACGIH expresses TLV's in three ways:
i
. TLV- TWA: The allowable Time Weighted Average
concentration usually expressed for a normal a-hour
workday and 4Q-hour work week.
TlY..STEL: Short-Term Exposure Limit, or maximum
concentration tor a continuous 15-minute exposure
period (maximum for 4 such periods per day, with at
least 60 minutes between exposure periods. and
provided that the daily TLV-TWA is not exceeded).
TLY-c: The Ceiling Exposure Limit-the concentration
that should not be exceeded even instantaneously,
Also see "Skin" in the Glossary relative to TLV·s.
TOC-TAG-Open Cup; a flash point test method.
Toxlcfty- The sum of adverse effects resulting from
exposure to a material, generally by the mouth. skin. or
respiratory tract.For RCRA purposes. solid or liquid wastes
. which exhibit certain specified "characteristics of tOXICity"
~y be regulated by U.S. EPA as hazardous wastes.
...... .'
-
e
.
Trade Name-The trademark name or commerCial trade
name for a material.
TSCA-Toxic Substances Control Act: federal environmental
legislation, administered by U.S. EPA. for regulatlnç the
manufacture, handling, and use of materials classified as
"toxic substances."
TWA--Time Weighted Average exposure: the airborne
concentration of a material to which a person is exposed.
averaged over the total exposure time. Also see "TLV".
u
UEl, or UFL-Upper Explosive Umit or Upper Flammable
Umit of a vapor or, gas; the ,highest concentration (highest,
percentage of the substance in air), that will produc:e a flash
of fire when an ignition source (heat. arc. or, flame) is
present. At higher concentrations, the mixture is tOC) "rich" to
bum.Also see "LEL."
UMtaba.-Tending toward decomposition or other
unwanted chemical change during normal handling or
storage.
.
USDA-U.S. Department of Agriculture: prior to 19?1, USDA
performed tests and issued approvals on respirators for use
with pesticides. In 1971, the Bureau of Mines took ()Ver the
pesticide respirator testing/approval functions·procedures
later delegated to the Testing and Certification Branch (TCB)
of NIOSH.AJso see "BOM."
v
yapor DenaIty-The weight of a vapor or gas compared to
me weight of an equal volume of air; an expression of the
density of the vapor or gas. Materials lighter than air have
vapor densities less than 1.0 (examptes:acetytene, methane,
hydrogen). Materials heavier than air (examples: propane,
hydrogen sulfide, ethane, butane, chlorine, sulfur dioxide)
have vapor densities greater than 1.0. All vapors and gases
will mix with air. but the lighter materials will tend to rise and
dissipate (unless confined).Heavier vapors and gasses are
likely to concentrate in low places-along or under floors. in
sumps, sewers, and manholes, in trenches, and
ditches-where they may create fire or health hazards.
Vapor Preaaure- The pressure exerted by a saturated
vapor above its own liquid in a close container. When
quality control tests are pefOrmed on products. the test
temperature is usually 100" F (380 C). and the vapor
.
l.J ~,
~ j.
Ir'
e
-,
.
pressure is expressed as pounds per square inch (psig or
psia)-but vapor pressures reported on MSDS are in
millimeters of mercury (mmHg) at 68° F (20· C). unless
stated otherwise.Three facts are important to remember:
1. Vapor pressure of a substance at 100- F (3S0 C) will
always be higher than the vapor pressure of the
substance at 6So F (20" C).
2. Vapor pressure reported on MSDS's in mmHg are usually
very low pressures; 760 mmHg is equivalent to 14.7
pounds per square inch.
3. The lower the boiling point of substance. the higher its
vapor pressure.
Ventllatlon-See ~'general exhaust,'" "local exhaust." and
"mechanical ventilation."
.
.
t.D
,tþ
e
.:
. '
.
IV \\-
" '\
,,'<.
\
.
¡e
.
¡--
~---'AI <-AF=-:-Y D A-A 5U~-- 4trfi"'
l'i'~ J tXJ . -' 6: 1 I ~ I n~= j m ~ ~ ~,. ~
CO~'OaAT.~ R~$ë.A~ c:-! :. C~'E!.O?MENT ~~ 8~
G~ -~ UJ
SCHENEa~C1, N. Y. U30S .'::>'- r' JS:. c.:
l'~..cn~: (~13) 3a,S-:.oas DLU. C::~ 8*23.5-:'08S ~MAT.cN
NO. :311
1.1.1-ÏÃIC·~~ROL.-~~
Jlr.¡ts ¡OM C
I).;.t~ Sep~~~e.: !S72
SECiION I . MAïE::tIAL IDE?iiIFICAiION
"'_~7!1t!.u. N.....~: 1.1.1-¡Àl~CRO~¿~~~
J7':':": D~¡~tA!¡O:iS: !'...e:':'7l o.lcr=fc==, C:1~C:::3' CZ }!;tar~~ D~379, ~tSl 000 071 S;Ó
"~::~5 ¡, EUO-¡-'..:.A.'Œ (3~r=-3lak2s1ee), c:!.O:.or~ NU & HG (DC"J) , to~1.C~:; \e,^
"!.",.\r~:.~c-..j^~: (tcv), ~ë!3IsaL (?aI:eto~e c.,r¡;.) , r.:.!-~....'Œ (:'1'C I:¿.. I::.) .
¿:U:-~! (S'2.S, I:.:: . )
.
-
SE':ïICN II . INGi\E!H E?iïS AND HAZARDS I % 1-i.AZARO OÄïJ.
l.l.l-¡:~~arcet~~:w >~ r..v .3~ Pi': u
~it:::' <10 TJù:- -.r::.
. E'~:n 1r:~lac~=:
*E!¡h pur~:7 c.ate:~a.l 1,., c===er::~&llY'avail3èle' (to.~~E
\.'"¡) . O~er c::=e~c~l ~te:ials (!raèe"~-es . Sec:. I) L~...o 27 ¡/c.J
C::1 =nt~i:1 u;7 to 10: 1:.'U.b iter :lnd are de..5 ig~l!d for c:o l¿ for! 10 c.:.u:~
cle.an!:.; or vapor degre:LSi.:.¡ u.se or bocl1 (!Ã!-c..UJŒ).
!~400 920 PF !o:
*2N¡C~Å has proposed a lC-hr r~Å c! 2CO p-- v., -'" a ~~ P"- 70 ci=:::~
· r- -- .- r-I
cdling c=ncent=ation (15 minut~ ~=?llig t~~jII) a.t::! re- (c:entral ne:-."::C3
c:::tly ~s rec:=c:e:ded c~ution i: U:S2. sySCR: ef!ec:.:)
SECTION II I. PHYSICAL DATA ,A , " ...~ 1
:ðoUin.¡. peine ae 1 ac, des F c:: 15.5· Spec!!ic ¡ravi~ 2.5/25C - 1 30 1 __.
. . -. .: .;,-:
Vapor pru:!ure :t :.') C, == Hg 100 Volatiles . ., ca 10 0
- .
V~por densi:y (Ai=..l) 4.5.5 Iv:¡por~tion rate (CC4-1) 1
¡;4t~r aolubili.:¡. ¡/IOOg H2O 0.07 g Molec:ul~r veight 1.33, '1
~ppeAranc: , Odor: Colorless liquid vi~ a mild. ec.':e~-liXe odor vhiè =y be j~: re::--
cepdbla (u:1facigu.ed) ac.å.bouc leO ppm in d.r.
.Prope~ie..5 c!ei'end ou the __1nh~itor and inhibitor level.
-.. I I.C'WEF1 I UF=¡::~,~
SECTION IV. FIRE AND EXPLOSION DATA
tusn Poine: anci ~ee~oci t AutoittHion Te!!:~, t FHc::.:zoil1tv Licits In Air t 8,0: f
. None I - 1~J;:g9c;tÿe~~ l.r:l1·Cl.On sourt:9 10,;:
-- , - -
I"h1,., aterlü 15 uearly nonflac:..a.ble. High ener¡y. suc.~ as elecr=1c arc¡ 15 nee¿e¿ fo:
igÏ1ition, &.t1d th2 flal::e tend.s to go. cue vbe::. the ignition scurce is re=ved. 1La.:e:" !:g
arbcn dioxide. dry che:::ic.:1l , or fea.t:: =y be used to fighc fires. - ~.~ .. . - .. .. --
Use sel.f-cant~ined or air-supplied breaching apparaCus for protec:tion against sU!:OC:1::'::i;
vapot'3 acd toxic and corTollive decomposition pt'oduct3.
_ _S~C:rION V. REACTIVITY DATA
.
~his ~ceriAl ~n be hydroly:ed by vater to torc hydt'Ochlaric: ac:id and ac:etic: ac:id, I:
vill react vith urcng c:.:1uscic:, such as c:.:Iust1c sod4 or C:3ustic: poc.ash to foe fla..:=:a:l,.
ot' e.:rplosive matar1ù.
It requires inhibitor cantenC to prevent corrosion of metals; and vhen inhibitor is ¿e-
pIeced, it c:.:1n decompoae r3pi¿ly by reaccion vieh finely divided vhite meeals, suc~ ~$
a.luc.inuc, magnesium, zinc:, etc. (Do noe: use these met~13 for f4.br1~t1ons of sto:4ge
conc.ainen for l.l.l-trichloroethane.)
~t vill dec:ompose at high temçcr.ature or under ulen-violet radiacion eo produc:e toxic a~
corro.ive aacerial.s (pho.gme and hydrogen chlor;1.de).
. ,
GE!iERAlØ ELECT~IC ~~-tm~a-w~c.--r
·e
e
NC.
:3 ~ .
SE~íIOli VI. HE..~LTH HAZ.~RD IHFORJ4.ATION T1..V :3~0 ppc or 1~1Q0 ag/:-3
::1_....; .-oa\.:2 ac 800-1000 pp= c.:zt.=d z:U.ld .Y. ir:'i:~t~n and a lit:.!.e lC)s~ of c:or:~::~.
-.¿;;,; ~r è:l :lnl:~c.~scic 1't"Ope::ia= of l.l.l-t=ic.':loro.t.~n~o S~i:: c:Jnc~I:: c::n c::u:e ce
f~c:i~; ac¿. vh~~ prolon~eci or rep~t:d. c::n prcduc: ir=i~t~cicn ~nd de~~ti:i~. It
c::: &c~Qr~ è=::~h t~e aKi:I. !ï- C:::::.1C::' c::n re~ult 1: p~1:: &r.c! 1::-it.:1cion. -rni~ ::.:1- ,
t2r:..òÙ ~ c:::r~i~e:ed lev 1:. to:C.ci:¡ acn; to':. c.':lor~c~ hyd=::c~r:ot:.:s. F!?<'7 A!~:
E're c:::r:1:3C::: F1U2h e)'~ yell vi~~ ple:t"'1 of. r:-:--i-¡ v~t:: for 1.5 ci::u:e.:s.
~~i:1 c:::n::1C::: Re='ve solv~r. vet c.!.ot~i::g procr:c1y. _-':sh c:onuc:: aru 'litn var: vat~=
.tnd soap. G.~ ca~c.:zl aC:f'.:tioQ for irritation.
!~~~13ti::~: 1e:=ve co !=~h Ai:: II ne~¿e¿. apply ,ar:i!ic~l respi~c~'n. C4t =e¿i~
a~:s:"'t.1C::: 1-e¿~tdy. (No C! ~ A¿vise physicim noe to use ad::r..:11i:.
:::ze~:'!::r:: <:.at c.e¿i::.11 ¡"s5i~I:.1::;:: (I! a physic~n noc 1. ~di.1u.1.y available ~¿ t.~e
co\:: r.;~,l1,C'J¿ va.5 a¡:pre~~cle, li?e =.~ or'va::r t= d:-J...::!.t and i~¿:.:J:: vc:::':i::¡. ~-
pe.1: seve:.a.l ti::~3. b:i:2:ad le~~a1. dese for 1~0 Ib c.ån 1,., O.S t= 1 ¡pint.)
~!C:.U{: Avoid u.:s~-t ~y:;:aëc~tic: ac.i:es in t:eace~:.
SE~jION VII. S?ILLJ L:AK AND CIS?OSAL PROCE~URES
Fe::' s::::11. spi11:s, c::¡:, v~¡:e or .oak up vi:: ab~Q~ënc :ace:-'~l usi:; r'::'ber &.!.ove.s. t·....-
porac: outdoors or 1: an e~ausc hooc!~
Fe:" latõe spills. 1:!o~ sa!,I.C¡ per:son::el and evac:uate are.a.. Use prQcec::~ve e<ïuip:::e::
duri:; clean-up (See 'Sec:. VIII) Vctilace area. Contain liquid: picx. up and place 1:
c!.ose¿ ceul cnta:iner:s. Do not allev to enter vater .upp1:r .ou:;:s.
DIS?OS-U.: Dispose of via . liceu:s¿ va:ste solvent d1.5poul CQc;:-.ny. or rec.l::~~ ~y :~-
t::1t:.on and distillation p'~QCedure5. .'
SECíIOli VIII.
S?ECIAL PROíECTION INFQRMATION
:':Ivicie ge::e:a.l acd e..·thaustv~tilac1on to =.eet TLV require:e::t5. Gloves and apron (0:
neopre::e. polyechylce or polyv1::yl alcohol) should be VOr:l vhe:: ne~ded to avoid s\;i.=1
C::::::1C::. k:cve ~olvenc vet clothing proz::;:cly. A safety sheve: should be available
co U3e ares.
. e:::11cl goggl~ or å bee shield should be vorn 1£ s?la.shi:g 1.5 po~sll:lle. J.JJ. eye va.:sh
acacion .bould be readily ava.ilable if spluh1ng ~ probable.
In eoer¡e::c:ics or D.Qn-rout1ne worx ~e .el.!-cgnca1neå or air-supplied bre.athi::.g appara.t'.:.S
for high or unXnc\lQ vapor c:c:ce:1t:'ation~ in air. NIO$ recQc:end.s use of a full.f~ce·
p1eca respirator rich An organic vapor ar::idge or caniscer for 11ciced. t1::.e exposure
belev 1000 ppm. (Full he: piece pracec~icn ~ not required belov sao ppt:.)
SECTION IX. SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS AN.D _COMMENTS
Store in closed conc1ner3 in a cool, vell.-vent1uced are~. ~ee? v.ter-!ree.
h1~icor level for vapor deg:,~ing u:se. Use caution in cleAning operations
vhice met;!l f1ne.5 (see See:. V). ' 'Iric:.'11otceëylene contal:ÚJJaúon ~y c.:L~e
cion vhen alumiQw:1 is degru.sed~
rov1de regul.ar medical u:cn1cor1ng of those exposed to chi~, material in che vorx?uce.
Preclude chose v1th CIS. liver, or heut disuse froc exposure. Personnel using thú
:solvent should aveid··-dr1nk~.ng alc:oho~c beverages .hertly before. duriIÍg. or sòon afce:-
eX?osure. '
Exposure of pregnant f~le r3ts to high levels
birth defeccs in of!sprinð.
io~ic-or - i::J
1Ilvol vir'~
decQcpcsi-
GE~ fRAt œ ELECTRIC
DATA SOURC!(S) CODE: 1-8 12 19
~~.. ... '. .......' -""....,... .
,..........., ~, .... J l ~ 1 'Y. J"'h.-_..... .........,. .______ c.. ,...
..... _.. _ .._ _ _ ____ c-... 0-- c:-
_.....__~ -4...........--,~ _ ........__.._...1'.. J ..·t. ~
- .. __ ~.,. ~.. -.ell...................., '" -.. ~'.
............ ............. _ "- c __ ... ~.... iN ......
'e
e
~ ~I
~ "rI1
»tr-j
~ _1
Hõl
o~1
tr-j~
I
I
I
·
e
'.
.
i '
.
Chapter 5
.
.
Safe Work Practices
IN TRODUCTI ON
Safety considerations are frequently a subject that people don't want to
hear about. ' Some people naturally think safety is just a matter of
common sense; preaching safety at people' is sometimes equated with
Insulting their intelligence. Others thi~k 'that all the safety talk is
equivalent to "big brother" watching over them. Some OSHA or
employer's safety requirements may appear to be picky or useless yet
they are mandatory for employment:
There's another way to look at safety in the workplace. Safety can be an
atti tude of cooperation with your coworkers that can keep each of you
alive; an attitude of positive social reinforcement that will not only
work betler, bul work easier. loo. To use lhis approach requires
understanding a little psychology. Once you think about safety as learned
behavior used by a working group. the old "big brother" or "don't insult my
intelligence" perspectives will seem outdated. This section begins.
therefore. with a look at what .makes peop1e tick. and how positive
socia1 reinforcement works, The remainder of this chapter wiJ1 focus on
ways to minimize hazards com.monly associated with hazardous waste
site cleanups,
. ,
"I
" .t
Sofe Work Proclice:=¡ Poge 1
e
e
OBJECTIVES
-
· The reader wil1 have an overall awareness of what causes unsafe
acts and conditions.
'.
. !
. ........
· The reader wi,l1 understand the use of positive social reinforcement
,in maintaining ,safe work practices.
~'..' '..: .~·:i::.2: ·.·~ri.·
· General rules.for,;machinery. heavy' equipment, and dril1 rig safely
,·are presented for, reference.
· The reader will bø able to undersland and safe1y carry oul a confined
spaces operation. .
, .
;"', ~~.: ......., .=..~ .~:~-.~.'.: '"" :.:.. ," "'
· Safe drum handling wil1 be understood in a step by slep approach.
~': f}"'· ; L.i~: $ H~ n::J~: '.ot ~~ r.:·; :"
t~J ~~: ¡"~. ~L ,",; f:~ ~\ \' j ::;"1 :_~ (; j iJ V ;..!.:/ .:L,!;..! ~. ,'; \;
\{il~ j:~..::;'~ ;:J"\'L:" "'T;:) '·",~;nJ:.: ~ : ...... ~ '(.
'.'
'.'
. . . 0"
I 7.-;(1 ~ ~~.j(~ í;O iJ ::;:.~ êf!":
.,. . ....
I' . -~::'
, "
: \,- ," .. ~ .;
. ¡"..:.- '..
. ..':"
. - . .~.- ';
,7,." ~;:::;,·.r: "·I'·¡ h/"a, .,r . ,',
..r" .¡ I ." I ~~. "i i(t,/ \.,-l. ...., 1 }óJ. . ,.". 0' " .~. ..; .'.. .
:, .;.
.
.
,0
:'il.) [~li:'~~:/1 ¡il'l/ '1~)r;f)~:) f~frL~ .:;:.~ ,,~-~·.-::L~; ;;.: ; ,',:', : . . . :- ,', iC···· :!,',..
. : ~~ . ~: . j' ! ~ .~:
: . .....a;.
:),t~,:~''''t' ~lì;)b'~~,::;~r1 ft.ii\\: t·ò.,.f. ,~~i,."L õ."".
. - ".' .... :
" . .. . ... .~ :'.4 ¡.._,
. '.; .:'
~ , . 1 i '.' a'
":"U",,-
"
'-. '\...' . \, -'.." ". h.
""j 1,-' I ,¡ ?J :~; 11
,. ~ ;.". ,', ~ .#': I .i.~: .,
. "¡:'{ kí:: i
. ï
, . ¡.
, ·-·f
, ' ,
.,.... ,. ......:... . .?-~
.1-" y,j \ ' ) ,01 .11,,;.; ,
t.; ~ ,,;¡; __:. '.,
.., ,,: '\ I-i .' i
. :
.
Safe Work Practices Page 2'
·
e
o~1
OH
ZZ
>-3txJ
-=ottj
0-=0
t-'H
C/JZ
Q
Ie
.
·
·
·
e
e
Chapter 4
Engineering Controls
INTRODUCTION:
In almost all situations. it is the individual who most controls the
safety of any hazardous waste activity. Built-in protection measures
shoul d. however. be inherent in any phase of a superfund or other
hazardous waste project. A complete understanding of the
circumstances surrounding an operation and its problems is required so
that the best control methods can be chosen. Unfortunately, hazardous
waste sites represent the ul timate in an un¡:ontrolled workplace.
Nonetheless. the health of workers in a hazardous environment must be
protected by control1ing exposures to chemicals. fires. explosions. and
physical agents.
Administrative control, (such as limiting exposures to hazardous
chemicals) and personal protective equipment must be considered
secondary to the use of engineering control methods because they are
difficult to implement' and maintain. The best time to introduce
engineering controls is during" the design phase of a c1ean-up so that they
can be integrated into the c lean-up operation. The design of engineering
controls is made more difficult at a remediation site because of
multiple substances and activities in the same area. Close cooperation
is required between those characterizing the site and those designing
the clean up plans. At times the operation may have to shut down as
conditions change and new engineering controlp need to be implemented.
(National Safety Council. 1979)
Traditional engineering controls such as ventilation and explosion/flame
proof designs are mandated by stringent OSHA and EPA regulations.
although many sites conditions limit the use of these methods. This
chapter wi11 address engineering controls which are most applicable for
an uncontrol1ed hazardous waste site cleanup. They are: "
· zoning of a site
· si te characteri zation
· trenching methods and hazards
· the use and investigation of dikes
Engineering Conlrol~ Page 1
.
e
OBJECTIVES:
· The reader will understand the definition of engineering controls.
· The reader wi11 understand the reasons for engineering controls.
· The reader wi11 be able to identify engineering controls that are
used on hazardous waste si tes and why.
.. -....,..
: .:. (_. ~.:. . . . "I..
.'
'. .
..... I....
" ......
."..... .,
. . ". .
I '. ~
... ..
~ ~... .'
':':;.
, '
..
, ,
..
Engineering Control~ Page 2
·
·
·
e
e
SITE CHARACTERIZATION
·
I ntroducti on
The characterization of an uncontrol1ed hazardous waste site is the first
task in the process of cleaning up a site. It is an important job. becl2use
the safety and health of those who wi11 become involved in the clean up
are dependent upon the accuracy and thoroughness of the site
characterization. As mentioned in the chapter on Rights and
Responsibilities, the site characterization is an integral part of the
safety and health plan section of the OSHA Standard. 1910.120.
These legal requirements from the OSHA Standard. are to ensure that
proper personal protective equipment wi11 be used from the initial entry
onward. OSHA requires that workers be protected from exposures above
permissible exposure limi ts (PELs). Escape air supplies must be available
during the initial entry unless a self contained breathing apparatus (SCBA)
is uti1 ized. Engineering controls must be integrated into this phase, also.
The standards for site characterization require that workers be made
aware of the dangers involving the hazardous wastes to which they may be
exposed, and understand how to use proper judgment and caution.
·
The site characterization is crucial to, the success of a c1ean-up and
therefore. must be done extremely accurately. Site characterization
furnishes not only the specifics of worker protection equipment but what
wastes are present. their volumes. and all potential hazards.
There are three broad stages in a site characterization:
· The Offsite Characterization. which consists of an historical
search and a perimeter reconnaissance.
· Ihe Onsi te Survey. which begins with an initial entry.
· The Ongoing Monitoring and.J:Iazard Assessment Program to keep
abreast of the hazards as activities change.
(NIOSH-OSHA-CG-EPA. 1985.)
·
Some preliminary considerations wi11 direct the investigator towards
completing these three phases successfully. The same concepts of
recogni tion. evaluation, and control that guide the industrial hygienist in a
normal industrial setting also apply here. There are differences in
assessing a hazardous waste site. however. These inc1ude:
Engineering Controls Page 3
e
j
e
· The wide ranç e of safety and health concerns
.
· The considerations for the community as wel1 as the worke,r,_
· The realization that contaminants may be unique, unknown,
multiple, and l"Iard to identify.
These considerations force extensive preplanning and information
gathering. Therefore, the first phase of a si te characterization is offsite,
and consists of an historical search and a perimeter reconnaissance.
Historical Research
As with most of the :3teps in a site characterization. the information
gathered during offsite characterization provides the foundation for the
. remainder of the project. Questions concerning the waste which the
preliminary assessme'nt must answer include:
· W\\o Ðu.m~ P fÞ(M-d-y ~
· What is the wélste composed of? .
· What are the c:haracteristics of the waste?
· Are the waste:s mobi1e?
· By what routes might they migrate?
· What effects could resul t through dischargè to air, wat.er? .
· What initial remediation steps are there?
Other information to be gathered should answer: _
I
I,
· Does an emergency exist?
· What is the severity of the problem?
· What specific zlreas need focus?
· Whal'hazards and precautions are necessary for field personnel?
· What priorities should therefore be placed on further
investigations?
· What previous studies can supplement the information?
· What resources are needed for the investigation?
· Who is responsible for documenting information?
· What is the exprected duration of the clean-up?
(Levine, Martin, 1985; Organization for Economic Co-operation and
Development, 1983.)
.
Engineering Control~ Pl2ge 4
·
·
·
e
e
There are three sources to be tapped in answering these questions:
people. fil es, and maps. A ti tie search can determine who owned the site.
and perhaps what was done there. It is very helpful to have statements _ _
made by previously involved owners, employees or adj acent landowner
verified by other individuals, and. if possible, to prepare written
statements supporting those statements. If current or previous employees
of a site can be located. they should be informed of the employee
protection provisions under RCRA, section 7001. so that they may respond
to questions without feeling intimidated.
If personal injury or property damage' was claimed by anyone at or
regarding the site, find out who was the physician or insurance adjuster
involved. Local EPA branch office personnel or heal th department
personnel with experti se in toxic substances. drinki ng water. soli d waste.
or enforcement may be aware of the site and be able to provide help.
Government officials wi11 know whether a RCRA or CERCLA notification
fi1e was processed for the site, and whether the site operator had a NPDES
wastewater permit ( National Pollution Discharge EJimination System), If
so, these permits will provide pertinent information.
If surface impoundments exist an the site. stale invenlories may describe
them in SDWA (Safe Drinking Water Act). RCRA. or USGS (Uniled Stales
Geological Survey) groundwat~r investigations.
The historical search can also be aided through the use of computerized
databases and other automated information systems.
Examples of Dalabases: (after Levine. Martin, 1985)
. Corporate information
Subsidiar ies
Profi t/loss statemen ts
Boards of directors
History of company
Products
. Information on speci fic chemicals
Toxicity
Physical or chemical properties
Manufacturers
Locations
Engineering Control::! Pcge 5
.
e
· Ownership of property. operations. employees. leasee. operator
· Chemical Regulations and Guidelines System
· Congressional Information Service (800) 227-1960 .
· SDC search service (800) 421-7229
· Westlaw (1egal ~)earch) (800) 328-9833
· National Library of Medicine (source for health effects)
(800) 638-8480
· NIH - EPA Chemical Info System (4 databases) (800) 368-3432
· Dun and Bradstreet (212) 285-7000
· Hazard1ine (808) 223-8978
· Records of Gene!rators (since 1976
manifests and bi annual summaries
We recommend that (clue to cost considerations) only experienced
comr.uler users "Iog-on" to the premium data services. To get experience.
try the novice route 01," hire someone to do computer searches for you.
Novice computer users should consider familiarizing themselves with the
more general computer database services such as the Compuserve network
or Dialog. From this point. if they are convinced they can use the
information listed in t.hese services. they can then move onto more
specific computer services on-Hne.
.
Site Map
... o\:Jo ~. fu~l s ~
Finally. an historical search must be supplemented with' geologic.
climatic. topographic. and environmental data which can be organized on a
detailed site map. ThE! type of son or overburden must be determined as
well as its depth. per'meability. and vegetative cover. This information
can often be obtained from the county so11 conservt.llion service. The type
of bedrock. its depth. its structure. and its ability to a110w contaminants
to migrate must be understood.
Surface waters must be located. Knowledge of local 'aquifers. their
gradient. use. nature (confined or artesian. perched. etc.). direction. and
rate of movement should be determined. USGS water quality data may be
found at NAWDEX (70:3) 860-6031 for many areas nationwide.
Environmental data should include local wells. floodplains. wetlands. sink .
hol e prone areas. or other ecological1y sensitive areas. and local land use.
(Desmarais. Exner. 1984) The topography. climate. prevail ing wind. and
Engineering Control~ Pt.lge 6
·
·
·
-,--
.--- e
e
population density must be considered. Topographic maps. aerial photos.
even infra-red or side-scan radar mosaic imagery (SLAR) may be of
assistance. By pursuing alJ of these sources, a comprehensive
understanding of a si te can be uti1ized to answer the most questions for
maximum safety during the next step: the perimeter reconnaissance.
Perimeter Reconnaissance
. ,
Armed wi th the information obtained from a thorough historica1 search.
the investigator now conducts a perimeter reconnaissance. This wiIJ,
complete the site map and determine the personal protective equipment
(PPE) needed for the initial entry . In walking around the site, careful
observation (with binoculars and camera) should focus on:
,
· Buildings ,,' . . . . '.
· Tanks. drums, or other containers
· Labels. signs, placards. etc.
· Visible deterioration or unusual conditions
· Biological indicators
· Impoundments. location and size
· Surface water/1iquids and their color
· Wind direction and barriers
(~IOS.~~9§~A,-CG. EPA 1'985')_, 1;~.#,. f
Constant monitoring of the air for radiation. combustible gases. toxic
substances, and oxygen deficiency is essential. Sample the so11. surface
waters passing through the site. and groundwater around the
perimeter, (Bixter. Hamson. 1984; Desmarais. Exner. 1984,) Geophysical
investigations of the subsurfac~. such as resistivity or GPR may be
warranted. Leave the area immediately if the presence of hazards above
safe levels are indicated. Maintain constant communications with others.
," .:'L' , ::
... ,.
. .... ",
Document al1 observations thoroughly. Note the extent of field
documentation listed in Table 4-1 .
Onsite Survey and Hazard Assessment
The onsile survey is a more cautious and thorough repetition of the
perimeter reconnaissance. Unless site hazards are positively identified
during offsite assessment. personnel making the initial entry must use at
Engineering Cont.rol:s Page 7
.
e
least level B ensemblEis of personal protective equipment. Constant
monitoring and acute observation for IDLH conditions is reQuirl~d. Verify
the condition of the terrain, containers, impoundments, and any indicators .
of contamination. Note: any safety hazards: confined spaces, cluttered or
irregular surfaces, etc.
As with the perimeter' reconnaissance, use remote sensing for the
subsurface, sample the ambient air, water, and soil. and document
procedures and label samples thoroughly, (see Safe Sampling Procedures,
Chapter 8). Stress must be placed on cautious. conservative alctions and
careful observation. A minimum of two people go on the site and two .
others. with similar PPE and radio communications will remain at the
per !:neter as support.. The individuals involved in this operation wi1l
consist of the project team leader and experienced laborers or'
technicians. Backup support should come from chemists. industrial
I
hygienists. geologists/hydro-geologists. health physicfsts. and
toxicologists. (NIOSHlOSHA/USCG/EPA. 1985.)
After an of the accumulated data has been gleaned from the samples and
observations. in combination with information from the historical search.
a site safety plan can be developed for the actual clean-up. On going .
monitoring and hazard assessmentwi11 continue as the job progresses, so
that changes in exposure potential are rea1ized and taken into account.
, ;
.
Engineering Cont.rol~ Pðge 8
·
·
·
e
e
Table 4-1
Example of Field Logbook Entries
to Describe Sampling
· Date and time of entry
· Purpose of sampl ing
· Name, address, and affiliation of personnel performing sampling
· Name and address of the material's producer, if known
· Type of material, e.g., sludge or wastewater
· Description of material container
· Description of sample
· Chemical components and concentrations, if known
· Number and size of samples taken
· Description and location of the sampling point
· Date and time of sample co11ection
· Di fficulti es experienced in obtaining sample (e.g., is it representative
of the bulk material?)
· Visual references, such as maps or photographs of the samp1ing site
· Field observations, such as weather conditions during sampling
periods
· Field measurements of the materials, e.g., explosiveness,
flammability, or pH
· Whether chain-of-custody forms have been fi11ed out for the samples.
Engineering Contro1:2 Pðge 9
4t
-
e
·
·
·
.
.
.
e
e
In delineating the size and locations of these zones at a site many
fac tors come into pJay. Establishing the Excl usion Zone and its Hotline
is done by visua1Jy surveying the area and determining where the
contaminant is, where streams or water bodies intersect the
contaminant, and by determining through monitoring activities where
. '
airborne concentrations of contaminants exceed safe levels. This
established Hot1ine may move as conditions change. Other
considerations for the Exclusion Zone parameters involve fire/explosion
distance considerations, and room necessary for equipment & operations
to take place. Understanding the physical, chemical, & toxicological. .'
characteristics of the substances present wi1J increase and further :,
de1ineate boundaries as a job progresses.
People and equipment must pass through Access Control Points to enter-
or exit the Contamination Reduction Zone (CRZ). There are usually
separate Contamination Reduction Corridors (CRC's) for each. Long term
operations should involve methods (such as air surveillance, swipe
testing, & visible deterioratioh) to determine if material is being
transferred between zones. Site zones must be given thoughtful
considerati on based on all available information due to their site
specific nature. In conclusion, zoning criteria and methodology provide
essential engineering controls for the safety of the workplace/site. . '.'
(NIOSH/OSHA/USCG/EPA, 1985,)
TRENCHING
INTRODUCTON
Another engineering control that is commonly found on hazardous waste
site clean-ups are trenches. Trenches are narrow excavations made
below the surface of ground. Trenches are generally, deeper than they
are wide and less than 15 feet in width. They are used in the risk
assessment/feasibility study phase of a project, and the construction or
clean-up phase. Activities in the trenches would include sampling buried
containers; sampling subsurface soil, sludges and other materials; and
establishing control areas around extremely "hot' areas to prevent
further contamination.
Engineering Cont.rol~ Pt2ge 11
t~
e
Employees working in trenches may be exposed to the many hazards other
than the chemicals that are to be removed in the clean-up oper'ation.
Workers may come in contact with underground utili ty lines or' pipes.. .
which may cause an e~ectrical or fire hazard which could be fðlal. A150,
there are some typical hazards that are thought of when enter'ing a
trench which include cave-in of trench walls. oxygen deficient.
atmospheres, accumulations of heavier-than-air gases or vapors.
Other hazards include objects faHing on workers from a higher elevation.
SUps and falls are also prevalent in the trench or from the above-ground
level down into the trtmch. A major hazard to workers is the fact that
heavy equipment in operation around the trench can cause serious
accidents if all employees are not observant of heavy equipment safety
rules. See the general rules in the chapter on Safe Work Practices.
Injuries due to the hazards associated with trenching on hazardous
waste sites can be miinimized by foHowing OSHA Construction Standards
contained in Tit1e 29 CFR 1926 Subpart P, as out1ined below. (See also
Table 4-2 concerning specific trench shoring requirements).
, ,
nctb:itvJ CJ/Yt~ cB ~ 6 t;:, ;l~ ð
ft t7if,yJdu,q ~~ ~l~ -, "....
.
Trenching Safety Precautions
Prior to excavation, observe the following precautions:
· Check the area to be excavated for any underground pipelines
transmission lines, etc.
.. Consult wi th utility companies. as needed.
· Determine soi1 composi tion (e.g. through soil sampling, soil maps,
etc.), and other' relevant ~ite conditions. with special empha~i~ on
conditions conducive to cave-ins.
· Formulate a site-specific trenching safety plan for dealing with
trench-reJated hazards. (Not required by OSHA, but recommended).
.. Update the plan as required by changing conditions on, site
throughout the duration of site activi ties.
· Train a11 employees involved in safe trenchi ng practices, with
emphasis on felctors such as; ..
.. Uti1 ity 1i lìe locations
.. Cave-J n preventi on measures
Engineering Controls Page 12
·
·
·
e
e
.. Recogni lion of conditions which may cause cave-in
.. "Clues" to impending cave-in (e.g. tension cracks.
bulging walls, etc,)
.. Means of egress from trench
(Melton. 1988,)
During excavation and work in trenches, observe the following
precautions:
,~}
· Fol1ow standard construction safety procedures.
.. Heavy equipment safety
.. Good housekeeping (e.g. keep tools and equipment clear of
tops of trench wal1s).
.. Wear hardhats and other required protective equipment.
I . '
· . Utilize ditches, dikes, pumps, or other means to keep 'surface
water out of trenches.
· Water shou1d not be allowed to accumulate in any excavation.
· Monitor the atmosphere in and around trenches on a regular basis
to check for explosive, toxic, or otherwise dangerous gases and
vapors.
.. Bear in mind that trenches represent a confined space hazard,
as we11 as a low-lying area hazard.
.. Be especial1y cautious if "heavier-than-air" gases (i.e. gases
having a vapor density in excess of one) are encountered.
.. Utilize appropriate engineering controls (e.g. venti1ation),
work practices, and personal protective equipment as needed.
· Trenches in excess of 4 feet deep must have steps or ladders
10cated so that al1 workers within the trench are within 25 feet of
a place of exit.
· Excavated material (e.g. "back dirt") sha11 be placed "at1east 2 feet
from the edges of excavations, unless effective barriers are in
place to prevent the excavated material from fal1ing into the
excavation.
· Precautions to prevent cave-in (as described be10w) shou1d be
strict1y fe11ewed.
Engineering Contro1~ Pðge 13
SOORŒ
~ ;
29 CFR 1926.652
.'
.....
~¡:
'-
e
f
'lIench lc" m., be us.d In leu 01, Of In comblnllllon wllh, cIon bfICI,.
Sho'ln9 It not fl." In .oId .oe'" h.'d .1..... 0' ha,d III., ,
Wh..1 ""hll", .t... "'.., piling .nd "'..cIoo 01 ....u.I 11'''!glh m., b. ,ub.lllut.d 'Of wood.
~~~ .:-, ---- --,-
.. SIal .nd 'Peeing of membeI,
Kind Of cundlllon 01 ."Ih Upr 111"1. S..... Clo.. Incl' ~ Wldlh 0' trench "".mum ,p'~
"Inch t.4~1 .....Imum I :I 10 I I..t I IllorflOOIl
....oom ....tdmum Uølo3 I to . I.., t /012 12 10 15 V"tIc,1
dimension .padng dmentlon . Ipldng ¡..¡ !ee' ''''I
---. ----- .- --,
tll Inche' h.1 loch.. F..I Inche. Inclll' Inch.. Ind,.. Inch" Fe., F"I
-......-.. -- -- -- -- _.
510 to I tlld. cOfl'lp.cI.............................. 3x4Of
2><' I ..............u....... ...-................... Ixl 4x4 4xl IXI Ix8 4
--- ---- --"'-'.- . --..--- -- --- ---
lll." to click .............................. 3X4Of
2xl :I 4x' .. bl 4x4 4xl IXI 1)(1 4
-- -- - -- -- .
-,
CIo..
Soli, ..nd,. Of liII.d..................... 3x4 Of
2xl .h../lng 4xl 4 4x4 4xl Ix' Ix' Ixl 4
Clo..
l/rdlo,/.lIe pI.ItUl. .................... :lx4 Of
2x8 ~!llIlg Ixl 4 4x4 4;.<1 'xl Ix I Ixl C
--,
10 to 15 11"d ............................................... 3x4 Of
2x' .. 4xl 4 4x4 4xl Ixl IXI Ixl 4
-.-- -- --
llkel, to click ..............................' 3)(4 Of
2)(1 2 4xI 4 4x4 hI IxI Ixl IIxl .....................
- --_. ----- -- --
.................. CIo..
5011. .and,. Of Im.d..................... :lx4 Of
2xl -!!~!''''II 4xl 4 4xl Ixl Ixl 1><1 Ix 10 ..
...--...- ---
Ct9.~
II,dto.tlllc "'.ItUlI.................... 3x8 ~~! II x 10 4 4)(8 8xll ')(ii ¡xi . _. 1ft ~
Q^ ,v
--- ----- --- -- --- -.- -- -.-- ---
CIa..
15 to 20 AI "Ind. Of condlllon, ....'............ 3)(1 2,,·lIn. 4x 12 4 4><12 IxI Ixl I X 10 lOx /0 ..
-- - .--. -
CIa..
evil 20 All "'nd, Of condlllon. ................. 3x8 Ih..llng 'd .. 4)( 12 Ix' . x 10 lOx to 10 x 12 ..
--...-... .--
6
.,
f
6
6
8
f
6
..
6
6
1
~;
C-
/!-
)
IJ'
<
L
~
C
C
C-
C
L
1
<1,'
C
C'
C
II
.
TctJle 4-2
T rend1 Sllor 1 m
Hlnlnun
PeQul reœnts
.
.
·
·
·
e
e
Cave-In Hazards
The fol1owing condi tions increase the likelihood of cave-in:
· Soil materials composed of unconsolidated" uncompacted, and/or
rounded particles (see Tab'le 4-2 for relative stabi1ities of various
materials).
.. Special care must be used when trenching in areas which
have previously been excavated and backfi11ed.
· So11s which have a high water content, or have been subjected to
fre eze-thaw or fr os t -heavi ng.
.. Loading of trench walls by adjacent equipment, supplies,
structures, "back-dirt" pi1es, etc.
· Vibration due to equipment 'operating near excavations.
· Trench wal1s which are steeper than the ang1e of repose of the
materia1 composing the wal1s (see Figure 4-5).
". Deep trenchs (i.e. high trench wal1s).
The following precautions should be used to prevent cave-ins in a1l
trenches in excess of 5 feet deep. These precautions should a1so be used
in trenches 1 ess than 5 feet deep whenever site condi tions (as 1isted in
part III-A) indicate the 1ike1ihood of a cave-in.
· S1opinQ: Trench wa11s should be sloped to the correct angle of
repose, as shown in Figure 4-5.
· Shoring: Vertical trench wal1s (unless composed of so1id rock)
must be shored and braced, or restrained with moveable trench
boxes, to prevent cave-ins (See Figures 4-6 and 4-7).
.. Shoring systems must be designed by aqua 1ified pe,rson and
meet accepted engineering requirements. (see Figure 4-6 and
Table 4-2).
.. Shoring must be installed from the top down, and removed
from the bottom up.
Engineering Conlrol:s Pcge 15
10 . 770-tm
Figure 4-5
..
,.4A
..
Original
Ground
Well
2 1
Rounded Loose Sand
(26°)
Recommended Slope
1 : 1 (45°)
for
Average Soils
Compacted Angular
1/2 : 1 (63°)
Gravels
e
Solid Rock Shale or
Sand and Gravels
Cemented
( 90°)
.
Approximate Angle of Repose
For Sloping of Sides of Excavations
.
.
.
.
.
e
.
. Additiona1 precautions (e.g. added shoring bracing or a flatter
s10pe angle) should be util ized whenever site conditions indicate
that they are needed to prevent cave-ins.
. Excavations shou1d be inspected by a competent person dai1y, and
after any event (e.g. rainfalD which may increase the 1iketihood of
cave-in. ' .
.. If inspection indicates the potential for a cave-in, a11 work:
should cease unti1 appropriate precautionary measures are ':
ta ken.
." . .. .. .
~: Trenches which (1) wi11 not be entered by workers and (2) win be
immediately backfil1ed (e .g. for permeable treatment wal1s) are
exempted from the requirements 1isted here.
In conc1usion, by fo11owing the procedures out1ined above trenching can
be a useful contro1 on a hazardous waste site. It should a1ways be
reemphasized that the construction hazards need to be avoided and
prevented as much as the chemical exposure hazards; therefore, the site
safety training should include an in-depth trench hazard awareness' if
trenching wi11 be used in site remediation.
DIKING
Dikes and Diking Systems
Dikes are relatively impermeab1e barriers used to block the flow of
1Iquid contaminants. Dikes are frequent1y used for containing 1iquids on
hê:2zê:2rdous w~ste sites due to EPA requirements under RCRA to prevent.
any rainwater run-on or run-off the contaminated site. Dike related
work activities may involve working around existing dikes (e.g. around
ponds and lagoons) and constructi on of dike systems (for spi11
containment). Thus. a basic know1edge of diking is desirable during site
operations as it is an important engineering contro1 with respect to
Jimiting the spread of contamination.
Engineering Controls Ptlge 16
(I
.
Assessing the Stability of Existing Dikes
The failure of a diking sysL~ms may result in loss of life. environmental
damage. and/or property damage. Therefore. appropriate caution must be
used when working al~ound existing dikes on hazardous waste sites.
Factors to consider when assessing dike stabi1ity include foundation
condition, material used in dike construction, type of 1iner (i f any) used,
and type of waste material impounded.
.
Information pertainint~ to dike stability may be made available as
fo11ows:
· Historical Information may be gathered through sources such as
as-built construction plans and specifications. inspection
reports. and existing geotechnical data. The location of the
existing impclundment. lagoon or pond should be plotted on a map
showing the failure impact zone or leaking areas.
· Reconnaissance Investigation should be conducted through a
detailed site investigation by a team with appropriat.e .
expertise, such as engineers. hydrogeologists and other
environmental specia 1i sts.
· Geotechnical I nvesti gall on wi11 be requi red if available
hi slorical informa tion is insufficient to a1l ow for a complete
analysis of dike sLability. Geotechnical investigation may
require compaction studies. seismic investigation, bedrock
mapping. etc.
.. 'Engineering I~ is required before dike stability can be
positively determined. Stabi1ity analysis must be sÌile-spedfic
and requires a systematic technical approach and the
professional judgment of experienced engineers. Stability
analysis cannot be based on visual inspection alone.
~: Dikes may require periodic inspection as site conditions change
(e.g. heavy rai nfall, freezing weather, and heavy equipment operation,
etc. may affect stability).
.
Engineering Conlrol~ Page 17
.
.
.
--e
e
Vi sibl e indicators of potenti al instabili ty of dikes inc lude areas of
seepage or leakage in or around dikes, settling of dikes, cracks in dikes,
and bulging or slumping of dikes. Sinkholes in or around dikes, erosiQn of
dikes, undercutting of the toe of slope of the dike, growth of veget12tion
(e.g. tree roots) on dikes, and animal burrows in dikes are other obvious
visual indicators of instabil ity of di king systems. ,The absence of any or
all of these features does not indicate stability of the dike.
Dikes and Spi11 Containment
Diking can be used for spi11 containment as prevention measures and as
emergency response measures. As a prevention measure, staging areas
on hazardous waste sites should be de'signed so that al1 1iquids spi11ed
wi1l flow to the center for containment and ease of col1ection. AU
drainageways or low-lying areas sloping away from the staging area ,
should be blocked with dikes. The staging area should be graded to slope
toward the center (i .e. the center should be the lowest point). In some
instances (e.g. sites requiring the hand1ing of large numbers of fuU
drums), a plastic liner may be required to limit the contamination of soil
underlying the staging area. See Chapter 9 on Emergency Procedures for
accidental spi11 handling procedures.
Construction of Dike Systems
On hazardous waste si tes dikes are typically composed of 'earthen
materials, specifically high density clays with geomembrane double
liners (made from high density polyethylene). Lining systems as a
method of containment for waste 1iquids and leachate are used on RCRA
permitted hazardous waste disposal faci1ities and are not considered
within scope of this chapter. Dikes and dike systems should be designed
and constructed so as to adequately contain potentia I spil1 s onsite.
Figure 4-8 shows a general spil1 containment system plan. Ramps are
used to provide access for vehicles (see section A-A in Figure 4-8).
Engineering Controls P12ge 18
. Staging J.\~a Dike System .
! Plan View
-;l
A A B
I - I
Access roaõ
- Berm
Typical cross-section
Elevation Section Views of built-up berm
Typical cross-section of
access over barm
SE ion B-B
Grave; - Plastic liner
Sand layer
;
.
,
¡ . ,
-
Section A-A
Of - 7704
Figure 4-8
.~
e
.
(
\
.
.'
(
"
n--.
e
EPA regulations contained in Title 40CFR Parts 264 and 265 require that
areas used for the storage of hazardous wastes be surrounded by a dike
system. The dike system must be able to contain the greater of the _
foHowing volumes: 1 O~ of the total volume stored in the diked t2ret2 or
the total volume of the largest. single container in the area. AI so, Ti tie
40 CFR 112.7 presents the standards for the preparation and
implementation of a Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure
Plan(SPCC Plan) and the requirements for storage of petroleum based
pro ducts.
Engineering Cont.rol~ Pðge 19
.
-
. I
.i
.
·
·
·
e
e
References
Bixler, D.B. and Hanson. J.B. 1984. Selecting Superfund Remedial Actions.
In Proceedings from the 5th National Conference on f1anagement of
Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites. Editors. pp,. 493-497. Silver
Spring, MD. Hazardous Materials Control Research Institute.
Desmarais, A.M.C. and Exner, P.J. 1984. The Importance of Endangerment
Assessment in Superfund Feasabi1ity Studies. In Proceedings from
the 5th National Conference on f1anagement of Uncontrolled Hazardous
Waste Sites. Editors, pp. 226-229. Silverspring. MD Hazardous
Materials Control Research Institute.
Levine, S.P. and Martin. W.F. 1985. Protecting Personnel ~t H~z~rdous
Waste Sites. Butterworth Publishers. Stoneham. MA
Melton, M. 1988. Through Proper Training. Education. Trenching Hazards
can be Reduced. News Digest. Feb - 88: pp. 5-6.
Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development 1983.
Hazardous Waste "Problem" Sites. Chapter 2. OECD. Paris. France.
U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 1987. Title
29 CFR 1926 Subpart P. Dept. of Labor. Washington, DC: GPA
U.S. NIOSH/OSHA/CG/EPA. 1985. Occupational Safety and Health
Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste Site Activ;tíes. Chapter 6.
NIOSH Publication no. 85-115. Washington. DC: GPA
U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Admini3tration (OSHA) 1975.
Excavating and Trenching Operations. OSHA Publication no. 2226. U.S.
Dept. of Labor, Washington. DC
U.S. EPA 1983. Training Manual for Hazardous Waste Workers (Draft
Copy)
U.S. EPA 1984. Standard Operating Safety Guides. The Office of Solid
Waste and Emergency Response, Washington. DC
National Safety Council 1979. Fundamentals or Industrial Hygiene. 2nd
Ed. J.B. Olishifski. Editor. 614-634. Chicago, IL: National Safety
Counci1.
Engineering Contro13 Page 20
tþ
e
·
·
·
.
-
Sheet Pilings
Braces or Shoring Jacks
e
ght
Upri
Stnngers
.
Shari
-f)
(1l
(T
4
-
ID"
~
ïl
-\
ro
7704
rp
)3
P
L-v a1nbl.:1
..Oll . ~O
IA
....
.
~ ~.
i:
.
.
.
~
.
.
.~~:I
. , '
Figure 4-4
.
e
.
.
. I
e
.
-
>-3"'0
t'1 t'1 I
0:::01
>-3CIJ
H 01
<Z
t'1>
t'1 t-< I
/DR<>
c:::
H"'O
"'0:::0
°
I
.
.
·"
~
J~
fIJ J
'- ~,:
~' ~,
, q'
cr"~
"
~../
V
o
i~.
-,
~]
,'.. ,,1
;-.:: '\}
V)
....
'Ç;, .-;...
f\J ~
-
(\ - .....
--', ,~
- ':\- :-'\
C.,.... -.., .....,.
-.
.
P.SONAL PROTECTI ~E EcAtPMENt;T 'J ~r',~J. _' '
, o· II 19' 1-' .~.,; I
~ ~ V ~ ~ "~
6 V'!~ ,. /--
OVERVIEW/INTRQQUÇTION: 0" J è!)/ ~'./,>'
In order to maintain safety and health. workers involved in hazardous l;r'
waste site clean-up operations must be protected from chemical rJ-1
contaminants and other hazards which may be present in the work area.
Federal standards require that this protection be provided to the
maximum extent practical through lhe use of engineering controls and
work practices, with personal protective equipment (P.P .EJ to be used
only as a last resort. However. in most clean-up operations. engineering
controls- and work practices are impractical or insufficient to create a
safe work environment. Thus. PPE is typically vilal lo worker protection
onsite. For this reason, it is important that all hazardous waste workers
have sufficient knowledae and hands-on experience to uti lize PPE
effectively and safe Iy on the job. This modul e, in conjunction with the
rei ated hands-on tra ining exercises, is intended as an introduction to the
safe use of PPE.
'\:"--'
·~t
~'
........
~;
'.i,"
OBJECTIVES:
,.'
...J"
-'
, I:
<"~ ~
~,
" \'
, ~6.
.,¿;:
~
J -: -", :,
~"- \ ,:: 7.
':'0- .... -Cr' F-
(, 'J' '\
<. - .
~~ c t-
,~ ) Ô.
r~~::' d'
~'" __ "'J ~
, ''--.' '\
\
1.
Know the distinguishing characteristics of the major types of
respiratory protective equipment.
;.,-
,.....'
~
'-
{: '-',
" ,
~'
2.
Know the selection considerations, advantages. and
disadvantages of the differenllypes of respirators.
~ '.'
sri ~
'-' '.. \
C\ :'; ....\
'.:.... \.
3.
Understand the importance of respirator facepiece-to-face fit
and know the methods of fit testi ng.
\....:
"
, )
,4.
\)
~
J~,c
V ~~.
~ )".~¡
Know the basic principles of C.P.C. selecti on.
Be aware of available types of protective clothing and· ~5
accessories. ~ ;) d
~) c
Be familiar with lhe EPA levels of protection for PPE ~ -\J ~
ensemb les.
<:J
Know and undersland the imporlance of selection
considerations for chemical protective clothing (CPC).
,
~
;;
,~ 5.
~
Be aware of various requirements for safe use of PPE.
PPE Page 1
(l
(t>
"-l ¡\J
4t e
CONTENTS:
Part 1: Respi rators ·
Part 2: Chemical Protective Clothing and Accessories
Part 3: Levels of Protection
Part 4: Use of P.P .E.
·
·
PPE Pt:lgc 2
PE~O~CTI VE fQU~ENT
·
PART 1 : RESPIRATORS
OUTL INE:
I. Respiratory Protective Requirements
A. Situations Requiring Respiratory Protection
B. Requirements of OSHA
II. CI assi fication of Respiratory Protective Equipment
A. Facepiece Type
B. Method of Protection
1. Air-Purifying Respirators
2. Atmosphi;re-Supplying Respirators
a. Supplied-Air (or Airline) Respirators
b. Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus
III. Selection of Respiratory Protective Equipment
· A. Selection Considerations for Air-Purifying Respirators
B. Selection Considerations for Supplied-Air (or- Airline)
Respirators
C. Selection Considerations for Self-Contained Breathing
Apparatus
IV. The Importance of Respirator Fit
A. Fi t and Fi t Testing
B. Assigned Protection Factors
C. Respirator Fit and Positive-Versus Neg~tive-Pressure Modes
of Operation
V. What Constitutes Effective Respiratory Protection?
·
PPE Page 3
PE.ONAL PROT£CT+Vt_EO.MENT
PART 1 : RESPIRATORS
.
1. RESPIRATORY PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Si tuations Reauiring Resoiratory Protection
Respiratory equipment protects workers from the inhalation
and ingestion of chemical contaminants. This tyþe of
protection is often critical, since the respiratory system is a
very effective route of entry for contaminants. 'Operations
requiring respiratory protection can be divided into the
fo 11 owi ng categori es.
1. Normal Hazardous Ooerations are those in which type
and concentration of cor¡taminants are known. These
include so ray oainting. cleaning with toxic: solvEmts. the
use of fumigants. and sand blasting.
2. Investigations and Corrections are op~erati()ns in
which some of the contaminants may be kn:own. but their
concentration or the effects of their coming1ing are .
frequently unknown. This category includes ha2:ardous
waste clean-up sites (CERCLA sites), and ry1ay include
some treatment. storage. and øisoosal ooe~ation'5 (RCRA
sites) where the atmosphere is suspected or has been
detected to contain contaminants. Corrective action is
not time critical. ¡
3. Emergencies can occur at clean-up sites, TSD
(treatment, storage. and disposal) sites, and on
highways, railways, or waterways. Usually
the type of contaminant involved can be determined, but
the concentration and dispersion is unknown. Fi r'es.
exolosions. and the rUDture of toxic contai~ers alre
common emergency situations, and reac tion time is
critical. '
NOll::
Thi s module was wri lten specifica lIy to address the
needs of workers involved in investigative and correc tive
activities. However, much of the information contained
here is also appli cable to the other types of operations
described above.
PPE Pr.2ge 4
.
B.
Reauire!nts of OSHA
.'
.
1.
Genera] . Reauiremen ts
OSHA requires that workers be protected from exposure
in excess of PELs for atmospheric contaminants as listed
in 29 CFR 1910.1000. I f engineering controls and/or
work practices cannol feasibly be used lo provide this
protection, then respirators must be used.
2. ResDiratory Protection Program
Under 29 CFR 1910.134,· OSHA requires the employer to
implement a written respiratory protection program
covering all employees whose job assignments require
the use of respirators. The respiratory protection
program must meet the fo11owing requirements:
.
NOTE :
.
·
·
·
The program must be in writing.
Respirator selection must be hazard-speci fie.
Workers must be adequately trained in respirator
use.
Fit-testing must be included.
Only approved equipment may be used.
Work area surveillance must be conducted to ensure
that respiratory protection is appropriate and used
as required by the program.
Respirators must be decontaminated and sanitized
after each use.
Storage areas for respirators must be convenient,
clean, and sanitary.
Respiratory equipment must be regularly inspected,
maintained, and repaired as needed.
Workers must be medically determined to be
physically fit to wear a respirator b~fore being
assigned to laskes requiring respiratory protection.
The effectiveness of the program should be
evaluated on a regular basis.
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
The requirements listed above are genera ] y app licab Ie to
a ] types of PPE. The requirements for a hazardous
waste site PPE program, as required by 29 CFR 1910.120.
are discussed in Part 4 of this module.
PPE Page 5
e e
II. CLASSIFICATION OF RESPIRA TORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
Respiratory protective equipment used in hazardous waste work can .
be generally categorized based on the following factors:
A. Facepiece Type
Various styles of facepieces are used with respiratory
protective equipment. Based on the amount of f?2cial coverage
provided. facepieces may be divided into the followi ng three
major types:
· Quarter-masks cover the face from just be'low the lower
lip to the bridge of the nose. A slight movement of the
mouth can break the facial seal. Thus, use :of
quarter-masks is not recommended for hazardous waste
work.
· Half-masks cover the face from below the chin to the
bridge of the nose.
· Full-faceDieces cover the entire face. thus 'offering eye
protection as well as a fit which is not easily disturbed.
.
B. Method of protection
,
Respirators can be classified based on method of prot,ection,
as follows:
1. Air-Purifying ResDirators (APRs) use 'filters.
neutral izing agents ,and/or sorbent material;s to purify
the ambient atmosphere of the work area for breathing.
The purifying materials are contained in di~posable
cartri dge or cani ster-type purification el ementsCsee
Figure 1 ) which must be replaced. after a g,iven duration
of use. Canisters are appreciably larger than cartridges
and are usually worn on a belt or harness and connected
to the facepiece by a breathing tube. Cartridges mount
directly to the respirator facepiece. Air-purfying
respirators provide effective protection in atmospheres
whi ch contain relativel y low concentrations of known
contaminants and have near-normal oxygen levels.
.
PPÉ Page 6
.
-
Sprtng holding layers
in position
High-efficiency filter
Anhydrous cal~iurn chloride
(dryer, keeps moisture from
reaching Hopcalite)
Hopcalite (acts as a
catalyst to convert
carbon monoxide
to dioxide
"-
Window indicator ndlcates
effectivity against CO) ,
....... Molecular sievea (adsorbs
ammonia and moisture
.
-
FIGURE 1
AIR-PURIFYING CANISTER COMPONENTS
Air Air
t
'i Spring holding layers
in position
.
I· :..:~ . ......::. : .... ',_
.. J. ..' r : . ... . _.. . , . '.....
.::..:. . .-... . _. f:._ ... . .a ..~ .: ~~
. a.- .-. . a.: ~. _.', ...........
.:., :.:-:.-.. .-. ....: . .. ......
. '.. .. a... .. .. .. ~ . :'.. a. ., ~
.. . :,,: -.. ...... e._. ':._. .
-. -. ... a. . .. . , . . .. .
e
ne
te
soda
y
.:> ::·:·:.··:··i·:··:..·..~·~:J·· Caustlte absorbs
- .... _., .. w ~ .. .. ""......
_0 "'ole ....<I ;~;.,:;",.,.. '" _: ..". :","~_ J.:.. ....: ".: . d
-'. ....;: :......". ".,. .. "... . ~ aCI gases)
...... 0·. ...'.." '.". 'i
"'"..... :1.-:: "'''. ,v;.."..........;..,,,.. . .
,,":.-.".,.,....; ",,::.,.,":". ".~: .... ".:~.~~ "Activated ctlarcoal
..~~'-~"'j:. (adsorbs organic vapors)
~~.-d
. =;==---:..-- ~;#~ ~~ High·efficiency fil ter
~---<-- .::::
..;;:.--~---
'~ (removes dusts, fumes,
mists. fogs, and smokes)
Can ister. all -service
a Principally syn thetlc zeo
II Proprietary name. Most
..' "... .
. - ... ~ .. .... Activated charcoa
. J v·"
~ (adsorbs organic
. ... ...,.
" . w fuels I
- . .
- -
Window indicator
(indicates effec·
tivity against UDMH
and IRFNA)
Silica gel
" ø" "CI,. 00. 00') tl)rOO ( removes
fJu 0'1 0 r~'''Q "OOÐO
fI"t; II 0 . ''/1) ) UDMHI
r> C' I' n I' t>. .) c. 00°
o c' C' t [) n "') 0 " ~
.. '" '>S )
.' u 0 · C> "II U" 0 Soda lime
C/ C1[) 0 J .:I "I 0 0
o 1>0 I) 0
( removes
RFNA)
High·ef riciency
fil ter (removes
dusts, fumes,
Canister. rocket propellant mists, fogs. and
gas mask smokes
e
e
For atmospheres containing (1) high levels of contaminants,
(2) multiple or unidentified contaminants, or (3) deficient
oxygen levels, atmosphere-supp lying respi rators must be-
used.
.
2. ~tmosDt1ere-SupDlyin9 ResDirators provide the user with
breathing air from outside the contaminated work area. For
atmospheres containing (1) high levels of contaminants, (2)
multiple or unidentified contaminants, or (3) deficient. oxygen
levels, atmosphere-supplying respirators must bè used. Two
types of atmopshere-supplying equipment are commonly used.
a. Supplied-Air Respirators (SARs), or air-line respirators,
supply breathing air to the worker through,an airline
which is connected to a compressor and purification unit
or bank of air tanks located outside the contaminated
area(see Figure 4 ). .
b.
Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) supplies
breathing air from a lank worn on the user's back.
.
Note: Based on the factors discussed above, respirator'y
protective equipment may be classified as
represented in the following examples:
Hal f-mask, twin cartridge APRs,
Ful1-facepiece, canister type APRs,
Half-mask, supplied-air (or air-line) respirators"
Ful1-facepiece SCBAs. Etc. '
III. SELECTION OF RESPIRA TORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
Each type of respiratory protective equipment has certain
advantages and disadvantages. Thus, careful consider'ation is
required to determine which type is appropriate for a~ specific work
situation.
A. Sel ecti on considerations for air-puri fying respirators
.
1. Advantages of APRs
PPE Page 7
.
· e APRs are light in weight. e
· Users experience minimal restriction of mobility.
· APRs are relatively inexpensive.
· Maintenance procedures are relatively simple.
2. Disadvantages of APRs
.
.
·
APRs cannot be used if contaminants which are
highly toxic in small concentrati ons (e.g. hydrogen
cyanide) are present..
APRs cannot be used in oxygen-deficient
atmospheres (i.e. < 19.5% oxygen).
All contaminants in the work area must be
identified.
APRs cannot be used if contaminant concentrations
are excessive Iy hi gh( see parts IV. B. and V J.
Selection of purification elements must be hazard
,
sDecific, s ¡nce even "universal" elements are not
effective against all potential contaminants.
·
·
·
·
Note: Figure 2 shows a system of color coding used
to ensure that appropriate cartridges or canisters
are used.
.
Face-to-facepiece seal is critical, since all APRs
(with the exception of Powered Air Purifying
Respirators, or PAPRs) work in the negative
pressure mode (as discussed below).
Note: PAPRs are fitted with a motor which feeds a
continuous flow of air to the facepiece, thus
maintaining a positive pressure within the
facepiece ("s discussed below).
.
Canisters and cartridges have a finite service life
and must be discarded before the service life is
exceeded and "breakthrough" occurs.
.
Breathing through APRs requires greater than
normal effort.
Note: PAPRs can be used to alleviate this problem.
PPE Poge 8
e
e
.
COLOR CODE FOR CARTRIDGES AND GAS MASK CANISTEHS
Atmospheric Contaminants
to be Protected Against
Color Assigned
Acid gases
Organic vapors
Ammonia gas
Carbon monoxide gas
Acid gases and organic vapors
Acid gases, ammonia, and organic vapors
Acid gases, ammonia, carbon monoxicîe, and organic
vapors
Other vapors 'and gases not listed above
Radioactive materials (except tritium and noble gases)
Dusts, fumes, and mists (other than radioactive materials)
: Whitis
Black
~ G ree~n
Blue
YellClw
. Brown 't.
, Red
: Oliv~~
Purple
Orange
Notes:
(1) A purple stripe shall be used to identify radioactive materials in combinatio,n with any .
vapor or gas.
(2) An orange stripe shall be used to identify dusts. fumes. and mists in combination with any
vapor or gas. '
(3) Where labels only are colored to conform with this table. the canister: or cartridge body
shall be gray or a metal canister or cartridge body may be left in its natural metallic color.
(4) The user shall refer to the wording of the label to determine the type and deç~ree of pro-
tection the canister or cartridge will afford.
From ANSI K.13,1-1973. Identification of Air Purifying Respirator Canisters and Cartridges.
FIGURE 2
.
oJ.
e .
.
. High relative humidity may reduce the
effectiveness of sorbent materials in purifying
elements.
3. Other Considerations for Using APRs
. The use of APRs can oAly be only be considered safe
when the user has some way of knowing when the
end of the canister or cartri dge service life has
been reached. Thus, APRs should on Iy be used if
Contaminants involved have adeauate warning
proDerties, meaning that the APR user will smell,
taste, or experience irritation from concentrations
of the contaminant be low aDDroDri ate eXDosure
Ii mi ts in the event 0 fbreakthrough. I n some
instances, OSHA may al10w the use of APRs for
contaminants with poor warning properties if one
of the followi ng conditions is met:
.
.. Cartridges or canisters used have a known
servic e life to which a liberal safety factor
has been applied.
.. Canisters used have an end of service life
indicator designed to detect breakthrough of
the specific chemicals involved.
However, the use of APR's for contaminants with
poor warning properties is defini tely not
recommended.
. In using APRs, the wearer must observe the
following rules regarding replacement of
cartridges or canisters:
.
.. Do not use if the manufacturers expiration
date has passed.
.. Use immediately upon breaking seal on
packages.
.. Discard after one work shift, at the end of
service Jife, or when breakthrough occurs,
whichever comes first.
PPE Page 9
-
e
· APRs cannot be used if the concentration 0 fair
contaminan ts in the work area exceeds the servfce
limit concentration of the cartridges or canisters
used. Depending upon the specific contaminants
involved, service 1imit concentrations vary from 10
ppm (0.001 ro) to 1000 ppm (0.1 ro) for cartddges and
. from 0.5% (5000 ppm) to 3% (30,000: ppm) for
canisters. Appl icab Ie service limi t concentrations
are clearly printed on cartridge or c~nnister labels.
.
Note: In many instances. APRs will not provide adequate
protection eventhough atmospheric contaminants
are presen t in concentrations whi ch are
appreciably lower than the applicable service limit
concentrations of the cartridges or cannisters
used. See part Y., for a discussion of adequacy of
respiratory protection.
Note:
Figure 3 can be utilized in determining if t.he use of
APRs is safe in a specific work situation.
.
B. Selection considerations for supplied-air (or airline)
respirators
1. Advantages ofSARs
· Extended work periods are possible iln atmospheres
requiring atmosphere supplying respiratory
protection.
I
· SARs are much less cumbersome than SCBAs.
2. Disadvantages of SARs
· Mobility is restricted by the airline.
.. Worker's must retrace previous steps to exit
a work area.
.. The maximum airl ine length allowable is 300 .
feet.
PPE Pðge 10
.
.
FIGURE 5 SELF-CONTAINED APPARATUS
COMPRESSED AIR: The most widely used of all self·contalned systems.
.
·e
-- 19
16
e
5
1
14
8
RIGHT-SIDE STRAP
RIGHT SHOULDER STRAP
HEAD STRAP
MASK
BREATHING TUBE
REGULATOR PRESSURE GAGE
MASK CONNECTOR
LEFT SHOULDER STRAP
REGULATOR BYPASS VALVE
REGULATOR SHUTOFF VALVE
LEFT-SIDE STRAP
WAIST BELT
CYLINDER VALVE
SAFETY CHAIN
CYLINDER PRESSURE GAGE
BACK PLATE
CYLINDER
CYLINDER TO REGULATOR HOSE
CYLINDER RELEASE LEVER
HEAD HARNESS
1
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
5
6
7
8
9
o
1
12
~l~
-
1
·
~he airline may be cut or torn.-
The airline may become caught or entangled, thus
trapping the user and/or cutting off the air' supply.
The airline may be contaminated or permeated by
chemicals.
·
·
·
3. Other Considerations for Using SARs
· Work in IDLH conditions requires an escape air
supply of at least 5 minutes duration when using
SARs.
· Air compressors and purification units, used wi th
SARs mus t be designed specificall y to suppl y
breathable air of at least grade 0 quality.
· Airlines must contain couplings located no further
than 100 feet apart.
·
Airline couplings must be incompatible with
couplings on hoses containing any substance other
than breathing air.
·
· Only those SARs which operate in the positive -
pressure mode (as described below) should be used
on hazardous waste sites.
C. Selection Considerations For Self-Contained Bre'athin9
Apparatus Respirators
· Advantages of SCBAs
G. SCBAs operating in the positive-pressure
mode (as di scussed below) offer the highest
level of respiratory protection presently
a va i I a b 1 e .
'-
o. No airline is required, thus the 'airline-
reI ated probl ems discussed above are
eliminated.
·
PPE Page 11
.
.
NOTE:
.
· e Disadvantages of SCBAs e
.. SCBA uni ts are heavy and cumbersome.
.. Passage through some smal1 openings (e.g.
man holes) while wearing SCBA may be
impossible.
.. When using an open-circuit SCBA system (as
described below), air suppl y limi ts work
duration to approximately 30 minutes
maximum using a low pressure air tank, or 60
minutes maximum using a high pressure tank.
.. Air tanks must be re-certi fied periodical! y
(at 5 year intervals for steel tanks and 3 year
intervals for aluminum-cored, fiberglass-
!wound tanks).
. Other Considerations for Using SCBAs
.. Only those SCBAs which operate in the
positive pressure mode (as discussed below)
should be used on hazardous waste sites.
.. The most commonly used SCBAs operate as
ODen circuit systems, in which exhaled air
exits the system. Exlended work limes may
be achieved by utilizing closed circuit SCBAs,
in which exhaled air is puri fied, enriched
wilh oxygen, and rebrealhed. However, closed
circuit SCBAs tend to generate heat during
the purification process. Thus, heat stress
may be a greater problèm when using the
"rebreathers" as compared to the
conventional, open circuit SCBAs.
Hybrid SCBA/SAR combination systems are currently
available which allow users to enler a work area using
lhe SCBA system then plug into an airline for an extended
work period using the SAR system. Air remaining in lhe
lank is then saved for exiting lhe work area. When this
type of system is used, no more than 20?o of the SCBA air
suppl y should be used during entry.
PPE Page 12
e
.
.
IV. THE IMPORTANCE OF RESPIRATOR FIT
A. Fi t and Fi t Testing
The face-to-facepi ece fi t of a respira tor is of the utmost
importance if the wearer is to be adequately protected. A
poor fit will allow dangerously high volumes of :contaminated
air to enter the facepiece. Thus. fit tests should alwaYâ be
conducted as part of the donning procedure. Methods Qr fit
testing may be described as fo11ows:
. Qualitative Fit Tests are simple tests designed to
determine whether or not "n acceptable fit has been
achieved. Qualitative fit tests may be conducted as
follows:
.. Negative Pressure Tests are conducted by blocking
the inhalation pathway of the facepiece, inhaling
gently, and holding the breath for 10;seconds while .
checking for leakage. '
.. Positive Pressure Tests can be perfoçmed by
blocking the facepiece exhalation valve and gently
exhaling. I Fai1ure to generate a positive pressure
inside the facepiece indi cates a poor i fit.
.. Irri tant Smoke. Odorous Vaoor. and Sweetener
, '
Tests are performed by exposing the ;,vearer to
irritants (e.g. stannic chloride) or substances
which have distinctive odors or tastes (e.g.
banana 'oil or saccharin). If the facepiece fit is
good, the wearer should experience no reactions or
sensations related to the substance used.
.
PPE Page 13
.
,I.
.
e
e
.
Quantitative Fit Tests are complicated tests
designed to produce a numerical value (or
fit factor) indicating the degree of fit.
Quantitative testing is performed by placing the
wearer in an enclosure containing a known
concentra lion of a contaminant. A samp Ie is drawn
from within the facepiece and analyzed to
determine the concentration of the contaminant
within the facepiece. The fit factor is then
calculated as follows:
Fit Factor = Airborne Concentration of Contaminant
Concentration of Contaminant within facepiece
B.
Assigned Protection Factors
The use of quantitative fit testing to determine an actual
fit factor for a given respirator is generally impractical
outside of a laboratory setting. Thus, protection
factors have been assigned to the various types of respirators
by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI). Examples
of assigned protection factors follow:
ResDirator TYDe
Protection Factor
Half-Mask APRs
Ful1-Facepiece APRs
Supplied-Air with full-facepiece
in positive-pressure mode
SCBA wi th full-facepiece
in posi live pressure mode
10
50
2,000
10,000
The use of assigned protection factors in assessing the
adequacy of respiratory protective equipment is discussed in
part V.
PPE Page 14
e
e
C. Respirator Fit and Positive-Pressure Versus
Negative-Pressure ,Modes of Operation.
.
Based on the pressure genera ted wi thin the facepiece during
use, respirators can be classified as follows:
1. Negative-Pressure ResDirators require the wearer to
inhale, thus generating negative pressure within the
face piece, in order to receive breathing air. Thu5,
a poor facial fit (or any, other source 0 f leakage) will
all ow large volumes of contaminated ai r to enter the
facepiece during inhalation. For this reason, good fit is
absolute Iy critica I when using any respirator op erating
in the negative-pressure mode. Respirators which
operate in thi s mode include all APRs (excluding
PAPRs), and any SARs or SCBAs which operate in the
demand mode.
2.
P.ositive-Pressure Resoirators are designed to maintain a
slight positive pressure within the facepiece at all
times, so that any leaking air wi11 theoretical1y move
from the inside out so as to prevent contarhinants from
entering the facepiece. Thus. respirators which operate
in the positive-pressure mode have an appreciab11y higher
protection factor than equivalent respi rators op1erating
in the negative-pressure mode.Two positive pressure
designs are currently used:
.
. Continuous-Flow ResDirators maintain positive
pressure by feeding a continuous stre:am of
breathing air to the facepiece. All PAPRs and
some SARs are of the continuous flow desi9n.
. Pressure- Demand Resoirators are designed to
maintain a slight positive pressure '((ithin the
facepiece at all times. Breathing air~ flows into the
facepiece only during inhalation, so that air
consumption is much lower than with a continuous
flow respira tor.
.
PPE: Page 15
.
.
.
e
e
NOTE:
During times of peak inhalation while performing
strenuous tasks, workers can temporarily overcome
the slight positive pressure within the facepiece of
a respirator operating in the positive-pressure
mode. If the face-to-facepiece seal is poor,
contaminants may enter the facepiece during these
intervals of negative pressure. Thus, a good
facepiece fit is vital, even when using
positive-pressure respirators.
V. WHA T CONSTITUTES EFFECTIVE RESPIRATORY PROTECTION?
The effectiveness of respiratory protective equipment can be
assessed (using the equation shown below) based on;
1. contaminant concentration within the work area;
2. protection factor assi gned to the type of respirator under
consideration;
3. established exposure I imils (PEL. TL V. elcJ for the
contami nant.
CCwa = CCfp
PF
CCwa= Contaminant Concentration in Work Area
PF= Protection Factor
CCfp= Contaminant Concentration within facepiece
Obviously, if contaminant concentration within the facepiece is in
excess of established exposure limits, the protection provided the
worker is inadequate and some type of respiratory protective
equipmen t providing a hi gher protection factor should be used.
PPE Pðge 16
RESPIRATORY PROCTECTIVE EnUIPr1EtIT
(Rules for Proper Use)
1 Personnel required to use respiratory protective equipment should be fami ar with ts capab tles
limitations, and care.
2 Only respiratory protective equipment approved and prescribed for specific purposes should be used.
3 Air-purifying-type canister- gas masks should not be used in oxy~en-deficient atmospheres, or for ~ases
whose concentration is unknown or great enough to overwhelm the canister's capacity. e
4 Personnel should be familiar with proper methods of fitting, testin~, and maintaining protective equipment
Supervisors should illstitute courses of instruction to familiarize users with equipment, and schedule practice
sessions to maintain their proficiency.
-
5 Personnel should make certain their equipment is fitted and working properly before enterin~ the hazard area
6 Protective equipment should not be removed while the user is in the hazard area, nor removed to enter the
area.
7 The user should leave a hazard area as soon as a warning device indicates that the protective equipment is
near exhaustion. No attempt should be made to exceed time limitations.
8. A person wearing protective equipment in a contaminated atmosphere should leave immediately if he feels
sleepy, detects any unusual odor, or feels any irritation of the eyes, nose, or throat.
9. No attempt should be made to use equipment for a purpose for which it was not designed or for which it 'e
is unsuitable.
:'¡- 10. ECJuipment tha,t 5.5, poorly fitted ,or in poor condi-tion should not be uti l-ized. If -prote'ctive 'clothi ng is
damaged while the person is in the hazardous area, he should leave immediately.
'. 11. Personal protective items which seriously reduce vision, undüly reduce mob ty or dexterity or create
other difficulties should be reported to the supervisor or safety engineer
. . .
e e
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
. PART 2: CHEMICAL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND ACCESSORIES
r.
.
OUTL INE:
I. Selection of Chemical Protective Clothing (CPC)
A. Selection Considerations
B. Attacks on CPC
C. Resistance to Chemical Attacks
D. Availability of Information on Performance
Characteristics of CPC
E. Problems with Information Available on CPC
F. Basic Principles of C.P.C. Selection
G. Responsibil ily of the Employer
II. Types of CPC and Accessories
A.
B.
C.
Chemical Protective Clothing
Protective Clothing for Unique Hazards
Accessori es
PPE Page 1 7
e e
I. SELECTION OF CHEMICAL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING CCPC)
A. Se lection Consi derations
·
Selé:clion of CPC is a complex task which shou;ld be
undertaken only by personnel with appropriate: knowledge,
training, and experience. Proper selection requires a ful1
consideration of the following factors:
. -
· Soecific chemicals oresent in the work area must be
identi fied, since no single protective material ¡is
effective against al1 potential chemical assault.s.
· The performance characteristics of avai1a,ble
orotective clothing, in resisting chemical attack and
physical damage. must bel evaluated.
· Si te-and/or task -soeci fic reauirements and Ii rnitations
must also be .considered. For example, the selection
process mus t take into account; ,
.. The "exposure time" required for a given task,
·
.. The likel ihood of direct exposure, suc~ as through
chemica I sp lashi ng. duri ng a given procedur'e,
.. The degree of stress placed on the we~rer by a
given artic Ie of protective clothing.
B. Attacks on CPC
In order to provide adequate protection for the, wearer, an
article 0 f CPC must be sufficiently res istan t tþ attacks by
chemicals and physical agents present in the wiork area.
These attacks can be classifi ed as fol1 ows:
. Permeation refers to the process by which a chemical
dissolves into or passes through .a chemi cal protective
material at the molecular level Ci.e. in the vapor phase).
·
PPE Pðge 18
.
(.
.
e
-
. Degradation refers to the loss of chemical resistance
or physical competency of a protective material. This
may occur due to chemical exposure or physical wear
and abrasion within the work area.
. Penetration refers to the bulk movement ofliquids
through pores or small flaws in an article of CPC.
Penetration may occur through imperfect seams,
zippers, or pinholes in an article of CPC.
C.
Resistance to Chemical Attacks
.,.
Chemical resistance of CPC is typically reported in the
following terms:
. Permeation rate is the rate at which a permeating
chemical moves through a given material as determined
under a set of test conditions. Permeation rate is
reported in terms of the mass of contaminant passing
through a specific area of material over a specific
length of time (e.g. micrograms per square centimeter
per minute).
, . Breakthrough time is the time elapsing between the
introduction of a chemical to the outer surface of a
protective material and the initial detection of that
chemical on the inside surface of the material.
D. Availability of Information on Performance Characteristics
of CPC
Data which may be used in selecting CPC are available from
various sources. These sources may be categorized as
follows:
. Governmental Agency Publications are best represented
by "Guidelines for the Selection of Chemical Protective
Clothing" by ACGIH. This publication contains both
research results and qualitative recommendations
regarding the use of various CPC materials for several
hundred chemicals.
PPE Page 19
.
Laor Literature (such as Figul 6) :is published in
various' forms by manufacturers of CPC. Vendor
literature typically contains one or! both of the
fo !lowing types of in formation:
.
.. Qualitative recommendations rate protective
materials us ing terms such as "excellent". "good".
"fair", "poor", or "not recommended" for protection
against specific chemicals.
.. Quanti tative Chemical Resistance Da~ta report
actual permeation rates and/or breakthrough times
for a given protective material unde~ attack by
specific chemicals.
E. Problems With Information Available on CPC:
Information currently available on the performance
characteristics of CPC has several deficiencies which may
comp1icate the selection process. Each of the following
limitations must be carefully considered whèn selecting
CPC sui table for usage on a hazardous waste 'site:
,
.
· Permeation rate and breakthrough time are currently
determined by testing small swatches of protective
material while ignoring the performance :of the sui t or
article of clothing as a who1e. For example, chemical
resistance o~ seams and zippers may notl be considered
in test results of this type. I
· For the most part, protective materia1s ~re current1y
tested using sing1e-chemical assaults. However, most
hazardous wastes are mixtures. which are sometimes
much more aggressive towards protective materials
than a single component. Data on resistance to
multicomponent chemica1 attacks are cutrently
inadequate;
· Permeati on ra tes and breakthrough times publ ished for
a given material are determined in a carefully
con troll ed e xperi menta 1 se tting. However. per formance
characteristics of CPC in actual use on G .'hazardous
waste site may vary wide1y with variations in factors
,
.
PPE Page 20
e.. type and concentration of_emicals,
.. ambient temperature,
.. humidity.
.
. In some cases, vendors make recommendations wi thout
sufficient data on the chemi cal resistance of thei r
products.
F. Basic Principl es of CPC Selection
In selecting and using CPC on 'a hazardous waste site, the
following basic principles shou1d be kept in mind at a11
times.
. No single chemical protective material offers
protection aga inst all chemi cals. Sel ection must be
chemical-specific.
. No material is truly impermeable. No protective
material currently available is an effective barrier to
crolonged exposure. Breakthrough is simply a matter of
time.
.
. . CPC should be selected which offers the widest range
of protection available against the specific chemicals
known or expected to be onsile. With lhis in mind,
manufacturers now offer CPC constructed of two or
three layers of different materials laminated together.
G. Responsibility of The Employer
~------.
",
Under OSHA regulations contained in Title 29 CFR parts
1910.132 through 1910.137. the employer is required to
ensure that PPE provides adequate emp10yee protection
and is apropriate for the work situat~n in which used.
Thus. the ultimate responsibility for selection of CPC
rests with the employer.
,/
/
--------- --
~_. .__~____.____~u~---. __"
~~
-0;------
---.---
"
.
PPE Page 21
State-of-the-art materials
Betexi;:~·!:¿:':~iíij~·. ~ :-I~~'~ ~
, .' -..--42D """
--
ai5 """
The two types of materials used in
Chempruf II Suits. Betex and Vautex. are
state-of-the-art developments. Both are
triple-layered fabrics, differing in their
color. supporting substrate material and
outer layer. Betex is an orange malerial
made from butyt rubber-on-polyester-
on-neoprene. Vautex is a green material
made from Viton-on-nylon-on-neoprene.
Neoprene is the undercoating that helps
the Chempruf 11 Suit resist the effects of
degradation. which occurs when a chemical
affects the physical characteristics of the
material. It helps keep the suit from falling
apart under chemical attack because it
clings tightly to ovenape used on the
inside seams.
OUTSIDE
~ Orw>Qeor.- _ ~
Ba:W ~~"'...",/ ~-
t!ß[J ~ t :·;·~I s..m r.o.
FIGURE 6
SOURCE: Mine Safety
Appliances
iemical resistance chart The_caktnrou9h limes IISI80 lor VaUlex
and x materials reHecl the chemical
bleakthrough dala below were resistance of representatIve swatches of
derived by performing triplicate permeation the basic fabric from which the suit is
tests. uSing a test cell developed by MSA constructed. (The user must undersland
Research Corporation. Although this test Ihal due to normal variation in the produc-
cell was constructed from stainless steel, tion and laminalion of suCh composites. no ·
rather than glass as outlined in ASTM two Chempruf II Suits will demonstrate the
F739-85. MSA has determined it to be exact same chemical resistançe character-
equivalent to the ASTM cell. All testing istics.) The test procedure is not intended
was performed at 23 ± 1 DC under condi- to represent the permealion resistance
tions of 50% relative humidity and a of such comp~nents as; boots. gloves.
pressure of j atmosphere. The break- gaskets. zippe,r materiélls. lenses. etc.
through times indicated are the shortest All challenge chemical:. were applied in
times observed from the start of the test
to the lowest detectable level of the the following fòrms: Acids at highest
challenge chemical on the other side of percentage po,ssible in water (concen-
the sample in the test cell (within the trated). Organics as pure liquids. Ammonia
limits of the analytical instrumentation). and Chlorine as 100% gas and Hydrogen
Cyanide as saturated vapor.
CHEMICAL Z3mll 1i mil
RESISTANCE 19.1 øzJyd' 15.9 DZlydI
CHART VAUTEX BETEX
Breakthrouoh 'Rating; Brea.l:ttuough
time in tllne In Raling
minutes minutes
STRONG MINERAL ACID:
Hyàroctùoric Acid (concentrated) 240+ E 2,&11+ E
Sulfuric Acid (concentratedj 2-40+ E 2,&11+ E
Hydrofluoric Acid (concentrated) 2-40+ E 2,&11+ E
Oleum (HJ50.+3OIMI SO,. concentrated) 2-40+ E 2,&11+ E
STRONG OXIDIZING ACID:
Nitric Acid (c;ooc:entrated) 2-40 + 2&11+
AROMA nc HYDROCARBON:
Benzene 65 <:5
HAlOGENATED HYDROCARBON:
Ethylene Dibromide 110 15
AUPHAßC AMINE: ·
IsoÞutyI Amine 45 :50
CYtUC ETHER:
Tetrahydrofuran <5 <5
ALDEHYDE:
FonnaIdehyde 2-40+ E 2CO+ E
SUBSTlMED AllYl:
Allyl AlcohOl 240+ E 240+ E
AßOMAnC AMINE:
Aniline 2-40+ 2CO+ E
NITRIlE:
Acetonitrile. 20 2CO+ E
Acrytonitrile <5 US G
ACaYlATE:
E thyt Acrylate <5 :25
KETONE:
Methyl Ethyl Ketone <5 :30
ALCOHOl:
Methyl Alcohol 240+ E 2CO+
PHENOl:
Pnenol 2-40 + E 2CO+
AUPHAnC HYDROCARBON:
Gasoline 240+ E 2S
CAUSTIC UQUID:
Sodium Hydroxide 240+ E 240+ E
AlXAUNE GAS:
Ammonia Gas 240+ E 2CO+ E
ACID GAS:
Chlorine Gas 240+ E 240+ E
CY AMIDE:
Hydroqen Cyanide (saturated V300rl 80 240+ ,E
·
Key to rating:
ŒJ Excellenl-No breakthrough lor minimum of 3 hou~ (180 mrn)
CD Good -NO breaktnrouoh lor minimum 01 2 hou~ (120 mrn)
a Fair -No breakttlrough tor minimum of t hOur (60 min)
D Poor -No breaktnrough tor mimmum ot liz hour (30 mln)
CJ N/R -Means craJtenQe substance may break throuoh tabnc ano exoose wearer to slun conlact
withrn a few mmutes atler eXoosure 10 the Challenge substance
e
e
" . TYPES OF CPC AND ACCESSORIES
.
A. Chemical Protective Clothing
(, f,:
. 1 Various articles of CPC may be required during hazardous
wasle sile operations. General information on several
types of CPC are described in Table 1.
B. Protective Clothing For Unique Hazards
Situations which pose unique hazards to workers may
arise during work on a hazardous waste site. Examples
of such situations are fires or potential explosions onsite.
Types of protective clothing which may be required in
responding to such situations are described in Table 2.
C.
Ac ce ssb ri es
.
In addition to the various articles of protective clothing
previously described, numerous accessory items may be
required for safe work on a hazardous waste site. Some
of these accessories are described in Table 3.
,
\ ':'
.
!
¡
. .........
PPE Pl:Ige 22
e
e
.
.
.
e e
TABLE 1.
e Protective Clothing and Accessories
TYPE OF CLOTHING
OR ACCESSORY DESCRIPTION TYPE OF PROTECTION USE CONSIDERATIONS
Fully-encaDsulating One-øiece garment. Boots ProtllCts against sDlashes. eoea not allow body heat to
suit and gloves may be intll9ral. dust. gases. and vaDOrs. escaøc. May cgntribut. to
atUlched and replaceable. or heat stnIn in _arer, par-
separete. ticularty if wom in conjunc-
tion with a cla..d-«rcuit
SCBA: I cooling garment
may be needed. Impairs
woriter mobility. vision. and
communic:won.
Non-encapsullting Jacket. hood. pants. or bib Protacts against spllshes. Do not use where gas·tight
suit OWfIlls. Ind one-Qiec:e dust.. and oth.r materials or per"uive .plashing
coveralls. but not 89ainst gases and pro taction i. reQuired.
vaOOB. Does not protect May can tribute to heat
paru of head or neck. ItreSS in _arer.
TaD~ea connections
~n pant cuffs and
boots and between glows
and .I......s. !
Aprons. leçgings. Fully .Ieaved Ind glOYad Provides additional splash When.-ver pouibl.. should
Ind sleeve apron. protectian af chest. fore- be used OWl' a non-encaD-
protectars Seølt1lte coverings for Irms arms. and I~s. sulating suit (instead of
and legs. using I Nlly-encaosulating
sui11 to minimize potential
Commonly wom 0Yft' non- tor I!,at IUUL
encapsullting suit. U..NI for .ampling. libel-
,e ~. and analywia opera-
tiona. Should be u.ad only
wh.n there i. I low proba-
bility of total body contact
with contamin.nts.
Gloves and 11_. May be integral. amched. Protect hands end arms Wear ec:Ic.et c:utt. 0Wt glow
Of MOlt1Ita from ottler from chemical cgntact. cuffa to f'WYet1t liquid from
protective clothing. entering ttIe glow.
~.. glows to ~
to provide additional
prOtIIctfon.
OwrgIOWs. Provide auøplemental pro--
tKtion to 1M __ and
praœct nwx. ~
undergermenœ from abra-
sions. blaB. and
contamination.
Oispo.able gloves. Should be used when.....r
pouible to reduce decon-
taminwon needs.
5attlt'( boots Boots con~ at Protect feet from contact
chemical-resiltllnt material. wich ch.micals.
Boots c:onstn.Icted with ProtKt feet from com- AU boots mun at I.an mHt
~ nee! materiall (e.g,. prauian. czuahing. ar the søeci flcationa re<JUired
toct. Ihanlt.a. insol..l. puncture by falling, mev- undtlf OSHA 29 CFR Pwt
lng, or aharp abjects. 1910.136 and Ihould pro-
\ride good traction.
Boots constructed from Protect the _arer
nonconduc:tive. 'Derk· eoain.t electrical hazards
e resilUnt rnlterial. or and prevent Ignition of
COoItings. combuatible ga..a or
vaøors.
Diagosable ahoe or Mede of a variety of Prot.ct .afaty boou from Cowrs may be disøoled of
boot cowrs rnltari.tL SliD over the conumination. lifter use. facilitating
Ihoe or boot. Protect f.et from contact decontemination.
with chemicals.
e
.
TABLE
2.
.
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING FOR UNIQUE HAZARDS
TYPE OF ClDTHlNG
OR ACCESSORY DESCRIPTION TYPE OF PROTECTION USE CONSIDEFUJ1ONS
ñrefightel'$ . Gloves. h.lm.t. running or Protects against hut. hot Decontamination i. difficult.
protec:tlve clothing bunker coat. running or water. and .om. partides. Should not be WCtn1 in 11111$
bunker pams (NFPA No. Doe. not protect against wh.re protection against
1971. 1972. 19731. and g.... and vaPOI'$. or gases. 'r-øon. ch.mical
boots. chemical permeation or .plashes. or penTl..tion i.
degradation. NFPA Stan- required.
dard No. 1971 .p.cifies
that a garment consist of
an outer shell. an inner
liner. and a vapor barrier
with a minimum water
penetration of 2S Ibslin'
11.8 !to/em'l to prwent
the pas.ege of hot water.
Proximity garment On.. or two-piec. Protects against brief AuxiliarY cooling and an
(aøproach .wtl overgarm.nt with boot ex~ to ntdiant h.at. SCBA Ihould be tilled if the
cowra. glowa. and hood of Don not protect .gainst _arer m-v be ClcpoHd to a
aluminized nylon or cotton chemical penncation or toxic aqnosphere or needs .
fabric. degntdation. more than 2 or 3 minute. of
Normally worn over other, c.n be custom- protecti,on.
protective dothing. such as I'NInuflCtUred to protect
chemical-prot.ctive doth- against some chemical
ing. fttefighta,..· bunker contaminants.
gaar. Of flalTle-Nurdant
coveraUs.
Rame/fi,. rwtardant Normally worn u an Provid.. proœction from Adds bUlk and ""I'( uacer·
covwralls und.rgarment. fluh firws. b.œ he~ atrwa l)tObIems
end ~r mobility.
BWt and Blut and f~mentation ProIñd.. aome fOtectÎon Does nOt þfQVide
fngmentation .uit ve.ta and dothing. bomb againat very small d.tona- hearingi protection.
blankets. and bomb carrier'I. tiona. Bomb blankets and
ba.kets can help redirect
a blast.
R.diation- Variou. types of protective Protects against a'phe Designed to pa-.wnt skin
contamination pro- dothing designed to end beta particles. D<Hs con~ If ntdIction
tltCtive auit pnwent contemination of NOT protKt against Is d~ on lite. consult
the body by ntdioac:tiYa 11amt1'11 twdiation. an ~ mdietion
p.rtid.... expert ~ eWcufla person-
nel until the ntdiation haz·
ard hu.been .wIuated.
.
.---
L
.
.
.
-
TABLE
e
3.
ACCESSORIES
TYPE OF CLOTHING
OR ACCESSORY
USE CONSIDERATIONS
DESCRIPTION
TYPE OF PROTECTION
Rotation gear
Ufe ;acute Of work vests..
(Commonly ¥<Om under-
nellttl chemical protective
dothing to )t'8Wnt ftotation
gear de<Jradation by
chemicals.1
Adds 15.5 to 25 Ibl 11 to
11.3 kgl of buov-ncy to
per.onnel woriUng in or
around water.
Addl bulk and restricts
mobility.
Muat meet USCG standardl
(48 CFR Part 1601.
Cooling gannent
S.faty helmet (hard
hatl
One of three lMttIods.:
(11 A øumø circ:ulates cool
dry air throughout the luit
or portions of it via an air
line. Cooling !Ny be
enn.nc:ed by u.. of a vor-
tex cooler. refriQlflltion
coils. Of a heat øchanoar.
(21 A ;adtat Of' wst hcving
pockeu into which pacuts
of ice ara inserted.
(31 A pump c:in:ulatu
ehtlled 'WItwr from a
'WIterJiee reservoir and
through c:irculating tubes.
which COYer part of the
body (generally 1he upper
toRO onlyl.
For ex.empl.. a herd plutic
or RIbber helmet.
Ramoves axcess hut
generated by worltar
activity. the equipment. or
1he environment.
Protects the head from
blows.
(1) Pumpl circulating cool
air raquire 10 to 20 ft' 10.3
to 0.6 m'l of ....pirabl. air
per minute. ~ they are
ofœn uneconomical for use
lit a wau aita.
(21 JacUts or YISU oose
ice ctorege and recharge
problema.
(31 P\nnøs cin:ull1ing
c:hIIIed __ pos. ice It/)f-
ege problema. The pump
~ ~ry add bulk and
weight.
~rMt ahaß meet OSHA
sundard 29 CFR Part
1910.135.
Helmet liner
Hood
Commonly worn with a
helmet.
Insulatel aoainst cold.
Doal not protect against
c:n.mical splashes.
Proœcu against chemical
101uhu. particulates.
end rain.
Face shield
Full-face coverage.
eight-inch minimum.
Protects egainat chemical
aølashu.
Does not protect ad..
quately against
proj.ctila..
Fece Ihields and splash
hoods mult be suitably IUØ-
ported to prevent them from
shifting and exoosing oor-
tions of the faca or obscur-
ing viaion. PrcMct.. limited
eye protection.
Splash hood
Safety glasses
Protect3 ~ajnst chemical
Iplashes.
Doel not proteCt
adequately lQainst
projectiles.
Protect eves 8Qaìnst laroe
particles and projectiles.
If I...... _ Uled to sunMy
a site. worlt.ers ahould weer
I~ prot1tCtÎve lenses.
Goggles
Depending on their con-
ItnlcUon. QOQgles can
protect against vaporized
chemical.. al'l ash... large
particles. and projectiles
lif conStn.lcted with
impsct-ftI¡ltant 'enl..l.
-
e
.
-.
TABLE 3 (can't.)
ACCESSORIES
TYPE OF C1DTHING
. OR ACCESSORY DESCRIPTION TYPE OF PROTECTION USE CONSIDERATIONS
Sweat bands Prevents .-at-induced
~ irritation and vision
imoairm.nt.
Ear plugs and muHs Protect 89ainst physiolog- Must comply with OSHA
ic:aJ damage .nd psycho- ntQul.tion 2~ CFR Part
logical diltUrtlanca. 1910.95. c.~ imerl.rtI with
communication.
U.. of .ar pluga ahould be
carwtulfy nlYiewed by.
ha.lth and ,,'etV protes-
aionallMcaua. ch.mic:a!
comamit1M1tI could btt
introduced ~ m. .ar.
Headphones Radio h.adset WÌÙ'lmroat Provid. tom. h.arïno Highly d'lirable. parUc:ularfy .
microphone. protection whil. enabling If ~ency conditions
communication. ariae.
Personal dosimeter Measurel work.r uoo- To estimate a'ctual body
au... to ionizing radiation cucposure. the dosimeutr
and to c.ruin enamicalL si\ould be placed insid" m.
fully-encaOlUlating aurt.
f'IIrsonallocator Operated by sound. radio. Enabl.. emervency per-
beacon or light. ~nel to locate victim.
Two-w.y radio Enables field workers at
c:ommunicaœ WÌÙ'I per-
sonnel in 1M Supøon
Zone.
Kt\ife AUow. a peraon in a full.... Should be camed and IJ.ed
enc:aøaulating suit to cut with caution to avoid
his or her wIlY out at the puncturing the IUn.
suit in the event at an
emeCQency or lCIuiom.nr
failure.
.
-,-.,,-.,
.
.
.
e
e
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
PART 3: LEVELS Of PROTECTION
OUTLINE:
I. level A Pro tection
II. level B Protection
III. level C Protection
IV. level D Protection
levels of Protection
Individual components of respiratory protective equipment,
chemical protective clothing, and various accessories may be
assembled into personal protective ensembles providing
protection as demanded by site-specific hazards. EPA levels
of Protection (as shown in the following tables) are based on
generalized ensembles which can be fine-tuned to provide the
specific degree of protection require for a specific task.
PPE Page 23
e
e
·
·
·
e
e
·
LEVELS
OF PROTECTION
LEVEL OF
PROTECTION EQUIPMENT PROTECTION PROVIDED SHOULD BE USED WHEN: UMITING CRITERIA
A RECOMMENDED: The highest available level · The chemical substance hIS · Fully-encaølulatJng
· Prenurw-oemend. full.facepiece of respiratory, akin. and been identified and rl/Quires the auit materia' must
SCBA Of prnsure-oemand sup· eye protection. highest level of protection for be co~tible with
. plied·air respirator with escape skin. .....s. and the respiratory the aubstances
SCBA. system based on either: involwd.
· FuUy~ncap.ulating. chemical· - measured lor potential fori
resistant .uit. high concentration of atmoa·
· Inner ch.mial-ntsisunt gloves. pheric vapors. gases. or
· Chemical-t'e.istlnt ....ty boots/ p.rticulates
shoes. or
· Two-way rwdio communiations. - site opennions and work
functions involving. high
OPTIONAL: pcnantill for aø!am immer·
· Cooling unit. aion. Of ø¡)o.urw U) unex·
· CowraUs. pected vapora. g...s. or
· Long cotton underwear. particulates of matlriala that
· Hard tult. arw tultmful to akin or capabl.
of being ablOrOed through
· OisPollbl. gloves and boot the intact skin.
· ,covers. · Substances with a high deg...e
of hazard to the akin are known
or .uspect.d to be pres.nt. and
skin contlct is possible.
· Oøerations must be conducted
in conftned. poorly wntilated
..as until the absence of con·
dition. requiring LewI A
protection is determined.
B RECOMMENDED: The .ame level of raspir· · The type and aunoapheric con· · Ua. only when the
. Pr...u""-O.mend. full·fac.pi.c. story protection but less c:entration of IUbaunces haw vaoor or gnes
SCBA or preaure-demand aup- aIùn protection than been identified and reQUire a present ant not
plied-eir respirator with .scape tAwl A. high ....... of rnøiratory pro- IUIØIct*:I of con-
SCBA. It is the minimum lewI tection. but Ins akin ørotection. taining high con·
. Chemicakeaistant dothing "commended for initial Thia invoIva atmoapheres: c.ntmionl of
Coveralls and Iong-sl..-,ed aite entri.a until the - with IDLH concenn.tions of chemicIIa that are
jacJt.t: hooded. one- or two· hazards haw be.n further apecific aubsunces that do tulrmM to sJUn or
piece ch.mical .plash suit; identified. not reoresent a aevere .kin capabl. of being
, diloo..bIe c:hemical-ntsistant hazard: absorbed through
one-øiece luitl. or the intact akin.
· Inner end outer chem;- - that do not meet the criteria · Use only when it is
cal-ntlistant glows. for use of air-purifying highly unlikely thn
· Chemic:al-nrsisunt ..fety ntapimors. the worit being
boots/shoes. . Atmosphere contains less than done W111 generate
either high concen·
· Hard hat. 19.5 percent oxygen. trltions of vaoors.
· Two-way radio communications. · Presence of incompletely identi· gues. 0( øertiC\l-
OPTIONAL: fied VlØOf'I or guea is indicated !at.. or Splllha
by direct-ruding orvanic vapor of materia. that
· Coverall.. detection inatrument. but vapors will aHect noosed
· Disposable boot covers. and gases are not suspected of skin.
· Face shield. contlining high levels of
. Long cotton underwear. chemicals harmful to Ikin or
· capable of being absorbed
os...a on E"" Ø'OIec:t",. ........C>Ie.. through the intact skin.
e
e
LEVELS OF PROTECTION
(can't.}
.
LEVEL OF
PROTECTION EQUIPMENT
UMITING CRITERIA
c
RECOMMENDED:
· Full-facepi.ce. lir-purifying,
canister-equipped respirator.
· Chemical-ntsistant clothing
(overalls and long-sleeved
jlckee hooded. one- or two·
piece chemic:al aolash suit:
di'DOuble chemic:al-resisunt
one-piece luitl.
· Inner and outer chemi·
c:al-fesisunt gloves.
· Chemical-nt.iatant satety boots/
shoes.
· Hard hat.
· Two-w8Y radio communications.
OPTIONAl.:
· Coveralls.
· Disposable boot covers.
· Fece shield.
· Escape mesk.
· Long cotton underwear.
D
RECOMMENDED:
· Coverall..
· Set.ty boots/shoe..
· SatetY gl..... or chemical
Ipluh goggle..
· Hard hat.
OPTIONAL:
· Gloves.
· Escape muk.
· Face aNeld.
PROTECTION PROVIDED SHOULD BE USED WHEN:
The same 14MtI of skin
protection IS Level B. but
a lower level of
respiratory protection.
No respiratl:lry prot.ction.
Minimal lkin protection. .
· The aunosphenc conuminants.
liquid spl.shes. or ocner direct
conuc:t will not adversely'lffect
Iny exposed skin. I
· The tYpes of lir conumin~nts
have been identified. con¿entra-
tions m.asured. and a canister is
av.ilable that can remove :the
conuminant.
· All criteria tor the use ot lir·
purifying respirators are met.
· Th. Itmosphere contains!no
known hazard. :
· Work functiona preclude ;
aplahn. immersion. or the
potentiel for un.xpected I
InhaJation at or conuc:t \Vim
heurdous IlYels of Iny
chemicals.
.. Atmosonenc
concentratIOn of
chemicals must
not exceed IOLH
levels.
.. The atmosphere
must conulO at
least 19.5 percent
oxygen.
.
'. This level should
not be wom in the
Exclusion Zone.
'. The aunolþt\ere
mu.t contain It
....t 19.5 percent
oxygen.
.
.
~RSONAl PROTECTIVE mUltENT
PART 4: USE OF PPE
1.
OUTLINE:
I. PPE Program
II. Training
III. .Work Mission Duration
IV. Heat Stress and Other Physiological Factors
V. Personal Use Factors
VI. Donning PPE
VII. Inspection of PPE
VIII. In-Use Monitoring
IX. Doffing PPE
X. Storage of PPE
XI. Reuse of CPC
XII. Maintenance of PPE
.
PPE Ptlge 24
--
e
Part 4: Use of P.P .E.
Properly se lected PPE can provide adequate protectiön onl y if
properly used. Proper use of PPE requires attention'to consid':
era lions such as the following:
.
I. A WRI TTEN PPE PROGRAM
A Written PPE Program is required to be included in the site-
specific safety plan by 29 CFR 1910.120. While using PPE
onsite, al1 employees must adhere strictly to the p~ovisiCtns of
.the program. OSHA requires that the PPE program address each
of the fol1owing topics: '
A. Se 1ecti on
B. Use
C. Work Mission Duration
D. Mai ntenance
E: Storage
F. Decontamination
G. Proper Fitting
H. Donning
I. Doffi ng
.
II. TRAINING
Training in PPE use is required by OSHA in 29 CFR Parts
1910.120 and 1910 subparts I and Z.
. ,
A. Before entry into an area requiring PPE, al1 wor;kers should
be trained sufficienl1y to:
1. estab1ish user familiarity and confidence
2. make the user aware of capabilities and limitations
of equipment used
3. maximize the protective efficiency of equipment,
4. maximize the ability to work in the PPE.
B. An adequate P.P .E. training program should cover all major
points presented be low. However, the P.P.E. program must
be largely si te-specific, since both equipment and hazard- .
specific considerations of use will vary widely.
PPE Page 25
III.
·
·
·
WVKI\. I_.':)IVI~ UUKA I IVI~
· e
Work Mission Duration must be estimated before work in PPE
actually begins. Factors limiting mission duration are as
follows:
A. Air supply consumption with an SCBA unit may be signifi-
cantly increased (thus reducing lime on task) by factors
such as;
· strenous work rate
· lack of fitness of user
· large body size of user
· sha How, rapid, irregular breathi ng patterns,
or hyperventi lation (e.g. due to heat -stress,
anxiet y, I ack of acclimitization, etc J
B. Permeation and Penetration of Protective Clothing or
Equipment. (see above)
· Penetration may occur due to leakage of fasteners or
valves on PPE, particularly under extreme
temperature conditions (as discussed below).
· Permeation may occur due to improper selection of
material, or pro longed use of equipment in a given
atmosphere.
C. Ambient temperature extremes can affect work duration
as foil ows:
· The effectiveness of PPE may be reduced as hot or
cold temperatures affect;
.. valve ooeration on suits and/or respirators
.. durability and flexibility of CPC materials
.. integrity of fasteners on suits
.. breakthrough time & permeation rates of chemicals
PPE Page 26
it
e
.. concentration of airborne contaminant~.
· Heat stress is the most immediate hazard to the
wearer of PPE. Methods of dealing with heat stress --
are discussed below.
· Coolant suoply wi11 directly affect missioQ duration
in instances in which cooling devices are ~equired
to prevent heat stress.
IV. HEAT STRESS AND OTHER PHYSIOLOOICAL FACTORS
Heat Stress and Other Physiological Factors directly aff~~ct the
ability of workers to operate safely and effectively while wear-
ing PPE and thus are important selection considerations.
!
A. Factors that may predispose a worker to reduced work
tolerance are;
· poor physical condition or obesity,
· alcohol and drug use (including prescription dru~~s),
· dehydration or sunburn,
· old age,
· infection, illness, or disease,
· lack of acclimitization,
· work environments with elevated tempera~ures,
· work environments requiring burdensome amounts of
PPE,
· high workloads.
B. Monitoring of the physiological condition of wQrkers using
levels A, B or C PPE should begin whenever the, temperature
exceeds 700 F in the work area. Monitoring carn include:
1. Heart Rate (Radial pulse, as measured during a 30 -
second interval at the begining of a rest period).
. If heart rate exceeds 110 beats per minute,
shorten the next work cycle by one-th:ird while
keeping rest period the same length. ¡
PPE Page 27
.
.
.
e ~'t ~~~"e' ~"e~~i~~i~~" o"ft~h;"n"ex·.;t~;;ri~d. .... ..~~~
shorten the fol lowing work cycle by one-third.
.
· Continue monitoring and shortening work
cycl es until the heart rate is less than 110
beats per minute.
! :
;~
2. Oral temDerature should- be measured at the end of a
work period by placing a clinical thermometer under
the tongue for 3 minutes before drinking.
· If oral temperature exceeds 99.60 F, shorten
the next work cycle by one-third while keeping
the rest period the same length.
· If oraL temperature still exceeeds 99.60 F at
the end of the next work period, shorten the
next work period by one-third. I
· Continue to monitor and shorten work periods
until the workers temperature is less than
99 .6oF .
i.
· No worker should be permitted to wear
semipermeab Ie or impermeable clothing if oral
temperature exceeds 100.60 F. '
3. Body Water Loss should not exceed 1.5 ro of total
body weight during a work day.
C. Frequency of physiological monitoring and, therefore, the
length of work cycle depends initially on ambient air
temperature as shown in the table on the next page.
.
PPE PtJge 28
~ .
e
e
Sugested Frequency of Physiological Monitoring for Fit and
Acclimatized Workersa -
.
Adj usted
Temperatureb
Normal Work Ensemblec
Impermeable Ensemble
9()OF or above
87,50 - 900F
82.50 - 87.50F
77.50 - 82.50F
72.50 - 77,50F
After each 45 minutes of wai<
After each 60 minutes of wai<
After each 90 m1nutes of work
After each 120 mInutes of work
After each 150 m1nutes of work
After each 15 ~inutes of work
After each 30 ~inutes of work
After each 60 m1nutes of work
After each 90 minutes of work
After each 120 minutes of work
a For work levels of250 ki localories/hour.
b Cal cui ate the adjusted air temperature (ta adj) by using! this
equation:
ta adj of = ta of + (13 x % sunshine). Measure air temperature (la)
with a standard mercury-in-glass thermometer, with the bulb
shielded from radiant heat. Estimate percent sunshine by judging .
what percent time the sun is not covered by clouds that are thick
enough to produce a shadow. (100 percent sunshine = no ;cloud cover
and a sharp. distinct shadow; 0 percent sunshine = no shadows.)
c A normal work ensemble consists of cotton coveralls or: other' cotton
clothing with long sleeves and pants.
.
PPE Page 29
i
e
e
.
D. Prevention of heat stress may be accomplished through the
fo 110wing manager ial actions:
. Ad i ust work schedules to:
.. coincide with work/rest schedules as described
above,
.. mandate work slowdowns as needed,
.. rotate personnel on work teams as needed,
.. work during cool hours of the day (or at night).
· Provide shaded (if not air-conditioned) rest areas.
· Encourage the drinking of large Quantities of nuids
during periods of heavy sweating (e.g. by providing
water at 600 F with smal1 disposable cups which
hold about .q ounces).
I.
· Encourage workers to remain physically fit and avoid
obesity.
· Provide cooling devices, as described above.
· Train workers to recognize symptoms and treat heat
stress.
· Allow several days for acclimatization, during which
time new emp loyees graduat1y work up to a full work
load.
V. PERSONAL USE FACTORS
Personal Use Factors of workers may diminish the effectiveness
of PPE. Such factors include:
A. Facial hair (or long hair) which lends to prevenl a good
respirator fit.
.
B. Eyeglasses with conventional templepieces inlerefere wilh
respirator fit.
PPE Page 30
C.
Contact lens'::5 may no t oe worn yt [.n a reiIiL ïaLOI
contamin. atmosphere (29 C¡-k i 91 O. ~). .
.. I a
D. Chewing gum and tobacco should also be prohibited during
respirator use.
·
E. Facial features. such as scars, hollow cheeks, deep sk.in
creases. missing teeth. etc. may prevent a good respirator
fit.
VI. DONNING PPE
A. All equipment should be fully inspected prior to: donning (as
described below).
B. In donning an ensemble of PPE. an established routine should
be followed. I
C. Donning and doffing of PPE should always be done with the
aid of an assistant.
D. Always perform field tests for respirator fit as: part of the
procedure.
E.~fter donning, check al1 ensemble components for proper
. fit, proper functioning, and relative comfort before
entering a hazardous area.
·
VII. INSPECTION OF PPE
PPE should be ful1y inspected before each use. PPE Inspection
check1ists, such as the following, may be used.
A. Inspecting CPC
. General Inspection Procedure
.. Determine that the c10thing materia1 is. correct for
the specified task at hand.
.. Visual1y inspect for:
imperfect seams
non-uni form coatings
tears
ma I functioning closures
PPE Page 3 1
·
. Hold up to light and check epinholes.
.
.. Flex the product:
observe for cracks
observe for other signs of shelf deterioralión
/
I
.. If the product has been used previously, inspect
inside and out for signs of chemical attack:
disco lorati on
swel1ing
stiffness
. Inspec ling Fully-Encapsul ating Sui ts
.. Check the operation of pressure reli ef valves.
.. Inspect the fitting of wrists. ankles. and neck.
.. Check faceshield. if so equipped. for:
cracks
crazing
foggi ness
..
Note:TECPs may require pressure testing or whole suit in-use
testing (as described in appendix A of 29 CFR 1910.120)
. Inspecting Gloves
.. BEFORE USE.. cheek for pinholes. Blow into
glove, then ro11 gauntlet towards fingers and hold
under water. No air should escape.
B. Inspecting Respirators
. General Procedures
.. Check material condition of harness and facial seal
for:
si gns of p 1iabit ity
si ngs 0 f deterioration
si gns 0 f discoloration
.
PPE Poge 32
.. tteck faceshields and lenses fO.
cracks
crazIng
fogginess
.
.. Check valves for proper operation.
. Inspecting Air-Puri fying Respirators
.. Inspect air-purifying respirators:
before each use to be sure they have been
adequately cleaned
after each use
during cleaning
month ly if in storage for emergency use.
.. Ex~mine cartridges or canisters to ensure that:
they are the proper type for the intended use
the expiration dale has not passed
they have not been opened or used previously
. Inspeçting SCBA's
.. Inspect SCBA's:
before and after each use
at least monthly when in storage
every time they are cleaned
.
.. Check air supply.
.. Check all connections for tightness.
.. Check for proper setting and operation: of
regulators and valves (according to manufacturers'
recommendati ons).
.. Check operation of alarms.
.
PPE Page 33
~
.
Ipecting Supplied-Air Respires
·
.. Inspect SARs:
daily when in use
at least monthly when in storage
every time they are cleaned
.. Inspect air line prior to each use, checking for
cracks. kinks. cuts. frays. and weak areas.
.. Check for proper setting and operation of
regulators and valves (according to manufacturers'
recommendations).
.. Check escape air supply (if appli cable).
.. Check all connections for tightness.
VIII. IN-USE MONITORING
A. Whi Ie working in PPE, workers should constantly monitor
equipment performance.
·
8. Indicators of possible in-use equipment fai1ure are:
· degradation of ensemble components. as indicated by:
.. di sco lorati on. swelling, stiffening, softening, etc.
of materials,
.. tears, punctures. or splits at seams or zippers,
.. unusual residues on PPE.
· perception of odors, irritation of skin, eyes, and/or
respiratory tract. or general discomfort.
· restrictions of movement. vision, or communication,
· rapid pulse. nausea, chest pain, difficulty in breathing.
or undue fatigue.
·
PPE Pt:lge 34
e
e
IX. DOFFING PPE
.
A. Like donning. doffing of PPE should be done accordinl~ to an
es tab lished rou tine.
B. Doffing routines should be well integrated with
decontamination and disposal procedures for PPE.
X. STORAGE OF PPE
A. Storage is an important part of PPE, as improper storage
may lead to damage due to contact with dust, moisture,
sunlight. damaging chemicals. extreme temperatures and
physical abrasion.
B. The following considerations should be observed in storing
CPC:
I
· Potentially contaminated clothing should b:e stored in
an area separate from street clothing. .
· Potenti ally contaminated clothing shoul d be stored in a
wel1-venti1ated area. wi th good air flow around each
item, if possible.
· Different types and materials of clothing and gloves
should be stored separately to prevent issuing the
wrong mater,ial by mistake.
.. Protective clothing should be folded or hung in
accordance with manufacturers' recommendations.
I
C. The following considerati ons should be observed in: stori ng
respi r a tors:
· SCBAs. supplied-air respirators, and air-purifying
respirators should be dismantled, washed,and
disinfected after each use.
.
PPE Page 35
'.
.
.
i
e
.
. SCBAs should be stored in storage chests suppli ed by
the manufacturer. Air-purifying respirators should be
stored individually in their original cartons or carrying
cases.
. ALL respirator facepieces should be sealed inside a
plastic bag for storage.
XI. REUSE OF CPC
A. C.P.C. must be completely decontaminated prior to reuse.
B. In some instances, contaminants may permeate the matrix
of C.P.C. and be difficult or impossible to remove.
. Such contami nants may continue to di ffuse through the
material towards the inner surface during storage, thus
posing the threat of direct skin contact to the next
wearer.
. Extreme care should be taken to ensure that permeati on
and degradation have not rendered CPC unsafe for reuse.
.. Note that permeation and degradation may
occur without any visible indications.
PPE Pt:lge 36
XII.
.
.
MAINTENANCE 0F PPE
A. Proper maintenance is an important aspect of PPE use.
B. The si te PPE program should include spec i fic mai ntenance
schedules and procedures.
C. Maintenance can general1y be divided into three :leve15 as
follows:
· Level 1: User or wearer maintenance, requiring a few
common tools or no tools at al1.
· Level 2: Shop maintenance that can be performed by the
emp loyer's mai ntenance shop.
· Level 3: Special ¡zed maintenance that can ~e performed
only by the factory or an authorized repair person.
PPE Page 37
.)
.'
e'"
-> ,I
'--